You are on page 1of 394

Actuator Sizing

for Rotary Valves


Catalog 14
May 2009 - Page C-1

Pressure Drop Method

Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3/C-4
Maximum Rotation: Definition and Use . . . . C-4.1/C-4.2
How to Use the Pressure Drop Method . . . . C-4.1/C-4.2
8510 Valves
with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with 1061 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with 1066 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with 1066SR Spring-Return Piston Actuator . . . . .

CV500 Valve Bodies


with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-74
with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-76.7
with 1061 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-76.19
with 1066 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-76.25
with 1066SR Spring-Return
Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-76.28

C-17
C-20
C-27
C-31
C-33

eplug complete
Push-Down-To-Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-77
Push-Down-To-Close . . . . . . . . . . . C-78 through C-116

8532 Valves
CL150, with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . C-38.1/C-38.2
CL150, with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . C-38.5
CL150, with 1061 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . C-38.11
CL150, with 1066 Piston Actuator . . . C-38.15/C-38.16
CL150, with 1066SR
Spring-Return Piston Actuator . . . . . C-38.19/C-38.20

V150 Vee-Ball Valves


with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-117
with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-119
with 1061 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-122.3
with 1066 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-123
with 1066SR Spring-Return
Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-124.5
with 2052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-126.9

8580 Valves
with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-38.23
with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-38.25
with 2052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-38.27
9500 Valves
with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . C-39 through C-48
with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-53
with 1061 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . C-58 thru C-60
with 1066 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-63
with 1066SR Spring-Return Piston Actuator . . . . . C-67
A11 Valves
CL600 with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . C-73.1
CL600 with 1061 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . C-73.29
CL600 with 2052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . C-73.36
CL600 with FieldQ Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . C-73.43
A81 Valves
with FieldQ Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-73.57
Control-Disk Valves
with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-73.61
with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-73.63
with 2052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-73.65

Fisher Controls International, Inc. 1983, 2009; All Rights Reserved

V200 Vee-Ball Valves


with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-127
with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-128.9
with 1061 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-131
with 1066 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-132.5
with 1066SR Spring-Return
Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-133
with 2052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-126.9
V300 Vee-Ball Valves
with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-135
with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-137
with 1061 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-139
with 1066 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-140.4
with 1066SR Spring-Return
Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-141
with 2052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-126.9
V500 Vee-Ball Valves
with 1051 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-145
with 1052 Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-151
with 1061 Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-162.1
with 1066SR Spring-Return
Piston Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-163

Actuator Sizing
for Rotary Valves
Catalog 14

Pressure Drop Method

May 2009 - Page C-2

This page intentionally left blank

Fisher, FieldQ, Vee-Ball, and Control-Disk are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process
Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the
Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their
respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 1983, 2009; All Rights Reserved

Actuator Sizing
for Rotary Valves
Pressure Drop Method

Introduction
This actuator sizing method is based on the pressure drop
in the valve. Actual torque calculations are not required.
The maximum allowable pressure drop tables in this section are for standard valve and actuator combinations.

Selected actuator FS numbers are provided to speed the


ordering process. Additional rotary actuator sizing information using the valve torque requirements as a base can be
found in section D of this catalog.

Using the following procedure, you can quickly size Type


1051 and 1052 spring-and-diaphragm actuators, Type
1061 and 1066 piston actuators, and Type 1066SR springreturn piston actuators for Type 9500 butterfly valves; 8500
Series edisc valves; Design V100 and V150 Vee-Ball
valves; and Design V500 valves.

The following information must be known to use the pressure drop sizing method:
 Valve type number, design, size and construction
 Actuator type number
 Valve action and fail position
 Shutoff and flowing service conditions
 Supply pressure available to the actuator

The specific valve constructions included in this section


are shown in table 1. Actuators for other constructions can
be sized using section D of this catalog.

Fisher and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls


International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other
marks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-3/C-4

Actuator Sizing for


Rotary Valves
Pressure Drop Method
Table 1. Constructions Covered for Each Valve Type
Valve Body Type Number
or Design

8510

8522

8532

8550 or 8555

9500

CV500

Constructions Covered
S17400 or S20910(1) shafts for 2 through
20-inch valves. S17400 shafts for 24,
30, and 36-inch valves.
PTFE/composition lined bearings
Steel or stainless steel disk material
PTFE or metal seal
S31600 (316 SST) shaft (3- thru 24-inch)
S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) shaft
(14-thru 24-inch)
PEEK bearings
PEEK seal ring
PTFE V-ring packing
S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) shaft
Metal or PEEK bearings
Graphite or PTFE V-ring packing
PTFE (Class 300 only), Phoenix III,
Novex, or S31600 (316 SST) high
temperature seal
S31600 (316 SST) shaft
PTFE/composition lined bearings
Steel or stainless steel disk material
PTFE seal
S17400 shaft
PTFE-lined bearings
316 stainless steel Fishtail disk or
aluminum/bronze conventional disk
Nitrile or PTFE liner
440C or PTFE/composition lined
bearings

V100

S17400 or S20910(1) shaft


PTFE-lined bearings
TCM or metal ball seal
Flow ring construction

V150, V200, V300

S20910(1) shaft
PTFE/S31600 bearings
TCM or metal ball seal
Flow ring construction

V500

S17400 or S20910(1) shaft


Trim levels 1, 2, and 3
Reverse flow
Full and reduced ports

1. May also be called Nitronic 50, a trademark of Armco Inc. or ASME SA479, grade
XM-19.

Maximum Rotation:
Definition and Use
The term maximum rotation, as used in the tables and text
of this section, is defined as the angle of valve disk or ball
in the fully open position.

For the Type 1052 spring-and-diaphragm actuator, limiting


maximum rotation allows for higher initial spring compression resulting in more actuator breakout torque and high allowable valve shutoff pressure drops. Additionally, the effective length of each actuator lever changes the valve
rotation. The actuator tables reflect this changing lever
length.

How to Use the Pressure


Drop Method
Calculate the maximum effective pressure drops and
choose an actuator by using the following procedure.

CAUTION
Use the valve bulletin first to determine
pressure and temperature limitations
for a specific valve construction. Then
use the pressure drops in this section
only for actuators selection. Do not exceed any pressure or temperature limitation given in the valve bulletin.
1. Calculate 'Peff for the valve, fluid, and angles of
opening shown in table 2. The 'Peff equation for each
valve type is shown in table 3 for gas or liquid service. K
values are in table 4 or 5. Calculate 'Peff.
2. Compare 'Peff to 'Pactual (if 'Pactual is known) at
each angle of rotation. Use the smaller of the two values
('Peff or 'Pactual) as the effective pressure drop at open
angles of rotation.
3. Turn to the appropriate Section C table. Make sure the
valve and actuator descriptions listed on the table match
the valve and actuator constructions in question.
4. Use the actual maximum shutoff pressure drop,
'Pshutoff, as the pressure drop in the closed position, 0
degrees angle of opening.
5. Find an actuator selection that has a pressure drop at
0 degrees angle of opening equal to or greater than
'Pshutoff. The pressure drop in the table at each open
angle of rotation must also be equal to or greater than
either 'Peff or 'Pactual, whichever is less.

Normally, maximum rotation is 90 degrees; that is, the ball


or disk rotates 90 degrees from the closed position to the
wide open position.
Some of the actuator tables in this section indicate maximum allowable pressure drops at a maximum rotation of 60
degrees or 75 degrees. In these cases, valve rotation has
been limited by travel stops in the actuator.
Phoenix III, Novex, and Fishtail are marks owned by Fisher Controls
International, Inc.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1995;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
April 1995
Page C-4.1/C-4.2

Actuator Sizing
for Rotary Valves
Pressure Drop Method

Table 2. Angles of Rotation for Required 'Peff Calculation


Valve
Body

Maximum
Disk
Rotation

Actuator
Type

60
75(1)

Type 1051 & 1052

90
Type 8510

60
75

Type 1061

90

Type 1066 & 1066SR

All

Design V100 or V150

All

Design V500

All

75 for 2 to 12 inch valve body sizes


10, 75 for 14 to 20 inch valve body sizes
60, 90 for 2 to 12 inch valve body sizes
10, 60, 90 for 14 to 20 inch valve body sizes
60 for 2 to 12 inch valve body sizes
10, 60 for 14 to 36 inch valve body sizes
Not available
90 for 2 to 12 inch valve body sizes
10, 90 for 14 to 36 inch valve body sizes
60 for 2 to 14 inch valve body sizes
75 for 2 to 14 inch valve body sizes

90

90 for 2 to 14 inch valve body sizes

90

Type 9500

10, 60 for 14 to 20 inch valve body sizes

75(1)

Type 1051, 1052 & 1061

Type 1066 & 1066SR

60 for 2 to 12 inch valve body sizes

60

60
Type 8550 or 8555

Angles of Rotation at Which Calculations are


Required

60 for 2 to 8 inch valve body sizes


10, 60 for 10 and 12 inch valve body sizes
60, 90 for 2 to 8 inch valve body sizes
10, 60, 90 for 10 and 12 inch valve body sizes

60

60 for all body sizes

90

90 for all body sizes

60

60 for all body sizes

90

90 for all body sizes

60

60 for all body sizes

90

70 for all body sizes

60

60

90

60 and 90

1. For Type 1052 and 1066 actuators. If 75 maximum rotation is needed for a Type 1051
or 1066SR actuator, consult your Fisher sales office or sales representative.

Table 3. 'Peff Equations for Various Valves


VALVE
TYPE
NUMBER

DEGREES
MAXIMUM
ROTATION
60

9500
90

DISK
STYLE

'Peff EQUATIONS

Fishtail Disk

Gas
Service
'Peff = 0.18 P1abs

LIquid
Service
'Peff = 0.60 P1abs

Conventional Disk

'Peff = 0.20 P1abs

'Peff = 0.45 P1abs

Fishtail Disk

'Peff = 0.09 P1abs

'Peff = 0.45 P1abs

Conventional Disk

'Peff = 0.14 P1abs

'Peff = 0.35 P1abs

8510
8550
8555

60, 75, or 90

8522 (Class 150)

90

8532 (Class 150)

90

8532 (Class 300)

90

V100
V150

60 or 90

V500

60
90

'Peff = K P1abs
See table 4 for K values

'Peff = Km (P1abs rcPv)


See Valve Sizing for
Flashing and Cavitating
Liquids procedure in
Catalog 10 for definition
of variables.

'Peff = K P1abs
See table 5 for K values

Fishtail is a registered trademark of Fisher Controls International, Inc.


Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1990
Page C 5

Actuator Sizing
for Rotary Valves
Pressure Drop Method

Table 4. 8500 Series, Design V100, and Design V150 K Values for Effective Pressure Drop, 'Peff
BODY SIZE,
INCHES

ANGLE OF OPENING, DEGREES


10

20

30

40

50

60

70

75

80

90

Type 8510 Valves

2
3
4
6
8

0.224
0.145
0.165
0.130
0.128

0.238
0.119
0.132
0.110
0.122

0.199
0.104
0.112
0.096
0.094

10
12
14
16
18

0.197
0.165
0.194

0.157
0.153
0.157
0.162
0.157

0.100
0.100
0.100
0.103
0.100

0.070
0.075
0.073
0.071
0.072

20
24
30
36

0.196
0.194
0.194
0.194

Type 8522 Valves

0.155
0.157
0.157
0.157

0.102
0.101
0.101
0.101

0.072
0.072
0.072
0.072

3 thru 12inch
14 thru 24inch

0.193
0.246

0.193
0.249

0.166
0.181

0.135
0.147

0.108
0.117

0.086
0.102

All Sizes

0.246

0.249

0.181

0.147

0.117

0.102

0.235
0.180
0.173
0.142
0.140
0.161
0.161

0.147
0.091
0.095
0.071
0.086
0.082
0.074

0.189
0.238

0.184
0.212

Type 8532 Valves

0.238

0.212

Type 8550 or 8555 Valves


2
3
4
6
8
10
12

0.170
0.214

1
11/2
2
3
4
6
8
Class 150

0.275
0.235
0.258
0.219
0.222
0.227
0.245
0.217

0.263
0.179
0.222
0.194
0.203
0.190
0.194
0.194

Design V100 Valves

10
12

Class 300

0.217

0.194

Reduced Bore

0.250

0.225

Full Bore

0.224

0.180

0.238
0.225
0.233
0.233
0.241
0.213
0.220

0.222
0.200
0.194
0.216
0.219
0.177
0.189

Design V150 Valves

2
3
4
6
8
10
12

Catalog 14
December 1990
Page C6

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Actuator Sizing
for Rotary Valves
Pressure Drop Method

Table 5. Design V500 K Values for Effective Pressure Drop, 'Peff


Reverse Flow
Full
Port
Rotation

Body
Size,
Inches

60 Degree

1
1-1/2
2
3
4
6
8

0.145
0.162
0.119
0.170
0.183
0.174
0.154

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Reduced
Port
Rotation

90 Degree

0.128
0.161
0.119
0.161
0.187
0.098
0.163

60 Degree

0.157
0.187
0.162
0.129
0.145
0.179
0.174

90 Degree

0.154
0.187
0.159
0.126
0.144
0.116
0.140

Catalog 14
December 1990
Page C-7 thru C-16

Type 8510
with Type 1051 Actuator
TFE Bushings & TFE Seal
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33

Size 40

Size 60

18
Psig

33
Psig

18
Psig

33
Psig

40
Psig

55 Psig

18 Psig

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

33 Psig

40 Psig

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

816
805
215
513B

816
805
215
516B

816
805
215

816
805
215

816
805
215

816
805
215

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

443
272
108
514B

935
498
146
517B

752
752
146
211B

935
935
146
217B

935
935
146

935
935
146

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

162
78
43
515B

505
142
80
518B

335
236
101
212B

780
333
101
218B

780
479
101
228B

780
479
101

780
505
101
240B

780
505
101
258B

780
505
101

780
505
101

780
505
101

780
505
101

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

48
48
48
214B

455
140
88
220B

321
201
88
230B

831
201
88
234B

297
297
88
242B

534
414
88
260B

840
397
88
247B

840
355
88

840
414
88
267B

840
397
88

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

176
117
36
221B

109
109
42
231B

364
168
61
235B

97
97
44
243B

216
216
75

419
331
75
248B

719
296
75
253B

624
451
75
268B

792
331
75
263B

10

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

70
32
14
221B

29
29
16
231B

183
46
23
235B

22
22
17
243B

94
94
29
261B

217
90
29
248B

398
81
29
253B

341
123
29
268B

464
90
29
263B

12

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

32
32
22

113
54
24
249B

232
48
24
254B

194
73
24
269B

275
54
24
264B

14

0
10
60
90
FS Number(4)

2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8

61
55
19
14
249B

147
80
17
14
254B

120
72
26
14
269B

178
88
19
14
264B

16

0
10
60
90
FS Number(4)

23
23
13
8.7
250B

84
44
11
8.7
256B

65
39
17
10
270B

106
48
13
11
265B

18

0
10
60
90
FS Number(4)

47
36
8.1
6.4
256B

32
32
12
7.4
270B

64
40
9.0
8.0
265B

20

0
10
60
90
FS Number(4)

22
22
5.9
4.9
257B

11
11
9.0
5.6
271B

35
30
6.6
6.1
266B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual maximum shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, or 90 degrees,
use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1987;
All Rights Reserved

3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.


4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and
1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
July 1987
Page C 17

Type 8510
with Type 1051 Actuator
TFE Bushings & TFE Seal
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33

Size 40

Size 60

18 Psig

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

10B1523
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

397
805
215
510A

623
805
215
516A

816
805
215
210A

816
805
215
222A

816
805
215

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

107
363
68
511A

229
1013
90
517A

520
520
146
211A

935
935
146
223A

935
935
146

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

42
290
36
518A

205
205
63
212A

585
417
101
224A

585
505
101
228A

780
448
101
236A

780
505
101
240A

780
505
101
258A

780
505
101

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

3.4
3.4
3.4
214A

134
134
61
226A

134
134
61

372
188
88
238A

393
305
84
242A

648
414
88
260A

648
414
88

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

16
16
16
227A

16
16
16

134
134
38
239A

145
145
30
243A

272
272
58
261A

272
272
58

10

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

45
43
14
239A

51
51
12
243A

128
124
22
261A

128
128
22
268A

12

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

3.8
3.8
3.8
244A

55
55
15
262A

55
55
15

14

0
10
60
90
FS Number(3)

19
19
19
8.7
262A

19
19
19
8.7

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, or 90 degrees,
use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.

18 Psig

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and
1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
October 1988
Page C18

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8510
with Type 1051 Actuator
TFE Bushings & Metal Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33

Size 40

Size 60

18 Psig

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1N9373
27082(3)

1K1628
27082(3)

40 Psig
1K1628
27082(2)

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

478
805
215
513B

739
805
215
516B

740
740
215
210B

740
740
215

740
740
215

740
740
215

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

587
498
146
517B

209
209
146
211B

740
740
146
217B

740
740
146

740
740
146

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

740
333
101
218B

719
479
101
228B

740
479
101
232B

635
505
101
240B

740
505
101
245B

740
505
101

740
505
101

740
505
101

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

128
128
88
220B

546
201
88
234B

669
397
88
247B

740
355
88
252B

740
414
88
267B

740
397
88

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

74
74
74
235B

135
135
75
248B

450
296
75
253B

362
362
75
268B

450
331
75
263B

10

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

135
81
29
253B

70
70
29

210
90
29
263B

12

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

19
19
19
264B

Push-Down-To-Open
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Size 40

Size 60

18 Psig

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

665
665
215
210A

740
740
215
222A

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

740
740
146
223A

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

69
69
69
224A

740
505
101
240A

740
505
101

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

59
59
59
242A

343
343
88
260A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.

3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.


4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and
1051K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

October 1988
Page C 19

Type 8510
with Type 1052 Actuator
TFE Bushings & TFE Seal
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

18 Psig
3.0 Psig

33 Psig
3.0 Psig

Size 33
40 Psig
4.9 Psig

18 Psig
2.7 Psig

33 Psig
4.9 Psig

Size 40

40 Psig
3.5 Psig

55 Psig
6.3 Psig

18 Psig
3.0 Psig

33 Psig
4.3 Psig

40 Psig
3.0 Psig 3.0 Psig

55 Psig
3.5 Psig

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A4660
X012

16A4659
X012

16A4659
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

100
100
100
203B

600
600
215
204B

816
805
215
420B

816
805
215
1175B

816
805
215
1177B

816
805
215

816
805
215

816
805
215

816
805
215

816
805
215

816
805
215

816
805
215

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

502
302
112
1170B

935
553
146
1178B

935
555
146
1171B

935
765
146

935
900
146
431B

935
935
146
62B

935
935
146

935
935
146

935
935
146

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

195
86
45
1176B

562
158
82
1179B

732
159
101
1181B

780
219
101
1183B

525
257
101
432B

780
367
101
63B

780
443
101
441B

780
371
101

780
471
101
446B

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

114
108
55
433B

524
154
55
65B

366
186
55
442B

634
156
55
444B

840
198
88
448B

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

5.2
5.2
5.2
434B

210
128
38
435B

131
131
49

266
130
49
445B

438
165
68
449B

10

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

91
35
15
435B

43
42
19
443B

124
35
19
445B

228
45
26
449B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, or 90 degrees,
use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33
and 1052K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
October 1988
Page C 20

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8510
with Type 1052 Actuator
TFE Bushings & TFE Seal
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 70

Size 60
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

18 Psig
3.0 Psig

33 Psig
3.0 Psig

3.0 Psig

40 Psig
3.5 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.1 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.3 Psig

10.1 Psig

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1N9373
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

780
505
101
66B

780
505
101

780
505
101
475B

780
505
101

780
505
101

780
505
101

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

586
284
88
68B

493
414
88
456B

840
401
88
458B

840
356
88

840
414
88
464B

840
409
88

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

241
237
51
69B

195
195
75

590
334
75
459B

714
297
75
74B

602
408
75
465B

792
341
75
81B

792
421
75
262B

792
438
75
266B

792
792
75
270B

10

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

109
65
20
69B

81
81
29

320
91
29
459B

395
81
29
74B

327
111
29
465B

547
93
29
81B

482
115
29
262B

547
119
29
266B

547
221
29
270B

12

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

42
38
13
70B

24
24
24

181
54
24
460B

230
48
24
75B

185
66
24
466B

338
55
24
82B

287
68
24
263B

496
71
24
267B

600
132
24
271B

14

0
10
60
90
FS Number(2)

10
10
10
7.7
70B

110
69
19
14
460B

145
90
17
14
75B

113
73
23
14
466B

223
101
19
14
82B

187
96
24
14
263B

285
140
25
14
267B

285
146
46
14
271B

16

0
10
60
90
FS Number(2)

58
37
13
9.5
461B

83
49
11
9.3
76B

60
40
16
12
467B

138
55
13
12
83B

112
52
16
10
264B

218
76
17
13
268B

285
105
31
15
272B

18

0
10
60
90
FS Number(2)

27
31
9.1
7.0
461B

46
41
8.1
6.9
76B

29
29
11
8.6
467B

89
46
9.3
8.6
83B

69
44
11
7.5
264B

152
64
12
9.2
268B

243
87
22
11
272B

20

0
10
60
90
FS Number(2)

6.4
6.4
6.4
5.3
462B

21
21
5.9
5.2
77B

7.9
7.9
7.9
6.5
468B

55
35
6.8
6.5
84B

39
33
8.4
5.7
265B

103
48
8.8
7.0
269B

173
65
16
8.6
273B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, or 90 degrees,
use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983;
All Rights Reserved

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
July 1983
Page C 21

Type 8510
with Type 1052 Actuator
TFE Bushings & TFE Seal
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33

Size 40

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

18 Psig

6.8 Psig

4.9 Psig

4.9 Psig

6.3 Psig

6.3 Psig

3.0 Psig

4.3 Psig

6.0 Psig

33 Psig

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

60

16A4659
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

9.2 Psig

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

200
200
171
202A

787
805
215
1129A

783
805
215
1133A

816
805

1136A

816
805
215

816
805
215

816
805
215
7A

816
805
215
388A

816
805

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

316
217
96
1130A

314
1021
96
1134A

886
458

1137A

502
1021
139
1139A

645
645
146

935
725
146
8A

935
935
146
336A

935
675

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

91
62
38
1131A

90
308
38
1135A

410
131

1138A

195
324
56
1140A

275
275
66
331A

485
207
93
9A

780
505
101
337A

780
193

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

28
28
28

100
87
42
11A

203
203
64
339A

390
81

346A

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

50
50
23
340A

143
68

347A

10

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

50
18

347A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, 75, or 90
degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33
and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
July 1987
Page C22

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1987;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1052 Actuator
TFE Bushings & TFE Seal
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation and Spring Part Number

Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

18 Psig
3.5
3.7
Psig
Psig

6.8
Psig

Size 60
33 Psig
7.0
9.1
Psig
Psig

Size 70
11.4
Psig

40 Psig
6.8
7.0
Psig
Psig

10.1
Psig

33 Psig
12.2
Psig

14.7
Psig

40 Psig
10.1
Psig

55 Psig
10.1
Psig

90

90

90

90

75

60

90

90

90

75

60

90

90

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27042

1P2702
27042

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

780
505
101

780
505
101
17A

780
505
101

780
505
101
22A

780
505(2)

780
279

780
505
101

780
505
101

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

379
288
88
355A

410
378
84
19A

840
398
88

840
414
88
24A

840
414(2)

840
117

840
414
88

840
414
88

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

138
138
38
356A

153
153
31
20A

390
332
75
357A

405
405
63
25A

566
566(2)

360A

741
98

366A

390
390
75
391A

405
405
63

702
543
75
250A

792
792(2)

374A

792
338

702
702
75
254A

702
702
75

10

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

47
47
14
356A

56
56
12
20A

199
90
29
357A

208
135
24
25A

305
12(2)

360A

411
27

366A

199
165
29

208
208
29
31A

388
162
29
250A

495
63(2)

374A

547
92

378A

388
221
29
254A

388
221
29

12

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

7.3
7.3
7.3
21A

101
54
20
358A

107
80
16
26A

171
8.6(2)

361A

241
16

367A

101
98
20
370A

107
107
16
32A

225
96
24
251A

296
47(2)

375A

376
55

379A

225
156
24
255A

225
221
24
259A

14

0
10
60
90
FS Number(3)

53
52
19
12
358A

57
51
28
10
26A

103
67
2.6(2)

361A

153
81
5.6

367A

53
52
34
12
370A

57
51
44
10
32A

142
78
34
14
251A

192
93
14(2)

375A

251
110
19

379A

142
78
55
14
255A

142
78
57
14
259A

16

0
10
60
90
FS Number(3)

17
17
13
7.3
359A

20
20
19
5.9
27A

53
37
1.5(2)

362A

88
44
3.8

368A

17
17
17
7.3
371A

20
20
20
5.9
33A

80
43
23
8.6
252A

116
51
8.3(2)

376A

157
60
13

380A

80
43
37
8.6
256A

80
43
43
8.6
260A

18

0
10
60
90
FS Number(3)

23
23
1.2(2)

362A

51
37
2.7

368A

45
36
16
6.4
252A

73
42
6.6(2)

376A

105
50
9.2

380A

45
36
26
6.4
256A

45
36
36
6.4
260A

20

0
10
60
90
FS Number(3)

3
3
0.9(2)

389A

25
25
2.0

369A

20
20
12
4.8
253A

42
32
4.8(2)

377A

66
37
6.8

381A

20
20
19
4.8
257A

20
20
20
4.8
261A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, 75 or 90


degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 75 degrees rotation.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983;
All Rights Reserved

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
July 1983
Page C 23

Type 8510
with Type 1052 Actuator
TFE Bushings & Metal Seal
PushDownToClose
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90

FS Number(2)

0
60
90

FS Number(2)

0
60
90

FS Number(2)

0
60
90

FS Number(2)

0
60
90

FS Number(2)

18 Psig
3.0 Psig

33 Psig
3.0 Psig

Size 33
40 Psig
4.9 Psig

18 Psig
2.7 Psig

33 Psig
4.9 Psig

Size 40

40 Psig
3.5 Psig

55 Psig
6.3 Psig

18 Psig
3.0 Psig

33 Psig
4.3 Psig

40 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig

55 Psig
3.5 Psig

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A4660
X012

16A4659
X012

16A4659
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

317
317
215
420B

622
805
215
1175B

739
805
215
1177B
713
553
146
1178B
41
158
82
1179B

739
805
215

740
555
146

246
159
101
1181B

739
805
215

740
765
146
1182B
473
219
101
1183B

740
740
215
430B
631
631
146
431B

740
740
215

740
740
146
62B
740
367
101
63B
205
154
88
65B

740
740
215

740
740
146

740
443
101
441B
29
29
29

740
740
215

740
740
146

740
371
101

328
156
88
444B

740
740
215

740
740
146

740
471
101
446B
711
198
88
448B
156
156
68
449B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, or 90 degrees,
use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and
1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
July 1987
Page C24

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1987;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1052 Actuator
TFE Bushings & Metal Seal
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

18 Psig
3.0 Psig

Size 70

33 Psig
3.0 Psig

40 Psig

3.5 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.1 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.3 Psig

10.1 Psig

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082

1N9373
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

740
505
101
66B

740
505
101
475B

740
505
101

740
505
101

740
505
101

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

274
274
88
68B

740
401
88
458B

740
356
88

740
414
88
464B

740
409
88

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

324
324
75
459B

450
297
75
74B

337
337
75

450
341
75
81B

450
421
75
262B

450
438
75
266B

450
450
75
270B

10

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

46
46
29

131
81
29
74B

54
54
29

250
93
29
81B

250
115
29
262B

250
119
29
266B

250
221
29
270B

12

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

90
55
24
82B

33
33
24
263B

250
71
24
267B

250
132
24
271B

14

0
10
60
90
FS Number(2)

113
113
25
14
267B

150
146
46
14
271B

16

0
10
60
90
FS Number(2)

133
105
31
15
272B

18

0
10
60
90
FS Number(2)

23
23
22
11
272B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, or 90 degrees,
use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983;
All Rights Reserved

October 1983
Page C 25

Type 8510
with Type 1052 Actuator
TFE Bushings & Metal Seal
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Sizes 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

Size 33

33 Psig

40 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

6.8 Psig

6.8 Psig

4.9 Psig

4.9 Psig

90

90

90

90

Size 40
40 Psig

55 Psig

18 Psig

9.7 Psig

6.3 Psig

6.3 Psig

4.3 Psig

6.0 Psig

9.2 Psig

60

90

90

90

90

60

10B1525
X012

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

622
805
215

740
740
215
7A
542
542
146
8A

740
740
215
388A
740
740
146
336A
310
310
101
337A

740
740

740
675

740
193

344A
56
56

346A

16A4659
X012

16A4659
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

170
805
215
1129A

165
805
215
1133A

739
805

1136A
376
458

1137A

622
805
215

33 Psig

Sizes 60 & 70
Size 60
18 Psig

Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Size 70

33 Psig

40 Psig

33 Psig

3.7 Psig

6.8 Psig

7.0 Psig

9.1 Psig

11.4 Psig

6.8 Psig

10.1 Psig

12.2 Psig

90

90

90

75

60

90

90

75

60

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27042

1P2702
27042

1P2702
27042

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

740
505
101
17A

740
505
101

740
505
101
22A

740
505 (2)

740
279

740
505
101

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

79
79
79
19A

603
398
88

638
414
88
24A

740
414 (2)

387A

740
117

603
414
88
390A

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

103
103
75
357A

120
120
63
25A

297
297 (2)

360A

491
98

366A

103
103
75
391A

448
448
75
250A

450
450 (2)

374A

450
338

378A

10

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

29
12 (2)

360A

150
27

366A

123
123
29
250A

246
63 (2)

374A

250
92

378A

12

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

42
42 (2)

375A

133
55

379A

14

0
10
60
90
FS Number(3)

11
11
11

379A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, 75, or 90 degrees, use
maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 75 degrees rotation.

14.7 Psig

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20
or 33 and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Catalog 14
July 1987
Page C26

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1987;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1061 Actuator
TFE Bushings & TFE Seal
Size 30, 40, 60, & 68
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

0
90
FS Number(4)

0
90
FS Number(4)

0
90
FS Number(4)

0
90
FS Number(4)

0
90
FS Number(4)

10

0
90
FS Number(4)

12

0
90
FS Number(4)

14

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

16

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

18

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

20

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

24(5)

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

816
215
250A

816
215
250A

816
215
250A

215

935
146
251A

935
146
251A

935
146
251A

146

780
71
252A

780
95
252A

780
101
252A

780
101
256A

780
101
256A

780
101
256A

780
101
256A

780
101

780
101

780
101

780
101

780
101

365
31
254A

537
42
254A

710
53
254A

840
63
258A

840
85
258A

840
88
258A

840
88
258A

840
88
263A

840
88
263A

840
88
263A

840
88

840
88

131
11
255A

217
15
255A

303
19
255A

389
23
259A

562
30
259A

734
38
259A

792
46
259A

792
46
264A

792
61
264A

792
75
264A

792
74
270A

792
75
270A

42
4.4
255A

94
5.9
255A

146
7.4
255A

198
8.8
259A

303
11
259A

407
14
259A

511
17
259A

511
17
264A

547
23
264A

547
29
264A

547
28
270A

547
29
270A

101
6.0
260A

169
8.0
260A

238
10
260A

306
12
260A

306
12
265A

443
15
265A

580
20
265A

553
19
271A

600
24
271A

52
42
3.5
260A

101
57
4.7
260A

151
71
5.8
260A

200
85
7.0
260A

200
85
7.0
265A

285
113
9.3
265A

285
141
11
265A

285
135
11
271A

285
146
14
271A

17
17
2.1
261A

52
31
2.9
261A

87
39
3.6
261A

122
46
4.3
261A

121
46
4.3
266A

190
62
5.7
266A

260
77
7.1
266A

246
74
6.9
272A

285
99
9.1
272A

23
23
2.1
261A

50
32
2.6
261A

77
39
3.2
261A

76
39
3.2
266A

131
52
4.2
266A

185
64
5.3
266A

174
62
5.1
272A

261
82
6.7
272A

3.1
3.1
1.6
262A

24
24
2.0
262A

45
29
2.4
262A

44
29
2.4
267A

86
39
3.2
267A

128
48
4.0
267A

120
46
3.8
273A

187
62
5.1
273A

6
6
1.4

32
22
1.8

58
28
2.3

53
26
2.2

94
35
2.9

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the
end of the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for
a Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is
used,

supply pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure shown
above.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K. Righthand actuator
mounting FS numbers are shown.
5. The 24inch valve body and size 60 or 68 actuator combination requires a special
mounting yoke and valve shaft. Consult your Fisher sales office or sales representative.

Continued

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
July 1983
Page C 27

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1061 Actuator
TFE Bushings & TFE Seal
Size 80 & 100
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

16

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

285
139
12
220A

285
157
16
220A

285
157
16
220A

285
157
16
220A

285
157
16
223A

285
157
16
223A

285
157
16
223A

18

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

285
116
9.5
220A

285
131
12
220A

285
131
12
220A

285
131
12
220A

285
131
12
223A

285
131
12
223A

285
131
12
223A

20

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

285
87
7.2
221A

285
98
9.4
221A

285
98
9.4
221A

285
98
9.4
221A

285
98
9.4
224A

285
98
9.4
224A

285
98
9.4
224A

24

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

161
50
4.1
222A

239
66
5.5
222A

285
83
6.8
222A

285
99
8.2
222A

278
74
6.1
225A

285
99
8.2
225A

285
124
10
225A

30

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

87
26
2.1
241A

142
34
2.8
241A

198
43
3.5
241A

254
51
4.2
241A

170
39
3.2
243A

254
51
4.2
243A

285
64
5.3
243A

36

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

31
15
1.2
241A

65
20
1.6
241A

99
25
2.0
241A

134
30
2.4
241A

82
22
1.8
243A

134
30
2.4
243A

185
37
3.0
243A

Size 80

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end
of the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a
Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used,

Size 100

supply pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure
shown above.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061. Righthand
actuator mounting FS number are shown.

Catalog 14
May 1988
Page C28

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1061 Actuator
TFE Bushings & Metal Seal
Size 30, 40, 60, & 68
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

0
90
FS Number(4)

740
215
250A

740
215
250A

740
215
250A

215

0
90
FS Number(4)

740
146
251A

740
146
251A

740
146
251A

146

0
90
FS Number(4)

740
71
252A

740
95
252A

740
101
252A

740
101
256A

740
101
256A

740
101
256A

740
101
256A

740
101

740
101

740
101

740
101

740
101

0
90
FS Number(4)

28
28
254A

220
42
254A

411
53
254A

603
63
258A

740
85
258A

740
88
258A

740
88
258A

740
88
263A

740
88
263A

740
88
263A

740
88

740
88

0
90
FS Number(4)

7.6
7.6

102
23
259A

293
30
259A

450
38
259A

450
46
259A

450
46
264A

450
61
264A

450
75
264A

450
74
270A

450
75
270A

10

0
90
FS Number(4)

26
11
259A

145
14
259A

250
17
259A

250
17
264A

250
23
264A

250
29
264A

250
28
270A

250
29
270A

12

0
90
FS Number(4)

54
12
260A

54
12
265A

209
16
265A

250
20
265A

250
19
271A

250
24
271A

14

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

67
67
9.3
265A

150
141
11
265A

150
135
11
271A

150
146
14
271A

16

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

46
46
7.1
266A

30
30
6.9
272A

150
99
9.1
272A

18

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

46
46
6.7
272A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the
end of the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for
a Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used,

supply pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure shown
above.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K. Righthand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983;
All Rights Reserved

October 1983
Page C 29

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1061 Actuator
TFE Bushings & Metal Seal
Size 80 & 100
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

16

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

150
139
12
220A

150
150
16
220A

150
150
16
220A

150
150
16
220A

150
150
16
223A

150
150
16
223A

150
150
16
223A

150
150
16
223A

18

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

150
116
9.5
220A

150
131
12
220A

150
131
12
220A

150
131
12
220A

150
131
12
223A

150
131
12
223A

150
131
12
223A

150
131
12
223A

20

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

102
87
7.2
221A

150
98
9.4
221A

150
98
9.4
221A

150
98
9.4
221A

150
98
9.4
224A

150
98
9.4
224A

150
98
9.4
224A

150
98
9.4
224A

24

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

62
62
5.5
222A

150
83
6.8
222A

150
99
8.2
222A

107
74
6.1
225A

150
99
8.2
225A

150
124
10
225A

150
133
12
225A

30

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

40
40
4.2
222A

40
40
4.2
225A

113
64
5.3
225A

187
69
6.4
225A

36

0
10
90
FS Number(4)

49
40
3.6
225A

Size 80

Size 100

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10, 60, or 90 degrees,
use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the
end of the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a
Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used,

supply pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure
shown above.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061. Righthand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
October 1983
Page C30

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066 Actuator
PTFE Bearings & PTFE Seal
90q Maximum Rotation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston

Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

40 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

40 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

0
90
FS Number(3)

816
215
9A

816
215
9A

816
215
9A

816
215
9A

816
215
9A

0
90
FS Number(3)

935
95
10A

935
143
10A

935
146
10A

935
146
10A

935
146
10A

0
90
FS Number(3)

555
38
11A

780
57
11A

780
76
11A

780
95
11A

780
95
11A

780
101
13A

780
101
13A

780
101
13A

780
101
13A

780
101
13A

0
90
FS Number(3)

124
17
12A

262
26
12A

400
34
12A

538
43
12A

538
43
12A

840
64
14A

840
88
14A

840
88
14A

840
88
14A

840
88
14A

0
90
FS Number(3)

390
23
15A

648
35
15A

792
46
15A

792
58
15A

792
58
15A

10

0
90
FS Number(3)

199
8.8
15A

355
13
15A

511
18
15A

547
22
15A

547
22
15A

12

0
90
FS Number(3)

101
6.0
16A

204
9.0
16A

307
12
16A

409
15
16A

512
15
16A

14

0
90
FS Number(3)

53
3.5
16A

126
5.2
16A

200
7.0
16A

274
8.7
16A

285
8.7
16A

Body
Size,
Inches

Size 20

Angle
of
Opening
0
90
FS Number(3)

Size 75

Size 27
40 Psig

50 Psig

60 Psig

935
146
48A

935
146
48A

935
146
48A

0
90
FS Number(3)

780
76
49A

780
95
49A

780
95
49A

0
90
FS Number(3)

400
35
50A

538
42
50A

538
42
50A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end
of the FS number.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
April 1989
Page C 31

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066 Actuator
PTFE Bearings & PTFE Seal
60q Maximum Rotation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston

Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

40 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

40 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

0
60
FS Number(3)

816
805
9A/60

816
805
9A/60

816
805
9A/60

816
805
9A/60

816
805
9A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

935
900
10A/60

935
935
10A/60

935
935
10A/60

935
935
10A/60

935
935
10A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

555
257
11A/60

780
386
11A/60

780
476
11A/60

780
476
11A/60

780
476
11A/60

780
505
13A/60

780
505
13A/60

780
505
13A/60

780
505
13A/60

780
505
13A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

124
108
12A/60

262
162
12A/60

400
200
12A/60

538
200
12A/60

538
200
12A/60

840
408
14A/60

840
414
14A/60

840
414
14A/60

840
414
14A/60

840
414
14A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

390
340
15A/60

648
510
15A/60

792
625
15A/60

792
625
15A/60

792
625
15A/60

10

0
60
FS Number(3)

199
93
15A/60

355
139
15A/60

511
170
15A/60

547
170
15A/60

547
170
15A/60

12

0
60
FS Number(3)

101
55
16A/60

204
83
16A/60

307
101
16A/60

409
101
16A/60

512
101
16A/60

14

0
60
FS Number(3)

53
19
16A/60

126
29
16A/60

200
36
16A/60

274
36
16A/60

285
36
16A/60

Body
Size,
Inches

Size 20

Angle
of
Opening
0
60
FS Number(3)

Size 75

Size 27
40 Psig

50 Psig

60 Psig

935
935
48A/60

935
935
48A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

780
381
49A/60

780
476
49A/60

780
476
49A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

400
200
50A/60

538
200
50A/60

538
200
50A/60

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end
of the FS number.

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
April 1989
Page C32

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066 Actuator
PTFE Bearings & Metal Seal
90q Maximum Rotation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston

Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

40 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

40 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

0
90
FS Number(3)

740
215
9A

740
215
9A

740
215
9A

740
215
9A

740
215
9A

0
90
FS Number(3)

698
95
10A

740
143
10A

740
146
10A

740
146
10A

740
146
10A

0
90
FS Number(3)

33
33
11A

514
57
11A

740
76
11A

740
95
11A

740
95
11A

740
101
13A

740
101
13A

740
101
13A

740
101
13A

740
101
13A

0
90
FS Number(3)

67
34
12A

220
43
12A

220
43
12A

603
64
14A

740
88
14A

740
88
14A

740
88
14A

740
88
14A

0
90
FS Number(3)

103
23
15A

389
35
15A

450
46
15A

450
58
15A

450
58
15A

10

0
90
FS Number(3)

86
13
15A

250
18
15A

250
22
15A

250
22
15A

12

0
90
FS Number(3)

54
12
16A

171
15
16A

250
15
16A

14

0
90
FS Number(3)

39
8.7
16A

126
8.7
16A

Body
Size,
Inches

Size 20

Angle
of
Opening
0
90
FS Number(3)

Size 75

Size 27
40 Psig

50 Psig

60 Psig

740
146
48A

740
146
48A

740
146
48A

0
90
FS Number(3)

740
76
49A

740
95
49A

740
95
49A

0
90
FS Number(3)

67
35
50A

220
42
50A

220
42
50A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the
end of the FS number.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
April 1989
Page C 32.1

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066 Actuator
PTFE Bearings and Metal Seal
60q Maximum Rotation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston

Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

40 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

40 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

0
60
FS Number(3)

740
740
9A/60

740
740
9A/60

740
740
9A/60

740
740
9A/60

740
740
9A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

698
698
10A/60

740
740
10A/60

740
740
10A/60

740
740
10A/60

740
740
10A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

33
33
11A/60

514
386
11A/60

740
476
11A/60

740
476
11A/60

740
476
11A/60

740
505
13A/60

740
505
13A/60

740
505
13A/60

740
505
13A/60

740
505
13A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

67
67
12A/60

220
200
12A/60

374
200
12A/60

603
408
14A/60

740
414
14A/60

740
414
14A/60

740
414
14A/60

740
414
14A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

103
103
15A/60

389
389
15A/60

450
450
15A/60

450
450
15A/60

450
450
15A/60

10

0
60
FS Number(3)

86
86
15A/60

250
170
15A/60

250
170
15A/60

250
170
15A/60

12

0
60
FS Number(3)

54
54
16A/60

171
101
16A/60

250
101
16A/60

14

0
60
FS Number(3)

39
36
16A/60

126
36
16A/60

Body
Size,
Inches

Size 20

Angle
of
Opening
0
60
FS Number(3)

Size 75

Size 27
40 Psig

50 Psig

60 Psig

740
740
48A/60

740
740
48A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

740
476
49A/60

740
476
49A/60

740
476
49A/60

0
60
FS Number(3)

67
67
50A/60

220
200
50A/60

220
200
50A/60

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end
of the FS number.

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
April 1989
Page C32.2

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PTFE Bearings & PTFE Seal
Size 20
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

80 Psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

100 Psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

120 Psig
18A4417
X012

0
90
FS Number(2)

800
215
133B/50

816
215
133B/60

816
215
133B/80

816
215

816
215
133B/100

816
215

816
215
133B/120

816
215

0
90
FS Number(2)

323
72
134B/50

705
96
134B/60

811
145
134B/80

682
115

811
146

935
146
138B/100

811
146

935
146
138B/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

95
29
135B/50

309
38
135B/60

368
58
135B/80

296
46

368
77
135B/100

725
65
139B/100

368
95
135B/120

737
85
139B/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

39
17
136B/60

60
26
136B/80

35
21

60
35
136B/100

183
29
140B/100

60
43
136B/120

187
38
140B/120

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0
90
FS Number(2)

773
215
133A/50

773
215

773
215

816
215
137A/80

773
215

816
215
137A/100

773
215

816
215
137A/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

309
73
134A/50

309
73

309
73

668
117
138A/80

309
73

668
117
138A/100

309
73

668
117
138A/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

87
29
135A/50

87
29

87
29

288
47
139A/80

87
29

288
47
139A/100

87
29

288
47
139A/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

32
21
140A/80

32
21
140A/100

32
21
140A/120

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
November 1988
Page C 33

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PTFE Bearings & Metal Seal
Size 20
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

80 Psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

100 Psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

120 Psig
18A4417
X012

0
90
FS Number(2)

187
187
133B/50

740
215
133B/60

740
215
133B/80

740
215

740
215
133B/100

740
215

740
215
133B/120

740
215

0
90
FS Number(2)

151
96
134B/60

282
145
134B/80

122
115

282
145

740
146
138B/100

282
146

740
146
138B/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

237
65
139B/100

252
85
139B/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0
90
FS Number(2)

152
152
133A/50

152
152

152
152

740
215
137A/80

152
152

740
215
137A/100

152
152

740
215
137A/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

104
104
138A/80

104
104
138A/100

104
104
138A/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

0
90
FS Number(2)

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
November 1988
Page C34

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PTFE Bearings & PTFE Seal
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number


50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

80 Psig
18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

100 Psig
18A4437
X012

120 Psig
18A4437
X012

0
90
FS Number(2)

816
215
141B/50

816
215
141B/60

816
215
141B/60

816
215

816
215

816
215

816
215

0
90
FS Number(2)

935
136
142B/50

935
146
142B/60

935
146
142B/80

935
146

935
146

935
146

935
146

0
90
FS Number(2)

475
54
143B/50

780
73
143B/60

780
95
143B/80

780
87

780
95

780
95

780
95

0
90
FS Number(2)

97
24
144B/50

238
33
144B/60

252
43
144B/80

241
39

493
43
148B/100

341
43

628
43
152B/120

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0
90
FS Number(2)

816
215
141A/50

816
215
141A/60

816
215
141A/80

816
215

816
215

816
215

816
215

0
90
FS Number(2)

935
139
142A/50

935
139

935
139

935
146
146A/80

935
146
146A/100

935
146

935
146

0
90
FS Number(2)

475
56
143A/50

475
56

475
56

780
89

780
89

780
101
151A/100

780
101
151A/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

97
25
144A/50

97
25

97
25

245
40

245
40

345
50
152A/100

345
50
152A/120

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
November 1988
Page C 35

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PTFE Bearings & Metal Seal
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number


50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

80 Psig
18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

100 Psig
18A4437
X012

120 Psig
18A4437
X012

0
90
FS Number(2)

740
215
141B/50

740
215
141B/60

740
215
141B/60

740
215

740
215

740
215

740
215

0
90
FS Number(2)

520
136
142B/50

740
146
142B/60

740
146
142B/80

740
146

740
146

740
146

740
146

0
90
FS Number(2)

430
73
143B/60

478
95
143B/80

442
87

740
95
147B/100

740
95

740
95

0
90
FS Number(2)

170
43
148B/100

320
43
148B/120

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0
90
FS Number(2)

740
215
141A/50

740
215
141A/60

740
215
141A/80

740
215

740
215

740
215

740
215

0
90
FS Number(2)

520
139
142A/50

520
139

520
139

740
146
146A/80

740
146
146A/100

740
146

740
146

0
90
FS Number(2)

454
89

454
89

740
101
151A/100

740
101
151A/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

5.7
5.7
152A/100

5.7
5.7
152A/120

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
November 1988
Page C36

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PTFE Bearings & PTFE Seal
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

100 Psig

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

120 Psig
18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

0
90
FS Number(2)

780
101
153B/50

780
101
153B/60

780
101
153B/80

780
101

780
101
153B/100

780
101

780
101

780
101
153B/120

780
101

780
101

0
90
FS Number(2)

293
71
154B/50

576
66
154B/60

690
47
154B/80

566
88
158B/80

690
66

840
88
158B/100

738
88

690
88

840
88
158B/120

840
88

0
90
FS Number(2)

95
26
155B/50

236
24
155B/60

293
36
155B/80

231
29

293
48
155B/100

514
41
159B/100

317
36

293
58
155B/120

543
53
159B/120

602
48
163B/120

10

0
90
FS Number(2)

21
10
155B/50

106
9.1
155B/60

141
14
155B/80

103
11

141
18
155B/100

274
16
159B/100

155
14

141
22
155B/120

292
20
159B/100

327
18
163B/120

12

0
90
FS Number(2)

40
6.2
156B/60

63
9.3
156B/80

38
7.5

63
12
156B/100

150
11
160B/100

72
9.3

63
15
156B/120

162
14
160B/120

185
12
164B/120

14

0
90
FS Number(2)

8.7
3.6
156B/60

25
5.4
156B/80

7.2
4.3

25
7.2
156B/100

88
6.2
160B/100

32
5.4

25
8.7
156B/120

96
8.0
160B/120

113
7.2
164B/120

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


4

0
90
FS Number(2)

780
101
153A/50

780
101
153A/60

780
101
153A/80

780
101

780
101
153A/100

780
101

780
101

780
101
153A/120

780
101

780
101

0
90
FS Number(2)

297
52
154A/50

297
52

297
52

566
83

297
52

566
83

748
88
162A/100

297
52

566
83

748
88
162A/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

97
14
155A/50

97
19

97
19

231
30

97
19

281
30

322
38
163A/100

97
19

231
30

322
38
163A/120

10

0
90
FS Number(2)

22
7.2
155A/50

22
7.2

22
7.2

103
11

22
7.2

103
11

158
14
163A/100

22
7.2

103
11

158
14
163A/120

12

0
90
FS Number(2)

38
7.8

38
7.8

74
10
164A/100

38
7.8

74
10
164A/120

14

0
90
FS Number(2)

7.2
4.5

7.2
4.5

33
5.7
164A/100

7.2
4.5

33
5.7
164A/120

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
November 1988
Page C 37

Type 8500 or 8510


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PTFE Bearings & Metal Seal
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

100 Psig

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

120 Psig
18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

0
90
FS Number(2)

623
101
153B/50

740
101
153B/60

740
101
153B/80

740
101

740
101
153B/100

740
101

740
101

740
101
153B/120

740
101

740
101

0
90
FS Number(2)

262
66
154B/60

389
88
154B/80

251
80

389
88

740
88
158B/100

443
88

389
88

740
88
158B/120

740
88

0
90
FS Number(2)

240
41
159B/100

23
23

272
53
159B/120

337
48
163B/120

10

0
90
FS Number(2)

14
14

54
18
163B/120

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


4

0
90
FS Number(2)

635
101
153A/50

635
101

635
101

740
101
157A/80

635
101

740
101

740
101

635
101

740
101

740
101

0
90
FS Number(2)

251
83

251
83

454
88
162A/100

251
83

454
88
162A/120

0
90
FS Number(2)

29
29
163A/100

29
29
163A/120

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.

2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
November 1988
Page C38

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1051 Actuator
NovexSeal, Metal Bearings, Graphite Packing
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size, Inch

14

Size 40

Angle
of
Opening

18 Psig
1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

Size 60

33 Psig

40 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

40 Psig
1K1628
27082(2)

64
6
1
268B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. The spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
3. When ordering a Type 1051 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 actuator or 1051K for all other sizes. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers
are shown.

Novex, Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Con
trols International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-38.1/C-38.2

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1051 Actuator
Novex Seal, PEEK Bearings, PTFE V Ring Packing
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Size 33

Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

14

0_
60_
90_
FS Number(3)

16

0_
60_
90_
FS Number(3)

18 Psig

Size 40
33 Psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524


X012
X012
X012

18 Psig

33 Psig

Size 60
40 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

211
5
1
253B

156
7
1
268B

90
3
1
296B

52
4
1
299B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. The spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
3. When ordering a Type 1051 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 actuator or 1051K for all other sizes. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers
are shown.

Novex, Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Con
trols International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
September 1996
Page C-38.3/C-38.4

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1052 Actuator
Novex Seal, Metal Bearings, Graphite Packing
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size, Inch

Angle
of
Opening

14

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

16

Size 33

Size 40

Size 60

Size 70

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

4.9 Psig

3.0 Psig

4.3 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.5 Psig

3.3 Psig

10.1 Psig

10B1524X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1K162727082

1N937327082

1R676027082

1R676027082

98
4
1
74B

285
6
1
266B

285
12
3
270B

0
60
90
FS Number(2

285
7
2
586B

18

0
60
90
FS Number(2

213
4
1
587B

20

0
60
90
FS Number(2

126
3
1
272B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a Type 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or size 33 actuators or 1052K for all other sizes. Righjthand actuator mouinting
FS numbers are shown.

Novex, Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Con
trols International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-38.5

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1052 Actuator
Novex Seal, Metal Bearings, Graphite Packing
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, and Spring Part Number
Size 33
Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

Size 40

55 Psig

18
Psig

6.3 Psig 6.3 Psig

3.0
Psig

40 Psig

33 Psig
4.3
Psig

6.0
Psig

Size 60
40
Psig

55
Psig

18
Psig

6.0
Psig

4.4
Psig

3.7
Psig

33 Psig
3.5
Psig

7.0
Psig

Size 70
40
Psig

33
Psig

40
Psig

55
Psig

7.0
Psig

10.1
Psig

10.1
Psig

10.1
Psig

10B1525 10B1525 1L2174 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1N8440 1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760
X012
X012
27042 27082 27042 27042 27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
14

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

94
9
1
250A

94
15
3
254A

94
18
8

16

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

25
5
1
529A

25
8
2
532A

25
12
4
535A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a Type 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or size 33 actuators or 1052K for all other sizes. Righjthand actuator mounting
FS numbers are shown.

Novex is a mark owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc.

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-38.6

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearings, Graphite Packing
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

14

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

16

18

Size 33

Size 40

Size 60

Size 70

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

4.9 Psig

3.0 Psig

4.3 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.5 Psig

3.3 Psig

10.1 Psig

10B1524X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1K162727082

1N937327082

1R676027082

1R676017082

177
6
1
266B

285
12
5
270B

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

200
7
2
586B

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

74
4
1
587B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a Type 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or size 33 actuators or 1052K for all other sizes. Righthand actuator mounting
FS numbers are shown.

Phoenix III, Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher
Controls International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other
marks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1997;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
February 1997
Page C-38.7/C-38.8

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1052 Actuator
Novex Seal, PEEK Bearings, PTFE V Ring Packing
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, and Spring Part Number
Size 33
Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

18 Psig

Size 40

Size 60

Size 70

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

2.6 Psig

3.0 Psig

4.9 Psig

3.0 Psig

4.3 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.5 Psig

3.3 Psig

10.1 Psig

10B1522
X012

10B1523
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

14

0
60
90
FS Number(1)

208
5
1
74B

285
7
1
266B

285
8
2
270B

16

0
60
90
FS Number(1)

88
3
1
571B

285
4
1
583B

285
8
2
586B

18

0
60
90
FS Number(1)

285
5
1
587B

20

0
60
90
FS Number(1)

218
3
1
272B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a Type 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or size 33 actuators or 1052K for all other sizes. Righthand actuator mounting
FS numbers are shown.

Novex, Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Con
trols International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1997;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
February 1997
Page C-38.9

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1052 Actuator
Novex Seal, PEEK Bearings, PTFE V Ring Packing
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

18 Psig

Size 70

33 Psig

40 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

3.7 Psig

3.5 Psig

7.0 Psig

7.0 Psig

10.1 Psig

10.1 Psig

10.1 Psig

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

14

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

31
8
2
25A

31
12
3
31A

201
10
1
250A

201
16
4
254A

201
19
8

16

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

83
6
1
529A

83
9
2
532A

83
12
5
535A

18

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

12
3
1
530A

12
6
1
533A

12
10
3
536A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a Type 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or size 33 actuators or 1052K for all other sizes. Right hand actuator mounting
FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
February 1997
Page C-38.10

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1997;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1061 Actuator
Novex Seal, Metal Bearings, Graphite Packing
Sizes 30, 40, 60, 68Size 80 & 100
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow

Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)


Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

60 Psig

14

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

40
6
2
259A

106
8
3
259A

172
10
3
259A

172
10
3
264A

285
14
5
264A

285
17
6
264A

285
17
6
270A

285
18
8
270A

16

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

34
5
2
280A

80
6
2
280A

80
6
2
283A

173
7
3
283A

265
10
4
283A

247
10
3
286A

285
12
5
286A

18

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

21
4
1
281A

21
4
1
284A

84
5
2
284A

147
6
2
284A

134
6
2
287A

235
8
3
287A

20

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

34
3
1
266A

79
4
1
266A

70
4
1
272A

141
5
2
272A

Size 30

Size 40

80 Psig 100 Psig 60 Psig

Size 60

80 Psig 100 Psig 120 Psig 60 Psig

Size 68

80 Psig 100 Psig 60 Psig

80 Psig

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

18

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

285
11
4
246A

285
11
6
246A

285
11
6
246A

285
11
6
246A

285
11
6
248A

285
11
6
248A

285
11
6
248A

285
11
6
248A

20

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

258
8
3
220A

285
10
4
220A

285
11
5
220A

285
11
5
220A

285
11
4
223A

285
11
5
223A

285
11
5
223A

285
11
5
223A

24

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

97
3
1
247A

167
5
2
247A

236
6
2
247A

285
7
3
247A

201
5
2
249A

285
7
3
249A

285
9
3
249A

285
11
4
249A

Size 80

Size 100

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 259B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a Type 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68 actuators or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator
mounting FS number are shown.

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are
the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-38.11

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1061 Actuator
Phoenix IIISeal, Metal Bearings, Graphite Packing
Size 30, 40, 60, 68Size 80, 100
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow

Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)


Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

60 Psig

14

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

127
14
5
264A

258
17
6
264A

232
17
6
270A

285
18
8
270A

16

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

10
8
3
283A

102
10
4
283A

84
10
3
286A

232
12
5
286A

18

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

8
6
2
284A

96
8
3
287A

20

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

19
5
2
272A

Size 30

Size 40

80 Psig 100 Psig 60 Psig

Size 60

80 Psig 100 Psig 120 Psig 60 Psig

Size 68

80 Psig 100 Psig 60 Psig

80 Psig

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

18

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

259
11
4
246A

285
11
6
246A

285
11
6
246A

285
11
6
246A

285
11
6
248A

285
11
6
248A

285
11
6
248A

285
11
6
248A

20

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

136
8
3
220A

270
10
4
220A

285
11
5
220A

285
11
5
220A

285
11
4
223A

285
11
5
223A

285
11
5
223A

285
11
5
223A

24

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

69
5
2
247A

139
6
2
247A

208
7
3
247A

104
5
2
249A

208
7
3
249A

285
9
3
249A

285
11
4
249A

Size 80

Size 100

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 259B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a Type 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68 actuators or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator
mounting FS number are shown.

Phoenix III is a mark owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc.

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-38.12

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1061 Actuator
Novex Seal, Peek Bearings, PTFE V Ring Packing
Sizes 30, 40, 60, 68 Sizes 80 & 100
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

60 Psig

14

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

22
5
2
259A

121
7
3
259A

219
9
3
259A

285
11
4
259A

285
11
4
264A

285
15
5
264A

285
19
7
264A

285
18
6
270A

285
19
9
270A

16

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

27
4
2
280A

97
5
2
280A

166
6
2
280A

166
6
2
283A

285
9
3
283A

285
11
4
283A

285
10
4
286A

285
12
5
286A

18

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

21
3
1
281A

69
4
1
281A

69
4
1
284A

163
5
2
284A

257
7
2
284A

238
6
2
287A

285
9
3
287A

20

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

14
3
1
261A

14
3
1
266A

81
4
1
266A

148
4
2
266A

135
4
2
272A

242
6
2
272A

Size 30

Size 40

80 Psig 100 Psig 60 Psig

Size 60

80 Psig 100 Psig 120 Psig 60 Psig

Size 68

80 Psig 100 Psig 60 Psig

80 Psig

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

18

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

285
11
4
246A

285
11
6
246A

285
11
6
246A

285
11
6
246A

285
11
6
248A

285
11
6
248A

285
11
6
248A

285
11
6
248A

20

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

285
8
3
220A

285
11
4
220A

285
11
5
220A

285
11
5
220A

285
11
4
223A

285
11
5
223A

285
11
5
223A

285
11
5
223A

24

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

164
4
1
247A

269
5
2
247A

285
6
2
247A

285
7
3
247A

285
6
2
249A

285
6
2
249A

285
9
3
249A

285
11
4
249A

Size 80

Size 100

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If pushdowntoclose is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 246B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a Type 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K for sizes 30 through 68 or 1061 for sizes 80 and 100. Righthand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Fisher, Fisher Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better are marks
owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Sys
tems, Inc. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-38.13/C-38.14

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400(17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1066 Actuator
Novex Seal, Metal Bearings, Graphite Packing
Size 20, 27, 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Cylinder
Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

14

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

16

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

100
Psig

120
Psig

73
7
2
15A

11
4
1
16A

40 Psig 60 Psig 80 Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

172
9
3
15A

271
9
4
15A

271
9
4
15A

80
5
2
16A

149
5
3
16A

149
5
3
16A

40 Psig 50 Psig 60 Psig 40 Psig 60 Psig 80 Psig

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number. For example: 15B.
3. When ordering a Type 1066 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher, Fisher Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better are marks
owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Sys
tems, Inc. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
April 1996
Page C-38.15/C-38.16

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400(17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1066 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearings, Graphite Packing
Size 20, 27, 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Cylinder
Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

14

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

Size 20
40 Psig 60 Psig 80 Psig

Size 27
100
Psig

120
Psig

Size 75

40 Psig 50 Psig 60 Psig 40 Psig 60 Psig 80 Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

94
9
4
15A

94
9
4
15A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees,; use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number. For example: 15B.
3. When ordering a Type 1066 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

jPhoenix III, Fisher, Fisher Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better
are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher Rose
mount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the property of their respective
owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
June 1996
Page C-38.17

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1066 Actuator
Novex Seal, PEEK Bearings, PTFE V Ring Packing
Sizes 20, 27, & 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Cylinder
Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

14

0
60
90
FS
Number(3)

16

0
60
90
FS
Number(3)

Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

100
Psig

120
Psig

22
5
2
15A

170
8
3
15A

62
5
2
16A

40 Psig 60 Psig 80 Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

285
10
4
15A

285
10
5
15A

285
10
5
15A

166
6
2
16A

270
6
3
16A

270
6
3
16A

40 Psig 50 Psig 60 Psig 40 Psig 60 Psig 80 Psig

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees,; use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push down to close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number. For example: 15B.
3. When ordering a Type 1066 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066 . Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Novex is a mark owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc.

Catalog 14
June 1996
Page C-38.18

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990. 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1066SR Actuator
NovexSeal, Metal Bearings, Graphite Packing
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(1) for Forward Flow
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

14

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

Size 75
50 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
XO12

18A4451
XO12

18A4452
XO12

18A4451
XO12

18A4452
XO12

100 Psig
18A4453
XO12

18A4451
XO12

120 Psig
18A4452
XO12

18A4453
XO12

22
4
1
159B

33
4
1
159B

56
5
1
163B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
4. When ordering a Type 1066SR actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS number are shown.

Novex, Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Con
trols International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-38.19/C-38.20

Type 8532, Class 150, S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST) Shaft


With Type 1066SR Actuator
NovexSeal, PEEK Bearings, PTFE V Ring Packing
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

Size 75
50 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
XO12

18A4451
XO12

18A4452
XO12

18A4451
XO12

18A4452
XO12

100 Psig
18A4453
XO12

18A4451
XO12

120 Psig
18A4452
XO12

18A4453
XO12

14

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

93
5
1
159B

110
5
1
159B

143
6
2
163B

16

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

8
3
1
160B

20
3
1
160B

43
4
1
164B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
4. When ordering a Type 1066SR actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS number are shown.

Novex, Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Con
trols International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-38.21/C-38.22

8580
with 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14

Push-Down-To-Open

November 2009 - Page C-38.23


Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 33, 40, 60

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33
0-33 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-55 psig

10B1523X012

10B1524X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1L217327042

1L217327042

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

129

8.9

329

23

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

83

5.7

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

FS Number(2)
3

510A

---

14
---

4.3

173

12

432

30

731

50

750

52

750

52

19

1.3

69

4.8

54

3.7

113

7.8

113

7.8

113

7.8

511A

517A

211A

217A

---

---

0_

---

---

42

170

12

318

22

476

33

476

33

90_

---

---

35

2.4

27

1.9

83

5.7

65

4.5

100

6.9

---

518A

212A

218A

228A

232A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

54

3.8

122

8.4

122

8.4

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

38

2.6

29

2.0

70

4.8
1.1

---

---

---

---

230A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

16

1.1

16

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.1

0.4

15

FS Number(2)
10

---

63

FS Number(2)
8

---

0_

FS Number(2)
6

516A

90_
FS Number(2)

Size 40

0-18 psig

---

---

---

---

---

1.0
---

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

-----

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

1K162727082

1K162827082(3)

1K162827082(4)

1N937327082(3)

1K162827082(3)

1K162827082(4)

---

---

---

Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

61

4.2

94

6.5

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

FS Number(2)
6

240A

---

---

26.2

638

44

281

19

362

25.0

638

44

281

19

90_

28

1.9

43

2.9

68

4.7

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

242A

260A

247A

---

---

---

0_

144

9.9

273

19

95

6.5

135

9.3

273

19

95

90_

5.8

0.4

8.9

0.6

14

1.0

23

1.6

20

1.3

25

243A

261A

---

---

268A

0_

---

---

71

4.9

---

---

---

---

71

4.9

---

---

---

5.6

0.4

---

---

---

---

12

0.8

---

---

261A

---

---

268A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.7
-------

90_
FS Number(2)

6.5
---

90_
FS Number(2)

12

---

380

FS Number(2)
10

---

0_
FS Number(2)
8

258A

bar

-------

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. When ordering a 1051 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 actuator or 1051K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
4. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

8580
1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14
November 2009 - Page C-38.24

Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 33, 40, 60
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation, psig/barg
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33
0-33 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-55 psig

10B1523X012

10B1524X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1L217327042

1L217327042

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

82

5.7

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

82

5.7

117

8.1

183

13

210

14

210

14

210

FS Number(2)
3

510B

---

14
---

2.6

750

52

642

44

750

52

750

52

750

52

20

1.4

27

1.8

41

2.9

59

4.0

77

5.3

77

5.3

511B

517B

211B

217B

---

---

0_

---

---

412

28

274

19

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

---

---

14

0.9

21

1.5

30

2.1

39

2.7

39

2.7

---

518B

212B

218B

228B

232B

0_

---

---

---

---

36

2.4

445

31

309

21

750

52

90_

---

---

---

---

9.6

0.7

14

0.9

18

1.2

18

1.2

---

---

214B

220B

230B

234B

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

177

12

109

364

25

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.8

0.2

3.7

0.3

3.7

0.3

FS Number(2)
10

---

37

FS Number(2)
8

---

0_

FS Number(2)
6

516B

90_
FS Number(2)

Size 40

0-18 psig

---

---

---

221B

231B

235B

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

12

0.8

---

---

126

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.8

0.1

---

---

2.3

0.2

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

221B

---

235B

Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

1K162727082

1K162827082(3)

1K162827082(4)

1N937327082(3)

1K162827082(3)

1K162827082(4)

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

74

5.1

100

6.9

61

4.2

72

5.0

100

6.9

61

4.2

FS Number(2)
6

240B

---

---

20

522

36

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

34

2.3

50

3.4

28

1.9

33

2.3

50

3.4

28

1.9

242B

260B

247B

252B

267B

---

0_

96

6.6

215

15

419

29

718

50

623

43

750

52

90_

7.1

0.5

10

0.7

5.8

0.4

6.8

0.5

10

0.7

5.8

0.4

243B

261B

248B

253B

268B

263B

0_

---

---

36

2.5

160

11

343

24

285

20

409

28

90_

---

---

6.5

0.4

3.6

0.2

4.3

0.3

6.5

0.4

3.6

0.2

FS Number(2)
12

---

283

FS Number(2)
10

245B

0_
FS Number(2)
8

258B

bar

243B

261B

248B

253B

268B

263B

0_

---

---

---

---

48

3.3

192

13

146

10

245

17

90_

---

---

---

---

2.1

0.1

2.4

0.2

3.7

0.3

2.1

0.1

FS Number(2)

---

---

249B

254B

269B

264B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. When ordering a 1051 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 actuator or 1051K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
4. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service
marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

8580
with 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14

Push-Down-To-Open

November 2009 - Page C-38.25


Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 33, 40, 60, 70

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-40 psig

0-18 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

4.9 psig

4.9 psig

6.3 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

60_

10B1524X012

10B1524X012

10B1525X012

10B1525X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1L217327042

1N844027082

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

33

474

33

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

---

---

1129A

---

---

---

---

---

17

252

17

419

29

419

29

547

38

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

75

5.2

75

5.2

108

7.4

108

7.4

113

7.8

113

7.8

113

7.8

---

---

1130A

1134A

1266A

1139A

330A

8A

336A

343A

0_

81

5.6

81

5.6

164

11

164

11

227

16

398

27

638

44

750

52

90_

38

2.6

38

2.6

55

3.8

55

3.8

65

4.5

92

6.4

100

6.9

---

---

1131A

1135A

1267A

1140A

331A

9A

337A

344A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

15

1.0

89

6.1

192

13

379

26

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

15

1.0

42

2.9

65

4.5

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

11A

339A

346A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

50

3.5

144

10

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

14

0.9

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

1265A

252

FS Number(2)
8

1133A

bar

0_

FS Number(2)
6

0-33 psig

474

FS Number(2)
4

0-33 psig

0_
FS Number(2)
3

Size 40

0-18 psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

340A

347A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

0-18 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

3.5 psig

3.7 psig

90_
1N937327082

-----

---

---

---

---

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

9.1 psig

11.4 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

1K162727082

1P270227082

1K162827082

1P270227042

1P270227042

1P270227042

1K162827082

Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

---

---

---

---

100

6.9

100

6.9

FS Number(2)
6

---

---

363A

---

---

25

397

27

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

89

6.1

85

5.9

89

6.1

89

6.1

---

---

---

---

89

6.1

89

6.1

355A

19A

---

24A

387A

---

390A

---

0_

138

10

153

11

389

27

406

28

566

39

742

51

389

27

406

28

90_

22

1.5

18

1.2

44

3.0

37

2.5

---

---

---

---

44

3.0

37

2.5

356A

20A

357A

25A

360A

366A

391A

31A

0_

---

---

---

---

142

10

152

10

250

17

357

25

142

10

152

10

90_

---

---

---

---

27

1.9

23

1.6

---

---

---

---

27

1.9

23

1.6

FS Number(2)
12

22A

368

FS Number(2)
10

---

0_
FS Number(2)
8

17A

bar

---

---

357A

25A

360A

366A

391A

31A

0_

---

---

---

---

33

2.3

41

2.8

118

8.2

204

14

33

2.3

41

90_

---

---

---

---

16

1.1

13

0.9

---

---

---

---

16

1.1

13

FS Number(2)

---

---

358A

26A

361A

367A

370A

2.8
0.9
32A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 33 actuator or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

8580
1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14
November 2009 - Page C-38.26

Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 33, 40, 60
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-55 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

2.7 psig

4.9 psig

3.5 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

10B1522X012

10B1524X012

10B1525X012

10B1525X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1N844027082

1L217327042

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

1175B

---

---

29

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

113

7.8

113

7.8

113

7.8

113

7.8

113

7.8

113

7.8

113

7.8

1169B

1178B

184B

1182B

431B

458

32

594

41

745

51

429

30

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

44

3.1

82

5.6

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

1176B

1179B

1181B

1183B

432B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

102

7.0

511

35

353

24

621

43

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

55

3.8

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

---

---

---

---

433B

65B

442B

444B

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.3

0.4

210

14

131

9.0

265

18

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.3

0.4

22

1.5

28

2.0

28

2.0

---

---

---

---

434B

435B

443B

445B

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

32

2.2

---

---

66

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

14

0.9

---

---

18

Angle
of
Opening

---

---

---

---

---

0-55 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

1N844027082

1K162727082

psi

bar

0_

750

52

90_

210

---

---

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

1P270227042

1K162827082

1N937327082

1P270227042

1K162827082

1.2
445B

Size 60

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

14

0_

750

52

113

7.8
---

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

446B

66B

---

457B

71B

---

---

0_

750

52

573

40

482

33

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

448B

68B

456B

458B

---

464B

---

0_

438

30

241

17

196

13

590

41

714

49

601

41

750

52

90_

40

2.7

30

2.0

44

3.0

44

3.0

44

3.0

44

3.0

44

3.0

449B

69B

457B

459B

74B

465B

81B

0_

172

12

51

3.5

24

1.6

264

18

340

23

271

19

506

35

90_

25

1.7

19

1.3

24

1.6

27

1.9

27

1.9

27

1.9

27

1.9

449B

69B

457B

459B

74B

465B

81B

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

130

9.0

190

13

136

9.3

321

22

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

19

1.3

19

1.3

19

1.3

19

1.3

FS Number(2)

4.6

---

90_

FS Number(2)
12

441B

---

FS Number(2)
10

63B

0_

FS Number(2)
8

---

11

FS Number(2)
6

---

164

FS Number(2)
4

62B

0_

FS Number(2)
3

14
---

6.0

Size 40

---

87

FS Number(2)

Valve
Size,
NPS

---

419

FS Number(2)
10

---

0_

FS Number(2)
8

1177B

90_

FS Number(2)
6

0-40 psig

750

FS Number(2)
4

0-33 psig

0_
FS Number(2)
3

Size 40

0-18 psig

---

---

---

460B

75B

466B

82B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 33 actuator or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service
marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

8580 Valve
with 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14

Push-Down-To-Open and PushDownToClose

November 2009 - Page C-38.27

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 33, 40, 60 PushDownToOpen
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Size 70
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-55 psig

10.1 psig

12.2 psig

14.7 psig

10.1 psig

10.1 psig

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

1R676027082

1R676027082

1R676027082

1R676027082

1R676027082

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

702

48

750

52

750

52

702

48

702

bar
48

90_

44

3.0

---

---

---

---

44

3.0

44

3.0

FS Number(2)
10

0_

333

23

441

30

524

36

333

23

333

23

90_

27

1.9

---

---

---

---

27

1.9

27

1.9

FS Number(2)
12

0_

184

13

270

19

368

25

184

13

184

13

90_

19

1.3

---

---

---

---

19

1.3

19

1.3

FS Number(2)
1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 33 actuator or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 33, 40, 60 PushDownToClose
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Size 70
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-55 psig

3.0 psig

3.3 psig

10.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

1R676027082

1R676027082

1R676027082

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

750

52

750

52

750

bar
52

90_

44

3.0

44

3.0

44

3.0

FS Number(2)
10

0_

428

30

524

36

524

36

90_

27

1.9

27

1.9

27

1.9

FS Number(2)
12

0_

260

18

514

35

600

41

90_

19

1.3

19

1.3

19

1.3

FS Number(2)
1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 33 actuator or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

8580 Valve
with 1061 Actuator
PEEK Bearing and PTFE Seal

Catalog 14
November 2009 - Page C-38.28

Push-Down-To-Open or PushDownToClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 30, 40, 60, 68
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30
60 psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

---

---

---

---

---

---

90_

210

14

210

14

210

14

210

14

---

---

---

---

---

250A

750

52

750

52

750

52

---

---

---

---

---

113

7.8

113

7.8

113

7.8

---

---

---

---

---

251A

251A

251A

---

---

-----

52

---

-------

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

71

4.9

94

6.5

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

252A

252A

252A

256A

256A

256A

256A

0_

353

24.4

526

36.3

698

48

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

32

2.2

43

3.0

54

3.7

64

4.4

86

5.9

89

6.1

89

6.1

254A

254A

254A

258A

258A

258A

258A

0_

131

9.0

217

15.0

303

21

390

27

562

39

734

51

750

52

90_

6.7

0.5

9.0

0.6

11

0.8

13

0.9

18

1.2

22

1.5

27

1.9

255A

255A

255A

259A

259A

259A

259A

0_

---

---

37

2.5

89

6.2

142

9.8

247

17

353

24

458

32

90_

---

---

5.6

0.4

7.0

0.5

8.4

0.6

11

0.8

14

1.0

17

1.2

255A

255A

255A

259A

259A

259A

259A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

33

2.3

117

8.0

200

14

283

20

90_

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.8

0.3

6.4

0.4

8.0

0.6

10

0.7

---

---

---

260A

260A

Size 60

260A

Size 68

Angle
of
Opening

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

100

6.9

60 psig

80 psig

---

100 psig

---

60 psig

---

80 psig

---

bar

---

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

89

6.1

263A

263A

263A

---

---

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

90_

27

1.9

36

2.5

44

3.0

43

3.0

44

3.0

264A

264A

264A

270A

270A

0_

458

32

524

36

524

36

524

36

524

36

90_

17

1.2

22

1.5

27

1.9

27

1.8

27

1.9

FS Number(2)
12

---

7.8

FS Number(2)
10

---

113

FS Number(2)
8

---

750

FS Number(2)
6

250A

0_

FS Number(2)
Valve
Size,
NPS

250A

90_

FS Number(2)
12

120 psig

psi

FS Number(2)
10

100 psig

bar

FS Number(2)
8

80 psig

psi

FS Number(2)
6

60 psig

bar

FS Number(2)
4

Size 40
100 psig

psi

FS Number(2)
3

80 psig

264A

264A

264A

270A

270A

0_

283

20

450

31

600

41

583

40

600

41

90_

10

0.7

13

0.9

16

1.1

15

1.1

19

1.3

FS Number(2)

265A

265A

265A

271A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service
marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

271A

260A

8580 Valve
CL150-CL300 with 2052 Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing

Catalog 14

Sizes 1, 2, and 3

November 2009 - Page C-38.29


Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1
2 bar / 30 psig

4 bar / 60 psig

2 bar / 30 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

11

156

52

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90_

6.4

93

13

186

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1A

---

---

78

31

442

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

1.5

21

2.9

42

6.0

87

113

---

---

---

2A

5A

7A

11A

---

0_

---

---

12

177

38.6

560

52

750

52

750

52

---

---

1.5

22

3.0

44

6.1

88

6.9

100

6A

8A

12A

15A

0_

---

---

---

---

10.9

159

33

481

52

750

52

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

2.8

40

4.1

59

6.1

---

9A

13A

16A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

13

195

24

347

52

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

0.9

12

1.7

---

10A

14A

17A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8.0

116

28

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

7.7

1.1

---

---

---

17A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

13

17

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

4.4

0.6

---

---

---

---

18A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 18B.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 2052- for all sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

750
89
750
25
406
15
23A

90_
FS Number(3)

100

23A

90_

---

750

22A

90_

---

---

21A

90_

---

-----

90_

3A

-----

5.4

FS Number(3)
12

---

0_

FS Number(3)
10

4A

90_

FS Number(3)
8

90_

psi

FS Number(3)
6

4 bar / 60 psig

bar

FS Number(3)
4

Size 3

4 bar / 60 psig

FS Number(3)
3

Size 2

2 bar / 30 psig

242
8.8
24A

8580 Valve
CL150-CL300 with 2052 Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing

Catalog 14
November 2009 - Page C-38.30

Sizes 1, 2, and 3

This page intentionally left blank

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service
marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

Type 9500
with Type 1051 Actuator
Push Down To Close
PTFE Bushings Standard Operation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Liner
Disk
Size,
Material Style(2)
Inch

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33
18
Psig

Size 40
33
Psig

18
Psig

33
Psig

Size 80
40
Psig

55
Psig

18
Psig

33
Psig

40
Psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174 1L2173 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1K1627 1K1628 1N9373 1K1628
X012
X012
X012
27042 27042 27082 27042 27042 27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 17082(2)

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
57
530B

220
41

220
75
536B

220
117
83B

220
126
85B

220
126

220
126

220
126

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
220
530B

220
220

220
220
536B

220
220

220
220

220
220

220
220

220
220

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
12
534B

220
22
537B

220
35
59B

220
64
65B

220
49

220
64

220
64

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
72
534B

220
131
537B

220
205
59B

220
220
65B

220
220

220
220

220
220

0
90
FS Number(4)

217
9.0
537B

220
21
62B

220
27
157B

220
27

0
90
FS Number(4)

217
31
537B

220
68
62B

220
89
157B

220
89

0
90
FS Number(4)

161
5.0
534B

220
9.0
537B

220
15
59B

220
27
65B

220
21

220
27

220
27

0
90
FS Number(4)

161
17
534B

220
31
537B

220
48
59B

220
89
65B

220
68

220
89

220
89

0
90
FS Number(4)

150
6.1
63B

150
8.0
158B

150
8.0

150
15
86B

150
16
89B

150
15

150
16

0
90
FS Number(4)

150
17
63B

150
22
158B

150
22

150
42
86B

150
43
89B

150
40

150
43

0
90
FS Number(4)

33
3
538B

220
6.1
63B

880
8.0
158B

220
8.0

220
15
86B

220
16
89B

220
15

220
16

0
90
FS Number(4)

33
8
538B

220
17
63B

220
22
158B

220
22

220
42
86B

220
43
89B

220
40

220
43

Nitrile

PTFE

Nitrile

PTFE

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012
3. Symbols for disk styles are as follows: C=conventional style: F=Fishtailstyle.
4. When ordering a Type 1066SR actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR . Right hand actuator mounting FS number are shown.

Fishtail, Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Con
trols International, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1997;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
May 1997
Page C-39 through C-48

Type 9500
With Type 1051 Actuator
Push-Down-To-Close
Standard Operation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inch

Liner
Material

Disk
Style(3)

C
Nitrile
F
8
C
PTFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
10
C
PTFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
12
C
PTFE
F

Size 40
33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

18 Psig

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)

150
2.6
64B
150
7.0
64B
177
2.6
64B
177
7.0
64B
-------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

150
3.4
162B
150
9.3
162B
220
3.4
162B
220
9.3
162B
150
1.7
162B
150
3.6
162B
220
1.7
162B
220
3.6
162B
-------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

150
9.5
77B
150
26
77B
220
9.5
77B
220
26
77B
-------------------------------------------------

150
6.2
--150
17
--220
6.2
--220
17
--150
3.2
165B
150
6.6
165B
220
3.2
165B
220
6.6
165B
150
1.8
166B
150
3.9
166B
220
1.8
166B
220
3.9
166B

150
9.5
--150
26
--220
9.5
--220
26
--150
4.8
171B
150
10
171B
220
4.8
171B
220
10
171B
87
2.8
172B
87
6.0
172B
220
2.8
172B
220
6.0
172B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 90 degrees, use maximum
effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.

Fishtail, Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983;
All Rights Reserved

Size 60

Angle
of
Opening

33 Psig

40 Psig

3. Symbols for disk styles as follows; C-Conventional style: F-Fishtail style.


4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K-.
Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
July 1983
Page C-49

Type 9500
with Type 1051 Actuator
Push-Down-To-Open
PTFE Bushings, Standard Operation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inch

Liner
Disk
Material Style(3)

Nitrile
or
PTFE

C
Nitrile
F
3
C
PTFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
4
C
PTFE
F

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33

Size 40

18 Psig 33 Psig 18 Psig

33 Psig

Size 60
40 Psig 55 Psig 18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

10B1522 10B1524 1L2174 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1L2173 1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628
X012
X012
27042
27082
27042
27042
27042
27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(2)

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

220
220
106
533A

220
220
124
536A

220
220
126
83A

220
220
126
---

220
220
126
---

220
220
126
---

220
220
126
---

---------

---------

---------

---------

0
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

220
220
533A
---------

220
220
536A
---------

220
220
--220
220
45
59A

220
220
--220
220
73
62A

220
220
--220
220
38
---

220
220
--220
220
73
---

220
220
--220
220
73
---

---------------

---------------

---------------

---------------

0
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

---------------

------220
220
58
537A

220
220
59A
220
220
45
59A

220
220
62A
220
220
73
62A

220
220
--220
220
38
---

220
220
--220
220
73
---

220
220
--220
220
73
---

---------------

---------------

---------------

---------------

0
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

---------------

220
220
537A
---------

220
220
59A
---------

220
220
-----------

220
220
--220
98
16
65A

220
220
--220
98
31
157A

220
220
--220
98
31
---

---------------

---------------

---------------

---------------

0
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

---------------

---------------

------220
98
19
59A

------220
98
31
62A

220
53
65A
220
98
16
---

220
101
157A
220
98
31
---

220
101
--220
98
31
---

---------------

---------------

---------------

---------------

0
90
FS Number(4)

-------

-------

220
62
59A

220
101
62A

220
53
---

220
101
---

220
101
---

-------

-------

-------

-------

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum
effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.

3. Symbols for disk styles as follows; C-Conventional style: F-Fishtail style.


4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K-.
Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
July 1987
Page C-50

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1987;
All Rights Reserved

Type 9500
With Type 1051 Actuator
Push-Down-To-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inch

Liner
Material

Disk
Style(3)

C
Nitrile
F
6
C
TFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
8
C
TFE
F

C
10

TFE
F

Size 40
33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

18 Psig

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

---------

---------

---------

150
50
13
86A

150
50
16
---

150
50
16
89A

150
50
16
---

0
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

------167
50
4.7
66A

------167
50
13
158A

------167
50
16
161A

150
34
86A
220
50
13
86A

150
43
--220
50
16
---

150
43
89A
220
50
16
89A

150
43
--220
50
16
---

0
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

167
13
66A
---------

167
36
158A
---------

167
43
161A
---------

220
34
86A
54
40
5.3
68A

220
43
--14
14
14
165A

220
43
89A
150
51
8.1
77A

220
43
--150
51
16
171A

0
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

---------------

---------------

---------------

54
15
68A
54
40
5.3
68A

14
14
--14
14
14
165A

150
22
77A
220
51
8.1
77A

150
43
171A
220
51
16
171A

0
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

---------------

---------------

---------------

54
15
68A
---------

14
14
-----------

220
22
77A
100
26
4.1
77A

220
43
171A
100
26
8.1
171A

0
90
FS Number(4)

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------

100
8.7
77A

100
17
171A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum
effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.

Fishtail, Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Size 60

Angle
of
Opening

33 Psig

40 Psig

3. Symbols for disk styles as follows; C-Conventional style: F-Fishtail style.


4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K-.
Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
March 1990
Page C-51/C52

Type 9500
with Type 1052 Actuator
Push Down To Close
TFE Bushings Standard Operation

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number

Size 20
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Nitrile
or
TFE

Disk
Style(2)

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

18 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.0 Psig

4.9 Psig

3.0 Psig

90

90

90

16A4660
X012

16A4659
X012

Size 40
33 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

2.7 Psig

4.9 Psig

3.0 Psig

4.3 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.5 Psig

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A4659
X012

10B1523
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
18
85B

220
18
89B

220
29
88B

220
55
1166B

220
48

220
87
1107B

220
126
122B

220
126
190B

220
126

220
126

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
109
85B

220
109
89B

220
171
88B

220
220
1166B

220
220

220
220
1107B

220
220

220
220

220
220

220
220

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
14
1102B

220
26
1108B

220
40
123B

220
57
131B

220
40

220
47

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
83
1102B

220
153
1108B

220
220
123B

220
220
131B

220
220

220
220

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
16
1167B

220
14
1102B

220
26
1108B

220
40
123B

220
57
131B

220
40

220
47

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
96
1167B

220
83
1102B

220
153
1108B

220
220
123B

220
220
131B

220
220

220
220

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
11
1108B

220
17
123B

220
24
131B

220
17

220
20

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
36
1108B

220
56
123B

220
78
131B

220
56

220
64

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
6.0
1102B

220
11
1108B

220
17
123B

220
24
131B

220
17

220
20

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
20
1102B

220
36
1108B

220
56
123B

220
78
131B

220
56

220
64

Nitrile

TFE

Nitrile

TFE

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Symbols for disk styles are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33
and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Continued

Fishtail is a registered trademark of Fisher Controls International, Inc.


Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

October 1988
Page C 53

Type 9500
with Type 1052 Actuator
PushDownToClose
Standard Operation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression,
Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 40

Size 33
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Disk
Style(2)

C
Nitrile
F
6
C
TFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
8
C
TFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
10
C
TFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
12
C
PTFE
F

Angle
of
Opening

0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

Size 60

40 Psig

55 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

18 Psig

33 Psig

3.5 Psig

6.3 Psig

3.0 Psig

4.3 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.5 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.5 Psig

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

220
2.0
1122B
220
7.0
1122B

150
4.0
1149B
150
12
1149B
220
4.0
1149B
220
12
1149B

67
5.0
124B
67
14
124B

150
7.0
132B
150
19
132B
220
7.0
132B
220
19
132B
150
3.0
133B
150
8.1
133B
220
3.0
133B
220
8.1
133B

150
5.0

150
14

220
5.0

220
14

150
2.1

150
5.8

220
2.1

220
5.8

82
1.1
145B
82
2.3
145B

150
5.8

150
16

220
5.8

220
16

150
2.4

150
6.7

220
2.4

220
6.7

150
1.3
151B
150
2.6
151B
220
1.3
151B
220
2.6
151B

44
0.7
152B
44
1.5
152B

150
13
155B
150
35
155B
220
13
155B
220
35
155B
150
5.4
156B
150
15
156B
220
5.4
156B
220
15
156B

18
2.8
156B
18
5.8
156B

150
15
163B
150
41
163B
220
15
163B
220
41
163B
150
6.3
164B
150
17
164B
220
6.3
164B
220
17
164B
150
3.2
164B
150
6.7
164B
220
3.2
164B
220
6.7
164B
150
1.9
165B
150
4.0
165B
220
1.9
165B
220
4.0
165B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Symbols for disk styles are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or
1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fishtail is a registered trademark of Fisher Controls International, Inc.

Catalog 14
October 1988
Page C54

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

Type 9500
with Type 1052 Actuator
Push Down To Open
Standard Operation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20 & 33
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number

Size 20
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Nitrile
or
TFE

Disk
Style(2)

C
Nitrile
F
3
C
TFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
4
C
TFE
F

Size 33

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

7.7 Psig

6.8 Psig

6.8 Psig

2.7 Psig

4.9 Psig

3.0 Psig

4.5 Psig

9.7 Psig

6.3 Psig

60

90

90

90

90

60

90

60

90

60

16A4659
X012

16A4659
X012

16A4659
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

220
17

86A

220
220
50
87A

220
220
84
88A

220
220
114
1101A

220
217
9

220
143

220
220
124
1107A

220
220

1110A

220
220
124

220
220

220
44(4)
86A

220
220
87A

220
220

220
220
1101A

220
53

220

220
220

220

220
220

220

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
64
3

220
220
63

220
136

1111A

220
220
60
1145A

220
220

1147A

220
16

220
220

220

1111A

220
220
1145A

220

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
64
3
1105A

120
42

220
220
63
1108A

220
136

220
220
60
1145A

220
220

220
16
1105A

120

220
220

220

220
220
1145A

220

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
57

220
96
25
1145A

220
96

220

220
83
1145A

220

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Disk style symbols are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig
9.7 Psig

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33
and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Continued

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1987;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
November 1987
Page C 55

Type 9500
with Type 1052 Actuator
PushDownToOpen
Standard Operation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 40
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Nitrile
or
TFE

Disk
Style(2)

C
Nitrile
F
3
C
TFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
4
C
TFE
F

Angle
of
Opening

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression,


Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
33 Psig
40 Psig

18 Psig
3.0 Psig

4.3 Psig

4.3 Psig

6.0 Psig

9.2 Psig

6.0 Psig

55 Psig

9.2 Psig

9.2 Psig

90

90

90

90

60

90

60

60

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1N8440
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
220
126
122A

220
220
42

220
220
126

220
220
126

220
220

220
220
126

220
220

220
220

220
220

220
220

220
220

220
220

220
220(4)

220
220

220
220(4)

220
220(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
220
60
123A

220
215
12

220
220
73
131A

220
220
67

220
200

220
220
73

220
220

220
220

220
220
123A

220
73

220
220
131A

220
220

220
220(4)

220
220

220
220(4)

220
220(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
220
60
123A

220
215
12

220
220
73
131A

220
220
67

220
200

220
220
73

220
220

220
220

220
220
123A

220
73

220
220

220
220

220
220(4)

220
220

220
220(4)

220
220(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

130
91
5.2
127A

130
98
31
131A

220
220
28
135A

220
84

220
98
31

220
98

220
98

130
17
127A

130
101
131A

220
93
135A

220
155(4)
139A

220
101
143A

220
179(4)
147A

220
179(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
98
25
123A

220
91
5.2

220
98
31
131A

220
220
28
135A

220
84

220
98
31

220
98

220
98

220
83
123A

220
17

220
101
131A

220
93

220
153(4)
139A

220
101

220
179(4)
147A

220
179(4)

Continued

Catalog 14
July 1983
Page C56

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983;
All Rights Reserved

Type 9500
with Type 1052 Actuator
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 40 & 60
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 40
Size 60
33 Psig
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Disk
Style (2)

Angle
of
Opening

6.0
Psig

9.2
Psig

40 Psig
6.0
Psig

9.2
Psig

55 Psig
9.2
Psig

18 Psig
3.7
Psig

5.3
Psig

33 Psig
3.5
Psig

7.0
Psig

40 Psig
11.4
Psig

7.0
Psig

11.4
Psig

90

60

90

60

60

90

60

90

90

60

90

60

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1N8440
27082

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27042

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

50
50
8.4
136A

150
25

140A

50
50
16
144A

150
50

148A

150
50

150
50
16
155A

150
50

150
50
16
163A

150
50
16

150
36

150
50
16

150
50

0
90
FS Number(3)

50
23
136A

150
43(4)
140A

50
43
144A

150
87(4)
148A

150
87(4)

150
43
155A

150
87(4)
159A

150
43
163A

150
43

150
62(4)
170A

150
43

150
87(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

220
50
8.4
136A

220
25

220
50
16
144A

220
50

220
50

220
50
16
155A

220
50

220
50
16
163A

220
50
16

220
36

220
50
16

220
50

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
23
136A

220
43(4)
140A

220
43
144A

220
87(4)
148A

220
87(4)

220
43
155A

220
87(4)
159A

220
43
163A

220
43

220
62(4)

220
43

220
87(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

48
11

141A

48
26

149A

48
48

153A

88
49
7.5
156A

150
23

160A

27
27
16

150
51
9.6
167A

150
15

150
51
16
173A

150
51

176A

0
90
FS Number(3)

48
18(4)
141A

48
45(4)
149A

48
48(4)
153A

88
20
156A

150
40(4)
160A

27
27

150
26
167A

150
26(4)

150
43
173A

150
87(4)
176A

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

48
11

141A

48
26

149A

48
48

153A

88
49
7.5
156A

220
23

160A

27
27
16

220
51
9.6
117A

220
15

220
51
16
173A

220
51

176A

0
90
FS Number(3)

48
18(4)
141A

48
45(4)
149A

48
48(4)
153A

88
20
156A

220
40(4)
160A

27
27

220
26
167A

220
26(4)

220
43
173A

220
87(4)
176A

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

150
26
4.9
167A

150
7.8

150
26
8.1
173A

150
26

0
90
FS Number(3)

150
10
167A

150
13(4)
171A

150
17
173A

150
42(4)
176A

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

109
12

160A

220
26
4.9
167A

220
7.8

220
26
8.1
173A

220
26

0
90
FS Number(3)

109
19(4)
160A

220
10
167A

220
13(4)
171A

220
17
173A

220
42(4)
176A

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

150
4.5

172A

150
17

177A

0
90
FS Number(3)

150
7.4(4)
172A

150
28(4)
177A

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

220
4.5

172A

220
17

177A

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
7.4(4)
172A

220
28(4)
177A

Nitrile

PTFE

Nitrile

PTFE

Nitrile

10

PTFE

Nitrile

12

PTFE

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Disk style symbols are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or
1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
4. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.

Fishtail is a registered trademark of Fisher Controls International, Inc.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
August 1989
Page C 57

Type 9500
with Type 1061 Actuator

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Disk
Style(4)

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

220
220
126
160A

220
220
126
160A

220
220
126
160A

0
90
FS Number(5)

220
220
160A

220
220
160A

220
220
160A

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

220
220
73
161A

220
220
73
161A

220
220
73
161A

0
90
FS Number(5)

220
220
161A

220
220
161A

220
220
161A

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

220
98
31
161A

220
98
31
161A

220
98
31
161A

0
90
FS Number(5)

220
101
161A

220
101
161A

220
101
161A

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

150
50
14
162A

150
50
16
162A

150
50
16
162A

150
50
16
165A

150
50
16
165A

150
50
16
165A

150
50
16
165A

150
50
16

150
50
16

150
50
16

150
50
16

150
50
16

0
90
FS Number(5)

150
39
162A

150
43
162A

150
43
162A

150
43
165A

150
43
165A

150
43
165A

150
43
165A

150
43

150
43

150
43

150
43

150
43

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

220
50
14
162A

220
50
16
162A

220
50
16
162A

220
50
16
165A

220
50
16
165A

220
50
16
165A

220
50
16
165A

220
50
16

220
50
16

220
50
16

220
50
16

220
50
16

0
90
FS Number(5)

220
39
162A

220
43
162A

220
43
162A

220
43
165A

220
43
165A

220
43
165A

220
43
165A

220
43

220
43

220
43

220
43

220
43

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

150
36
8.2
163A

150
44
10
163A

150
51
12
166A

150
51
16
166A

150
51
16
166A

150
51
16
166A

150
51
16
170A

150
51
16
170A

150
51
16
170A

150
51
16

150
51
16

0
90
FS Number(5)

150
22
163A

150
28
163A

150
33
166A

150
43
166A

150
43
166A

150
43
166A

150
43
170A

150
43
170A

150
43
170A

150
43

150
43

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

220
36
8.2
163A

220
44
10
163A

220
51
12
166A

220
51
16
166A

220
51
16
166A

220
51
16
166A

220
51
16
170A

220
51
16
170A

220
51
16
170A

220
51
16

220
51
16

0
90
FS Number(5)

220
22
163A

220
28
163A

220
33
166A

220
43
166A

220
43
166A

220
43
166A

220
43
170A

220
43
170A

220
43
170A

220
43

220
43

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile

PTFE

Nitrile

PTFE

Continued

Catalog 14
August 1989
Page C58 thru C60

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Type 9500
with Type 1061 Actuator

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Body Liner
Disk
Size,
(4)
Inches Material Style

C
Nitrile
F
10
C
TFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
12
C
TFE
F

Angle
of
Opening
0
60
90
FS Number(5)
0
90
FS Number(5)
0
60
90
FS Number(5)
0
90
FS Number(5)
0
60
90
FS Number(5)
0
90
FS Number(5)
0
60
90
FS Number(5)
0
90
FS Number(5)

Size 30

Size 40

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

---------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------

--------------182
23
5.2
163A
182
11
163A
-----------------------------

Size 60

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

60
Psig

150
26
6.3
166A
150
13
166A
220
26
6.3
166A
220
13
166A
-----------------------------

150
26
8.1
166A
150
17
166A
220
26
8.1
166A
220
17
166A
--------------218
21
4.9
167A
218
10
167A

150
26
8.1
166A
150
17
166A
220
26
8.1
166A
220
17
166A
150
26
6.1
167A
150
13
167A
220
26
6.1
167A
220
13
167A

150
26
8.1
166A
150
17
166A
220
26
8.1
166A
220
17
166A
150
29
7.3
167A
150
15
167A
220
29
7.3
167A
220
15
167A

150
26
8.1
170A
150
17
170A
220
26
8.1
170A
220
17
170A
150
29
7.3
171A
150
15
171A
220
29
7.3
171A
220
15
171A

Size 68

80
Psig

100
Pig

60
Psig

80
Psig

150
26
8.1
170A
150
17
170A
220
26
8.1
170A
220
17
170A
150
29
9.2
171A
150
19
171A
220
29
9.2
171A
220
19
171A

150
26
8.1
170A
150
17
170A
220
26
8.1
170A
220
17
170A
150
29
9.2
171A
150
19
171A
220
29
9.2
171A
220
19
171A

150
26
8.1
--150
17
--220
26
8.1
--220
17
--150
29
9.2
207A
150
19
207A
220
29
9.2
207A
220
19
207A

150
26
8.1
--150
17
--220
26
8.1
--220
17
--150
29
9.2
207A
150
19
207A
220
29
9.2
207A
220
19
207A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
3. Symbols for disk styles are as follows: C-conventional style; F-Fishtail style.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066K-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fishtail, Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks
are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1983, 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
March 1990
Page C-61/C-62

Type 9500
with Type 1066 Actuator
90q Maximum Rotation
Standard Operation
Size 20 & 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Nitrile
or
TFE

Nitrile
or
TFE

Nitrile
or
TFE

Disk
Style(3)

C
Nitrile
F
6
C
TFE
F

Nitrile
or
TFE

C
Nitrile
F
10
C
TFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
12
C
TFE
F

Angle
of
Opening
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)
0
90
FS Number(4)

Size 20
60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

40
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

220
126
21A
220
220
21A
220
62
22A
220
220
22A
220
26
22A
220
86
22A

220
126
21A
220
220
21A
220
73
22A
220
220
22A
220
31
22A
220
101
22A

220
126
21A
220
220
21A
220
73
22A
220
220
22A
220
31
22A
220
101
22A

220
126
21A
220
220
21A
220
73
22A
220
220
22A
220
31
22A
220
101
22A

220
126
21A
220
220
21A
220
73
22A
220
220
22A
220
31
22A
220
101
22A

136
5.0
24A
136
10
24A

220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
12
26A
220
33
26A
220
6.3
26A
220
13
26A
220
6.3
26A
220
13
26A

220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
16
26A
220
43
26A
220
8.1
26A
220
43
26A
220
8.1
26A
220
43
26A
121
5.5
27A
121
12
27A
220
5.5
27A
220
12
27A

220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
16
26A
220
43
26A
220
8.1
26A
220
43
26A
220
8.1
26A
220
43
26A
220
7.3
27A
220
15
27A
220
7.3
27A
220
15
27A

220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
16
26A
220
43
26A
220
8.1
26A
220
43
26A
220
8.1
26A
220
43
26A
220
9.1
27A
220
19
27A
220
9.1
27A
220
19
27A

220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
16
25A
220
43
25A
220
16
26A
220
43
26A
220
8.1
26A
220
43
26A
220
8.1
26A
220
43
26A
220
9.2
27A
220
19
27A
220
9.2
27A
220
19
27A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 90 degrees, use maximum
effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of
the FS number.
Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1987;
All Rights Reserved

Size 75

40
Psig

3. Symbols for disk styles are as follows: C-conventional style; F-Fishtail style.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
July 1987
Page C-63

Type 9500
with Type 1066 Actuator
90q Maximum Rotation
Standard Operation
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Disk
Style(3)

Angle
of
Opening

40 Psig

50 Psig

60 Psig

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
73
51A

220
73
51A

0
90
FS Number(4)

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
31
51A

220
31
51A

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
101
51A

220
101
51A

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
16
52A

220
16
52A

220
16
52A

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
43
52A

220
43
52A

220
43
52A

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
16
52A

220
16
52A

220
16
52A

0
90
FS Number(4)

220
43
52A

220
43
52A

220
43
52A

0
90
FS Number(4)

68
6.8
53A

220
8.2
53A

220
8.2
53A

0
90
FS Number(4)

68
18
53A

220
22
53A

220
22
53A

Nitrile

PTFE

Nitrile
or
PTFE

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end
of the FS number.

Supply Pressure to Piston

3. Symbols for disk styles are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
August 1991
Page C-64

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1991;
All Rights Reserved

Type 9500
with Type 1066 Actuator
60q Maximum Rotation
Standard Operation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material
Nitrile
or
PTFE
Nitrile
or
PTFE
Nitrile
or
PTFE

Disk
Style(3)

Angle
of
Opening

60

0

Nitrile

PTFE

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile

PTFE

Nitrile

PTFE

10

12

Body
Size,
Inches
6

FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)
Liner
Material
Nitrile
or
PTFE
Nitrile
or
PTFE

Size 20
60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

40
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

220
220
21A/60
220
220
22A/60
220
98
22A/60

117
33

220
220
21A/60
220
220
22A/60
220
98
22A/60
220
50
23A/60
220
50
23A/60

220
220
21A/60
220
220
22A/60
220
98
22A/60
220
50
23A/60
220
50
23A/60
68
26
24A/60

220
220
21A/60
220
220
22A/60
220
98
22A/60
220
50
23A/60
220
50
23A/60
220
26
24A/60

220
220
21A/60
220
220
22A/60
220
98
22A/60
220
50
23A/60
220
50
23A/60
220
26
24A/60

136
13
24A/60

220
50
25A/60
220
50
25A/60
220
51
26A/60
220
26
26A/60
220
26
26A/60

220
50
25A/60
220
50
25A/60
220
51
26A/60
220
26
26A/60
220
26
26A/60
121
24
27A/60
220
24
27A/60

220
50
25A/60
220
50
25A/60
220
51
26A/60
220
26
26A/60
220
26
26A/60
220
29
27A/60
220
29
27A/60

220
50
25A/60
220
50
25A/60
220
51
26A/60
220
26
26A/60
220
26
26A/60
220
29
27A/60
220
29
27A/60

220
50
25A/60
220
50
25A/60
220
51
26A/60
220
26
26A/60
220
26
26A/60
220
29
27A/60
220
29
27A/60

Disk
Style(3)
C

Angle
of
Opening
0
60
FS Number(4)
0
60
FS Number(4)

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 degrees, use maximum
effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of
the FS number.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Size 75

40
Psig

Supply Pressure to Piston


40 Psig

50 Psig

60 Psig

220
50
52A/60
68
26
53A/60

220
50
52A/60
220
26
53A/60

220
26
53A/60

3. Symbols for disk styles are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
April 1989
Page C 65/C 66

Type 9500
with Type 1066SR Actuator
Push Down To Close
Size 20
Standard Operation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Disk
Style(2)

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile
or
PTFE

C
Nitrile
F
4
C
PTFE
F

C
6

PTFE
F

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4417
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
220
86
1B/50

220
220
86
1B/60

220
220
126
5B/80

220
220
126
5B/100

220
220
126
5B/120

220
220
1B/50

220
220
1B/60

220
220
5B/80

220
220
5B/100

220
220
5B/120

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
143
26
2B/50

220
143
26
2B/60

220
220
41
6B/80

220
220
41
6B/100

220
220
41
6B/120

220
151
2B/50

220
151
2B/60

220
220
6B/80

220
220
6B/100

220
220
6B/120

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
97
17
6B/100

220
97
17
6B/120

220
57
6B/100

220
57
6B/120

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
60
11
6B/60

220
97
17
6B/80

220
97
17
6B/100

220
97
17
6B/120

220
35
6B/60

220
57
6B/80

220
57
6B/100

220
57
6B/120

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
29
5.1
7B/100

220
29
5.1
7B/120

220
14
7B/100

220
14
7B/120

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Symbols for disk style are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR . Right hand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fishtail is a registered trademark of Fisher Controls International, Inc.


Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
November 1988
Page C 67

Type 9500
with Type 1066SR Actuator
Push Down To Open
Size 20
Standard Operation
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Disk
Style(2)

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
220
89
1A/50

220
220
126
1A/60

220
220
126
1A/80

220
220
126

220
220
126
1A/100

220
220
126

220
220
126
1A/120

220
220
126

220
220
1A/50

220
220
1A/60

220
220
1A/80

220
220

220
220
1A/100

220
220

220
220
1A/120

220
220

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
143
26
2A/50

220
212
43
2A/60

220
220
73
2A/80

220
220
42

220
220
73
2A/100

220
220
73

220
220
73
2A/120

220
220
73

220
155
2A/50

220
220
2A/60

220
220
2A/80

220
220

220
220
2A/100

220
220

220
220
2A/120

220
220

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
96
18
6A/80

220
98
31
6A/100

220
98
31
6A/120

220
58
6A/80

220
101
6A/100

220
101
6A/120

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Symbols for disk style are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fishtail is a registered trademark of Fisher Controls International, Inc.

Catalog 14
November 1988
Page C 68

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1988;
All Rights Reserved

Type 9500
with Type 1066SR Actuator
Push Down To Close
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Disk
Style(2)

C
Nitrile
F
3
C
PTFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
4
C
PTFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
6
C
PTFE
F

Nitrile
or
PTFE

F
8
C
PTFE
F

Angle
of
Opening
0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)
0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

50 Psig
18A4435
X012
220
220
126
9B/50
220
220
9B/50
220
220
50
10B/50
220
220
10B/50
220
220
56
10B/50
220
220
10B/50
87
87
24
10B/50
87
77
10B/50
220
98
24
10B/50
220
77
10B/50

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Symbols for disk style are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number


60 Psig
80 Psig
100 Psig
18A4435
18A4436
18A4436
18A4437
X012
X012
X012
X012
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
126
126
126
126
9B/60
13B/80
13B/100

220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
9B/60
13B/80
13B/100

220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
73
73
73
73
10B/60
14B/80
14B/100

220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
10B/60
14B/80
14B/100

220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
56
73
73
73

14B/80
14B/100

220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
10B/60
14B/80
14B/100

220
220
220
220
98
98
98
98
24
31
31
31
10B/60
14B/80
14B/100

220
220
220
220
77
101
101
101
10B/60
14B/80
14B/100

220
220
220
220
98
98
98
98
31
31
31
31
10B/60
14B/80
14B/100

220
220
220
220
77
101
101
101
10B/60
14B/80
14B/100

217
220
220
220
37
50
50
50
6.9
11
11
14
11B/60
15B/80

19B/100
217
220
220
220
19
30
30
38
11B/60
15B/80

19B/100
220
220
220
220
37
50
50
50
6.9
11
11
14
11B/60
15B/80

19B/100
220
220
220
220
19
30
30
38
11B/60
15B/80

19B/100

220

25

4.7

16B/100

220

13

16B/100

220

25

4.7

16B/100

220

13

16B/100

120 Psig
18A4437
X012
220
220
126
17B/120
220
220
17B/120
220
220
73
18B/120
220
220
18B/120
220
220
73
18B/120
220
220
18B/120
220
98
31
18B/120
220
101
18B/120
220
98
31
18B/120
220
101
18B/120
220
50
14
19B/120
220
38
19B/120
220
50
14
19B/120
220
38
19B/120
220
26
5.9
20B/120
220
16
20B/120
220
26
5.9
20B/120
220
16
20B/120

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
April 1990
Page C 69/C 70

Type 9500
with Type 1066SR Actuator
Push Down To Open
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Disk
Style(2)

Nitrile
or
PTFE

C
Nitrile
F
3
C
PTFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
4
C
PTFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
6
C
PTFE
F

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
220
126
9A/50

220
220
126
9A/60

220
220
126
9A/80

220
220
126

220
220
126

220
220
9A/50

220
220
9A/60

220
220
9A/80

220
220

220
220

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
220
56
10A/50

220
220
73
10A/60

220
220
73
10A/80

220
220
73

220
220
73

220
220
10A/50

220
220
10A/60

220
220
10A/80

220
220

220
220

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
220
56
10A/50

220
220
73
10A/60

220
220
73
10A/80

220
220
73

220
220
73

220
220
10A/50

220
220
10A/60

220
220
10A/80

220
220

220
220

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

87
87
24
10A/50

87
87
31
10A/60

87
87
31

220
98
31
14A/80

220
98
31
14A/100

87
77
10A/50

87
87
10A/60

87
87

220
101
14A/80

220
101
14A/100

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
98
24
10A/50

220
98
31
10A/60

220
98
31
10A/80

220
98
31

220
98
31

220
77
10A/50

220
101
10A/60

220
101
10A/80

220
101

220
101

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
50
11
15A/80

220
50
16
15A/100

220
30
15A/80

220
43
15A/100

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
50
11
15A/80

220
50
16
15A/100

220
30
15A/80

220
43
15A/100

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Symbols for disk style are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.

80 Psig

100 Psig

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fishtail is a registered trademark of Fisher Controls International, Inc.


Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
March 1990
Page C 71

Type 9500
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PushDownToClose
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Disk
Style(2)

C
Nitrile
F
6
C
PTFE
F

Nitrile
or
PTFE

C
Nitrile
F
10
C
PTFE
F

C
Nitrile
F
12
C
PTFE
F

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
50
13
21B/50

220
50
13
21B/60

220
50
13
21B/80

220
50
13

220
50
13

220
50
16
25B/100

220
50
16

220
50
16
25B/120

220
50
16

220
34
21B/50

220
34
21B/60

220
34

220
43
25B/80

220
34

220
43
25B/100

220
43

220
43
25B/120

220
43

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
50
13
21B/50

220
50
13
21B/60

220
50
13

220
50
16
25B/80

220
50
13

220
50
16
25B/100

220
50
16

220
50
16
25B/120

220
50
16

220
34
21B/50

220
34
21B/60

220
34

220
43
25B/80

220
34

220
43
25B/100

220
43

220
43
25B/120

220
43

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
30
5.3
22B/60

220
30
5.3
22B/80

220
43
8.5
26B/80

220
30
5.3

220
43
18.5
26B/100

220
51
11
30B/100

220
43
8.5

220
51
11
30B/120

220
14
22B/60

220
14
22B/80

220
23
26B/80

220
14

220
23

220
29
30B/100

220
23

220
29
30B/120

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

220
24
4.3
26B/100

36
26
5.4
30B/100

220
24
4.3

220
26
5.4
30B/120

220
9.0
26B/100

36
11
30B/100

220
9.0

220
11
30B/120

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

4.5
15
2.7
22B/60

155
15
2.7
22B/80

155
15
2.7

220
24
4.3
26B/100

218
26
5.4
30B/100

220
24
4.3

220
26
5.4
30B/120

4.5
4.5
22B/60

155
5.7
22B/80

155
5.7

220
9.0
26B/100

218
11
30B/100

220
9.0

220
11
30B/120

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

56
26
3.2
31B/120

56
6.7
31B/120

0
60
90
FS Number(3)
0
90
FS Number(3)

150
24
2.5
27B/100

191
24
2.5

220
26
3.2
31B/120

150
5.3
27B/100

191
5.3

220
6.7
31B/120

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees,


use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Symbols for disk style are as follows: Cconventional style; FFishtail style.

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fishtail is a registered trademark of Fisher Controls International, Inc.

Catalog 14
March 1990
Page C72

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1984, 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Type 9500
with Type 1066SR Actuator
Catalog 14

Push-Down-To-Open
Size 75

June 1992 - Page C-73

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Liner
Material

Disk
Style(2)

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A445
1
X012

18A445
1
X012

18A445
1
X012

18A445
2
X012

18A445
1
X012

18A445
2
X012

18A445
3
X012

18A445
1
X012

18A445
2
X012

18A445
3
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

220
50
12
21A/50

220
50
16
21A/60

220
50
16
21A/80

220
50
16

220
50
16
21A/100

220
50
16

220
50
16

220
50
16
21A/120

220
50
16

220
50
16

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
34
21A/50

220
43
21A/60

220
43
21A/80

220
43

220
43
21A/100

220
43

220
43

220
43
21A/120

220
43

220
43

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

220
46
8.5
26A/80

220
51
15
26A/100

220
51
11

220
51
16
26A/120

220
51
16

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
23
26A/80

220
41
26A/100

220
29

220
43
26A/120

220
43

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

50
23
5.4
30A/100

50
23
8.8
30A/120

0
90
FS Number(3)

50
11
30A/100

50
17
30A/120

0
60
90
FS Number(3)

220
23
5.4
30A/100

220
23
8.8
30A/120

0
90
FS Number(3)

220
11
30A/100

220
17
30A/120

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile
or
PTFE

Nitrile

10

PTFE

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Symbols for disk style are as follows: C-conventional style; F-Fishtail style.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher Controls International, Inc. 1984, 1992; All Rights Reserved Printed in USA

This page is intentionally left blank

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Soft (ETFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 500 and 501)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.1

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

4.9 psig

4.9 psig

6.3 psig

6.3 psig

2.7 psig

3.7 psig

3.0 psig

9.7 psig

9.7 psig

6.3 psig

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

60_

60_

90_

10B1522

10B1523

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1524X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

0

30.7

446

30.7

446

50.1

727

50.1

727

2.4

35

15.8

230

11.0

159

90.2 1308 90.2 1308 50.1

727

80

1.1

16

11.2

162

6.3

92

11.1

160

2.4

35

3.7

54

---

---

---

307

FS Number(2)
4

1130A

1134A

1266A

1139A

1126A

---

---

psi
---

1137A

bar
---

psi
---

21.2

1141A

---

0

3.4

49

3.4

49

12.8

186

12.8

186

---

---

---

---

---

---

32.3

468

32.3

468

12.8

186

80

0.8

12

3.4

49

4.7

69

8.3

120

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

12.8

186

FS Number(2)

1131A

1135A

1267A

1140A

1127A

---

---

1138A

1142A

1143A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

9.7 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.4 psig

3.5 psig

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

1P6371

1L2173

1N8440

1N8444

1N937327082

bar

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

90.2 1308 64.8

941

98.9 1435 98.9 1435 98.9 1435 98.9 1435 98.9 1435 98.9 1435 98.9 1435

---

---

80

---

174

4.5

---

---

12.0

65

330A

8A

bar
15.6

psi
226

336A

0

32.3

468

20.0

289

39.4

571

66.5

964

---

---

9.0

131

3.4

49

11.7

170

1144A

331A

9A

337A

0

---

---

---

---

2.7

39

12.5

182

80

---

---

---

---

0.6

1.9

28

FS Number(2)
8

---

---

psi

80
FS Number(2)

psi

1L217427042 1P637127082 1L217327042 1N844027082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-18 Psig

10B1525

Size 40

0-55 Psig

---

---

11A

339A

bar
---

psi
---

343A

bar
29.6

---

344A
30.4

441

346A

430

bar
27.3

284A

103.1 1495 39.4


---

psi

22.2

psi
396

--66.5

964

323

20.5

297

348A

2.7

39

12.5

182

2.7

39

3.4

50

---

---

psi
---

bar
47.0

---

571

14A

bar

350A

---

35.3

285A
30.4

441

---

682

---

103.1 1495 41.0


---

psi

---

595

103.1 1495

512

12.7

--3.3

47

29.3

425

3.3

47

2.1

31

---

355A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.1

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.0

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

184

---

---

60
14
---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 1983, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Soft (ETFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 500 and 501)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.2

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.7 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

9.1 psig

11.4 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

5.3 psig

3.5 psig

11.4 psig

90_

90_

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

60_

1K9373

1N9373

1P2702

1K162727082 1P270227082 1K162827082 1P270227042 1P270227042 1P270227042 1K162827082

bar
4

11.1

161

---

30.6

psi

bar

0

32.1

466

77.4

1122

80.6

3.6

52

1.9

27

5.1

19A

444

---

22A

80

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

34.8

363A

1168 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 77.4


74

---

24A

---

---

387A

---

---

505

54.3

---

788

---

---

---

290A

63.4

920

1122

80.6

1168

55.9

810

29.3

425

84

9.0

131

---

---

10.6

153

5.8

390A

---

---

294A

---

---

--103.4 1500
---

---

---

---

0

5.3

77

24.1

349

25.4

368

38.1

553

52.1

756

24.1

349

25.4

368

15.1

219

4.1

60

52.1

756

80

1.7

24

0.9

13

2.4

34

---

---

---

---

2.7

39

4.2

61

---

---

4.1

60

---

---

21A

358A

26A

361A

367A

370A

32A

---

---

---

0

---

---

8.3

120

9.0

131

16.0

232

23.7

343

8.3

120

9.0

131

3.4

49

---

---

23.7

343

80

---

---

0.4

1.0

15

---

---

---

---

1.2

17

1.8

27

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

359A

27A

362A

368A

371A

33A

---

---

---

0

---

---

0.4

0.9

13

4.9

71

9.3

135

0.4

0.9

13

---

---

---

---

9.3

80

---

---

0.3

0.7

10

---

---

---

---

0.4

0.9

13

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
14

314

17A

FS Number(2)
12

bar

21.6

FS Number(2)
10

psi

80

FS Number(2)
8

bar

103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 100.4 1456

FS Number(2)
6

psi

0

---

359A

27A

362A

368A

371A

33A

---

---

135
---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

4.8

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.8

70

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

389A

389A

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 70
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-40 Psig

10.1 psig

12.2 psig

14.7 psig

10.1 psig

10.1 psig

14.7 psig

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

49.0

710

63.0

913

79.2

1148

49.0

710

49.0

710

79.2

1148

80

2.6

38

---

---

---

---

5.1

74

10.5

152

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

375A

379A

255A

259A

---

0

21.9

318

29.6

430

38.5

558

21.9

318

21.9

318

38.5

558

1.1

16

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

4.6

67

---

---

252A

376A

380A

256A

260A

---

0

8.3

120

12.7

184

17.8

258

8.3

120

8.3

120

17.8

258

80

0.8

11

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

3.1

45

---

---

FS Number(2)
14

251A

80
FS Number(2)

12

1R6760

252A

376A

380A

256A

260A

---

0

4.1

59

7.4

107

11.3

163

4.1

59

4.1

59

11.3

163

80

0.6

---

---

---

---

1.2

18

2.6

37

---

---

FS Number(2)

253A

377A

381A

257A

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Soft (ETFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 500 and 501)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.3

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

2.7 psig

4.9 psig

3.5 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

10B1524

10B1523

10B1525

10B1522X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

50.1

727

98.9 1435 98.9 1435 98.9 1435

0.2

24.0

349

89.6 1300 98.9 1435 98.9 1435 98.9 1435

80

2.8

40

5.1

0.2

3.3

48

4.0

74

bar

psi

4.4

---

64

12.8

186

46.2

670

61.5

892

2.1

30

3.8

56

3.3

48

---

psi

6.8

99
---

0

---

bar

---

80
FS Number(2)

---

psi

---

---

103.1 1495
5.1

74
---

---

psi

1L217427042 1P637127082 1N844027082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 40

0-18 Psig

58

bar
8.0

---

psi
116

---

0.1

32.0

464

42.8

621

---

0.1

3.0

43

6.0

87

---

psi
165

bar
10.2

---

---

---

11.4

---

---

---

bar

psi
149

---

103.1 1495 103.1 1495


8.5

---

124

7.7

---

111
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.9

57

45.3

657

27.9

405

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.0

15

1.4

21

1.3

19

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Soft (ETFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 500 and 501)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.4

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 40
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

1P6371

1N8440

1L217327042 1N844027082

bar
3

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

98.9 1435 98.9 1435 39.3

570

85.2 1235

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

9.4

122

10.2

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0
80

7.0

---

102

8.5

123

433

103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495

15.5

225

15.5

---

290

---

---

---

49.0

711

40.3

585

---

---

---

---

2.6

38

3.3

48

---

---

---

262

18.6

---

---

---

18.1

---

1.4

270

20.0

---

290

18.6

---

270

---

103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500


3.0

---

44

3.1

---

45

3.3

---

48

3.1

---

45
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

12.3

178

8.7

126

40.0

581

63.4

919

40.9

594

71.5 1037

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

18

1.6

23

1.4

20

1.4

21

1.6

23

1.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

21
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.8

27

---

---

17.0

247

29.8

433

17.5

254

34.3

497

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

---

---

0.6

0.6

0.7

10

0.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.5

79

12.8

186

5.8

83

15.4

223

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

0.4

0.5

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

28

7.5

109

2.2

31

9.4

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

0.4

0.4

0.4

Angle
of
Opening

---

---

---

---

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.3 psig

10.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

975

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

16.5

239

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

12.8

186

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.7

40

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

61.4

890

80

---

---

1.6

24

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

103.2 1497 103.4 1500


1.7

---

25

4.3

---

62
---

0

---

---

28.7

417

51.7

749

78.2

1134

---

---

0.7

10

0.8

11

1.9

27

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

12.2

177

25.4

368

40.6

589

80

---

---

0.5

0.5

1.3

18

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

17.0

246

28.5

413

80

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.0

15

---

---

---

80

FS Number(2)

---

---

80

---

---

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

67.2

FS Number(2)

137

Size 70

0

FS Number(2)

14

20.0

86.8 1259

FS Number(2)

12

225

---

17

FS Number(2)

10

---

29.8

778

---

---

92
---

21

---

109

1.2

FS Number(2)

---

6.3

---

1N9373

---

7.5

Size 60

---

53.6

FS Number(2)

Valve
Size,
NPS

149

---

0

FS Number(2)
14

8.4

psi

80

FS Number(2)
12

164

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

11.3

psi

103.1 1495 103.1 1495

FS Number(2)
8

136

bar

---

FS Number(2)
6

psi

1K162727082 1P270227042 1K162827082 1N937327082 1P270227042 1K162827082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-40 Psig

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Metal Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 502 and 503)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.5

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

4.9 psig

4.9 psig

6.3 psig

6.3 psig

2.7 psig

3.7 psig

3.0 psig

9.7 psig

9.7 psig

6.3 psig

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

60_

60_

90_

10B1522

10B1523

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1524X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

6.2

90

6.2

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

43.3

628

43.3

628

6.2

90

80

---

---

---

---

6.2

90

6.2

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.2

FS Number(2)
4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

9.7 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.4 psig

3.5 psig

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

1P6371

1L2173

1N8440

1N8444

1N937327082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

43.3

628

19.8

288

56.7

823

94.6 1376 94.6 1376 56.7

823

94.6 1376 94.6 1376 59.8

868

---

---

80

---

---

12.0

174

4.5

65

15.6

430

27.3

682

---

---

---

---

---

psi
226

bar
---

---

psi
---

29.6

---

---

psi
396

bar
---

---

psi
---

47.0

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

3.5

51

28.3

411

73.4 1064

3.5

51

28.3

411

73.4 1064

5.0

72

70.6 1024

80

---

---

---

---

3.4

49

11.7

170

---

3.5

51

20.5

297

---

5.0

72

12.7

FS Number(2)
6

1L217427042 1P637127082 1L217327042 1N844027082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-18 Psig

10B1525

Size 40

0-55 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.9

56

---

---

---

---

3.9

56

---

---

2.9

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

184

--42
31
---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Metal Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 502 and 503)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.6

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.7 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

9.1 psig

11.4 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

5.3 psig

3.5 psig

11.4 psig

90_

90_

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

60_

1N9373

1N9373

1P2702

1K162727082 1P270227082 1K162827082 1P270227042 1P270227042 1P270227042 1K162827082

bar
4

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

21.6

314

11.1

---

161

30.6

---

444

---

---

---

---

---

---

34.8

---

505

54.3

---

788

---

---

---

63.4

---

920

5.4

79

46.5

675

49.4

717

77.2

1120 100.7 1460 46.5

675

49.4

717

27.0

391

2.9

42

3.6

52

1.9

27

5.1

74

---

---

84

9.0

131

---

---

2.9

42

---

---

---

---

---

5.8

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

80

100.7 1460
---

---

---

---

0

---

---

3.0

43

4.2

61

15.7

227

28.3

410

3.0

43

4.2

61

---

---

---

---

28.3

410

80

---

---

0.9

13

2.4

34

---

---

---

---

2.7

39

4.2

61

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.1

45

10.0

144

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

10.0

144

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
12

bar

80

FS Number(2)
10

psi

1127 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 70.6 1024 98.4 1427

FS Number(2)
8

bar

77.7

FS Number(2)
6

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.7

24

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.7

24

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 70
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-40 Psig

10.1 psig

12.2 psig

14.7 psig

10.1 psig

10.1 psig

14.7 psig

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

25.5

369

38.1

553

52.7

765

25.5

369

25.5

369

52.7

765

80

2.6

38

---

---

---

---

5.1

74

10.5

152

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

---

---

---

---

---

0

8.4

122

15.3

222

23.3

338

8.4

122

8.4

122

23.3

338

1.1

16

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

4.6

67

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

0.8

11

4.8

69

9.4

136

0.8

11

0.8

11

9.4

80

0.8

11

---

---

---

---

0.8

11

0.8

11

---

FS Number(2)
14

---

80
FS Number(2)

12

1R6760

---

---

---

---

---

136
---

---

0

---

---

1.6

24

5.1

75

---

---

---

---

5.1

75

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Metal Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 502 and 503)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.7

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

2.7 psig

4.9 psig

3.5 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

10B1524

10B1523

10B1525

10B1522X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

6.2

90

69.6 1010 94.6 1376 94.6 1376

---

---

---

---

42.7

620

63.3

918

94.6 1376 94.6 1376

80

2.8

40

5.1

---

---

---

---

4.0

58

8.0

116

11.4

74

bar

psi

4.4

---

64

bar

psi

6.8

---

99
---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

9.7

141

23.8

345

70.7 1025

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.6

96

---

---

3.8

56

3.3

48

5.1

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.0

87

---

---

---

74
---

---

---

---

psi
165

bar
10.2

---

80
FS Number(2)

---

psi

1L217427042 1P637127082 1N844027082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 40

0-18 Psig

---

124

7.7

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17.4

252

1.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

1.3

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

973
111

---

80
FS Number(2)

149

---

100.4 1456 67.1


8.5

psi

23
19
---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Metal Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 502 and 503)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.8

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 40
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

1P6371

1N8440

1L217327042 1N844027082

bar
3

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

94.6 1376 94.6 1376

---

---

38.6

560

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

9.4

---

---

10.2

149

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0
80

100.4 1456 100.4 1456


7.0

102

8.5

---

123

---

100.4 1456 98.3 1425 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456

---

---

15.5

---

---

225

20.0

---

290

18.1

---

---

---

---

20.8

301

12.9

187

81.4

---

---

---

---

2.6

38

3.3

48

3.0

---

---

---

---

262

18.6

---

---

---

270

20.0

---

290

18.6

---

270

---

1181 100.7 1460 83.4 1210 100.7 1460


44

3.1

---

45

3.3

---

48

3.1

---

45
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17.4

252

38.5

558

18.2

264

45.8

664

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.4

21

1.6

23

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.0

58

15.5

225

4.5

65

19.5

283

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

0.6

0.7

10

0.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.9

71

---

---

7.2

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.7

25

---

---

3.5

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

Angle
of
Opening

---

---

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.3 psig

10.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

420

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

16.5

239

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5
---

---

0

---

---

36.7

532

74.5 1080 103.4 1500

80

---

---

1.6

24

1.7

---

---

25

4.3

---

62
---

0

---

---

14.5

211

35.1

509

58.9

854

80

---

---

0.7

10

0.8

11

1.9

27

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

4.3

62

16.2

236

30.1

436

80

---

---

0.5

0.5

1.3

18

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

10.3

150

20.8

301

80

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.0

15

---

---

---

80

FS Number(2)

---

50

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

29.0

---

---

Size 70

0

FS Number(2)

---

104
---

80

FS Number(2)

14

---

21

FS Number(2)

12

---

---

799

FS Number(2)

10

---

---

1.4

---

---

---

55.1

FS Number(2)

---

17

1N9373

---

---

---

Size 60

---

362

FS Number(2)

Valve
Size,
NPS

---

1.2

FS Number(2)
14

---

24.9

FS Number(2)
12

164

---

0

FS Number(2)
10

11.3

psi

80
FS Number(2)

136

bar

---

FS Number(2)
6

psi

1K162727082 1P270227042 1K162827082 1N937327082 1P270227042 1K162827082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-40 Psig

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Metal Seal, Metal Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 505 and 506)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.9

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

4.9 psig

4.9 psig

6.3 psig

6.3 psig

2.7 psig

3.7 psig

3.0 psig

9.7 psig

9.7 psig

6.3 psig

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

60_

60_

90_

10B1522

10B1523

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1524X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

0.3

0.3

---

---

---

---

---

---

30.5

443

30.5

443

0.3

80

---

---

---

---

0.3

0.3

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

FS Number(2)
4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

9.7 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.4 psig

3.5 psig

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

1P6371

1L2173

1N8440

1N8444

1N937327082

1L217427042 1P637127082 1L217327042 1N844027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

30.5

443

11.4

165

41.5

602

88.6 1212 94.6 1376 41.5

602

88.6 1212 94.6 1376 44.0

639

---

---

80

---

---

11.4

165

4.5

65

15.6

430

27.3

639

---

---

FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-18 Psig

10B1525

Size 40

0-55 Psig

---

---

---

psi
226

---

bar
---

psi
---

---

29.6

---

psi
396

---

bar
---

psi
---

---

44.0

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

18.4

266

54.3

788

---

---

18.4

266

54.3

788

---

---

52.1

756

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.7

170

---

---

---

---

18.4

266

---

---

---

---

12.7

184

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Metal Seal, Metal Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 505 and 506)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.10

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.7 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

9.1 psig

11.4 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

5.3 psig

3.5 psig

11.4 psig

90_

90_

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

60_

1N9373

1N9373

1P2702

1K162727082 1P270227082 1K162827082 1P270227042 1P270227042 1P270227042 1K162827082

bar

psi

0

57.7

838

80

21.6

314

FS Number(2)
6

psi

bar

756

98.4 1427

756

---

11.1

psi
161

bar
30.6

---

psi
444

bar
---

---

psi
---

bar
---

---

psi
---

bar
34.8

---

psi
505

bar
54.3

---

psi
788

---

bar
---

psi
---

52.1

---

---

psi
---

---

0

0.5

32.8

476

35.1

509

56.9

825

80.9

1174

32.8

476

35.1

509

17.5

253

---

---

80.9

1174

80

0.5

1.9

27

5.1

74

---

---

---

---

5.8

84

9.0

131

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

0.4

9.3

135

19.1

277

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

19.1

277

80

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

bar

---

FS Number(2)
8

bar

100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 52.1

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.2

5.5

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.5

80

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 70
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-40 Psig

10.1 psig

12.2 psig

14.7 psig

10.1 psig

10.1 psig

14.7 psig

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

16.9

245

26.7

388

38.1

552

16.9

245

16.9

245

38.1

552

80

2.6

38

---

---

---

---

5.1

74

10.5

152

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

---

---

---

---

---

0

4.3

62

9.6

140

15.8

229

4.3

62

4.3

62

15.8

229

1.1

16

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

4.3

62

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

1.4

21

5.0

72

---

---

---

---

5.0

72

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
14

---

80
FS Number(2)

12

1R6760

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

1.8

26

---

---

---

---

1.8

26

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Metal Seal, Metal Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 505 and 506)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.11

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

2.7 psig

4.9 psig

3.5 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

10B1524

10B1523

10B1525

10B1522X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

0.3

52.1

755

75.4

1100

80

0.3

5.1

74

4.4

64

FS Number(2)
4

---

---

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

94.6 1376

---

---

---

---

30.1

437

46.9

680

94.6 1376 94.6 1376

6.8

---

---

---

---

4.0

58

8.0

116

11.4

---

psi

1L217427042 1P637127082 1N844027082

99
---

---

---

---

---

psi
165

bar
10.2

---

psi
149

---

0

---

---

3.5

51

14.7

213

52.2

757

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

15

84.2 1221 49.3

715

80

---

---

3.5

51

3.3

48

5.1

74

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

15

8.5

111

FS Number(2)
6

Size 40

0-18 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

124
---

7.7

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.9

144

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Metal Seal, Metal Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 505 and 506)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.12

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 40
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

1P6371

1N8440

1L217327042 1N844027082

bar
3

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

94.6 1376 94.6 1376

---

---

26.7

388

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

9.4

---

---

10.2

149

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0
80

100.4 1456 100.4 1456


7.0

102

8.5

---

123

---

91.7 1330 74.2 1076 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456

---

---

15.5

---

---

225

20.0

---

290

18.1

---

262

---

---

---

12.6

183

6.4

92

60.2

873

---

---

---

2.6

38

3.3

48

3.0

44

---

---

---

---

270

20.0

---

---

---

18.6

---

---

100.2 1454 61.7


3.1

---

290

18.6

--45

896

3.3

---

270

--48

100.6 1460
3.1

---

45
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

10.6

154

27.0

391

11.3

163

32.7

474

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.4

21

1.6

23

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

13

9.8

142

1.3

18

12.9

187

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

0.6

0.7

10

0.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

---

---

3.3

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

Angle
of
Opening

---

---

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.3 psig

10.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

274

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

16.5

239

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5
---

---

0

---

---

25.6

371

55.0

797

88.9 1290

80

---

---

1.6

24

1.7

25

4.3

---

---

---

62
---

0

---

---

9.0

131

25.0

362

43.4

629

80

---

---

0.7

10

0.8

11

1.9

27

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

1.1

16

10.2

148

20.8

302

80

---

---

0.5

0.5

1.3

18

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

5.8

84

13.8

200

80

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.0

15

---

---

---

80

FS Number(2)

---

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

18.9

---

---

Size 70

0

FS Number(2)

---

48
---

80

FS Number(2)

14

---

---

21

FS Number(2)

12

---

---

573

---

---

---

1.4

FS Number(2)

10

---

39.5

FS Number(2)

---

17

1N9373

---

---

---

Size 60

---

230

FS Number(2)

Valve
Size,
NPS

---

1.2

FS Number(2)
14

---

15.9

FS Number(2)
12

164

---

0

FS Number(2)
10

11.3

psi

80
FS Number(2)

136

bar

---

FS Number(2)
6

psi

1K162727082 1P270227042 1K162827082 1N937327082 1P270227042 1K162827082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-40 Psig

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trim 504)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.13

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

4.9 psig

4.9 psig

6.3 psig

6.3 psig

2.7 psig

3.7 psig

3.0 psig

9.7 psig

9.7 psig

6.3 psig

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

60_

60_

90_

10B1522

10B1523

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1524X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.3

164

11.3

164

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

9.7 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.4 psig

3.5 psig

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

1P6371

1L2173

1N8440

1N8444

1N937327082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

11.3

164

---

---

27.6

400

90.0 1306 91.8 1331 27.6

400

90.0 1306 91.8 1331 31.3

455

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

4.5

65

15.6

400

90.0 1306

455

---

---

---

---

---

psi
226

bar
---

---

psi
---

---

27.6

---

psi

bar
---

---

psi
---

---

31.3

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

14.1

204

65.3

947

---

---

14.1

204

65.3

947

---

---

62.1

901

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.7

170

---

---

---

---

14.1

204

---

---

---

---

12.7

184

FS Number(2)
6

1L217427042 1P637127082 1L217327042 1N844027082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-18 Psig

10B1525

Size 40

0-55 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.7

39

---

---

---

---

2.7

39

---

---

1.6

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.6

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

23
23
---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trim 504)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.14

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.7 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

9.1 psig

11.4 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

5.3 psig

3.5 psig

11.4 psig

90_

90_

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

60_

1N9373

1N9373

1P2702

1K162727082 1P270227082 1K162827082 1P270227042 1P270227042 1P270227042 1K162827082

bar
4

bar

psi

0

70.2 1018 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 62.1

901

80

21.6

901

FS Number(2)
6

11.1

psi
161

bar
30.6

---

psi
444

bar
---

---

psi
---

bar
---

---

psi
---

bar
34.8

---

psi
505

bar
54.3

---

psi
788

bar
---

---

psi
---

62.1

---

---

bar

psi

100.1 1453
---

---

---

0

4.3

63

48.3

700

51.4

746

75.3 1092 75.3 1092 48.3

700

51.4

746

27.4

397

1.6

23

75.3 1092

80

3.6

52

1.9

27

5.1

74

---

84

9.0

131

---

---

1.6

23

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.8

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

9.2

133

10.4

151

22.1

320

35.0

507

9.2

133

10.4

151

1.0

14

---

---

35.0

507

80

---

---

0.9

13

2.4

34

---

---

---

---

2.7

39

4.2

61

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

314

bar

---

FS Number(2)
8

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.2

47

10.0

145

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

10.0

145

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 70
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-40 Psig

10.1 psig

12.2 psig

14.7 psig

10.1 psig

10.1 psig

14.7 psig

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

32.1

465

45.0

652

59.9

868

32.1

465

32.1

465

59.9

868

80

2.6

38

---

---

---

---

5.1

74

10.5

152

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

---

---

---

---

---

0

8.5

123

15.2

221

23.1

335

8.5

123

8.5

123

23.1

335

1.1

16

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

4.6

67

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

2.4

35

6.9

100

---

---

---

---

6.9

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
14

---

80
FS Number(2)

12

1R6760

---

---

---

---

---

100
---

---

0

---

---

---

---

1.9

28

---

---

---

---

1.9

28

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trim 504)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.15

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

2.7 psig

4.9 psig

3.5 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

10B1524

10B1523

10B1525

10B1522X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

43.2

627

78.5

1139

80

---

---

5.1

74

4.4

64

FS Number(2)
4

---

---

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

91.8 1331

---

---

---

---

10.7

155

35.5

515

91.8 1331 91.8 1331

6.8

---

---

---

---

4.0

58

8.0

116

11.4

---

psi

1L217427042 1P637127082 1N844027082

99
---

---

---

---

---

psi
165

bar
10.2

---

psi
149

---

0

---

---

---

---

8.9

129

62.2

903

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

98.4 1427 58.2

844

80

---

---

---

---

3.3

48

5.1

74

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8.5

111

FS Number(2)
6

Size 40

0-18 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

124

7.7

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17.1

248

0.3

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

0.3

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4
4
---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trim 504)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.16

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 40
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

1P6371

1N8440

1L217327042 1N844027082

bar
3

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

91.8 1331 91.8 1331

---

---

5.6

82

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

9.4

---

---

5.6

82

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

98.4 1427 93.6 1358 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427

---

15.5

8.5

---

123
---

---

---

225

20.0

---

290

18.1

---

262

18.6

---

270

20.0

---

290

18.6

---

270

---

0

25.2

366

57.5

833

---

---

---

---

20.7

301

12.3

178

75.3 1092 75.3 1092 75.3 1092 75.3 1092

80

1.2

17

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

2.6

38

3.3

48

3.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

44

3.1

---

45

3.3

---

48

3.1

---

45
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

23.9

346

45.3

657

24.7

358

52.8

766

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.4

21

1.6

23

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.1

60

15.4

224

4.6

66

19.4

281

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

0.6

0.7

10

0.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.5

37

---

---

4.8

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

---

---

---

Angle
of
Opening

---

---

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.3 psig

10.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

215

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

14.8

215

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

43.5

631

82.0

80

---

---

1.6

24

1.7

---

5
---

---

---

1189 103.4 1500


25

4.3

---

62
---

0

---

---

14.5

210

34.7

503

58.1

843

80

---

---

0.7

10

0.8

11

1.9

27

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

2.0

29

13.6

197

26.9

391

80

---

---

0.5

0.5

1.3

18

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

6.9

100

16.9

246

80

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.0

15

---

---

---

80

FS Number(2)

---

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

14.8

---

---

Size 70

0

FS Number(2)

---

70
---

80

FS Number(2)

14

---

---

FS Number(2)

12

---

---

FS Number(2)

10

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

1N9373

---

---

102

Size 60

---

---

FS Number(2)

Valve
Size,
NPS

---

7.0

FS Number(2)
14

---

98.4 1427 98.4 1427

FS Number(2)
12

164

---

0

FS Number(2)
10

11.3

psi

80

FS Number(2)
8

136

bar

---

FS Number(2)
6

psi

1K162727082 1P270227042 1K162827082 1N937327082 1P270227042 1K162827082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-40 Psig

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.17

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

4.9 psig

4.9 psig

6.3 psig

6.3 psig

2.7 psig

3.7 psig

3.0 psig

9.7 psig

9.7 psig

6.3 psig

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

60_

60_

90_

10B1522

10B1523

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1524X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.3

48

3.3

48

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

9.7 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.4 psig

3.5 psig

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

1P6371

1L2173

1N8440

1N8444

1N937327082

1L217427042 1P637127082 1L217327042 1N844027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

3.3

48

---

---

16.1

233

65.2

945

93.1 1350 16.1

233

65.2

945

93.1 1350 19.0

276

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

4.5

65

15.6

226

---

233

27.3

396

---

276

---

---

FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-18 Psig

10B1525

Size 40

0-55 Psig

---

---

---

---

psi
---

---

16.1

---

---

psi
---

---

19.0

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.3

91

46.5

674

---

---

6.3

91

46.5

674

---

---

44.0

639

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.3

91

---

---

---

---

6.3

91

---

---

---

---

12.7

184

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.18

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.7 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

9.1 psig

11.4 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

5.3 psig

3.5 psig

11.4 psig

90_

90_

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

60_

1N9373

1N9373

1P2702

1K162727082 1P270227082 1K162827082 1P270227042 1P270227042 1P270227042 1K162827082

bar

psi

0

50.3

730

80

21.6

314

FS Number(2)
6

psi

bar

639

98.1 1423

639

---

11.1

psi
161

bar
30.6

---

psi
444

bar
---

---

psi
---

bar
---

---

psi
---

bar
34.8

---

psi
505

bar
54.3

---

psi
788

---

bar
---

psi
---

44.0

---

---

psi
---

---

0

---

---

33.4

485

35.8

520

58.8

853

84.2 1221 33.4

485

35.8

520

17.3

250

---

---

84.2 1221

80

---

---

1.9

27

5.1

74

---

---

---

84

9.0

131

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.8

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

4.2

61

5.1

74

14.2

206

24.1

350

4.2

61

5.1

74

---

---

---

---

24.1

350

80

---

---

0.9

13

2.4

34

---

---

---

---

2.7

39

4.2

61

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

bar

---

FS Number(2)
8

bar

100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.1 1453 44.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

5.6

81

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.6

81

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 70
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-40 Psig

10.1 psig

12.2 psig

14.7 psig

10.1 psig

10.1 psig

14.7 psig

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

21.9

318

31.9

462

43.4

629

21.9

318

21.9

318

43.4

629

80

2.6

38

---

---

---

---

5.1

74

10.5

152

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

---

---

---

---

---

0

4.4

64

9.6

140

15.7

228

4.4

64

4.4

64

15.7

228

1.1

16

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

4.4

64

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

3.2

46

---

---

---

---

3.2

46

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
14

---

80
FS Number(2)

12

1R6760

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.19

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

2.7 psig

4.9 psig

3.5 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

10B1524

10B1523

10B1525

10B1522X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

---

---

28.4

412

56.1

814

93.1 1350

---

---

---

---

2.8

40

22.3

324

93.1 1350 93.1 1350

80

---

---

5.1

74

4.4

64

6.8

---

---

---

---

2.8

40

8.0

116

11.4

---

---

99
---

---

---

---

---

psi
165

bar
10.2

---

psi
149

---

0

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

44.1

640

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

79.9

1159

40.9

594

80

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

5.1

74

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8.5

124

7.7

111

FS Number(2)
6

---

psi

1L217427042 1P637127082 1N844027082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 40

0-18 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.3

135

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.20

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 40
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

1P6371

1N8440

1L217327042 1N844027082

bar
3

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

93.1 1350 93.1 1350

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

9.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

88.3 1281 68.7

997

100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.1 1453

---

15.5

290

18.1

8.5

---

123
---

---

---

225

20.0

---

---

262

15.6

226

40.5

588

---

---

---

---

12.1

176

5.6

81

62.3

904

1.2

17

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

2.6

38

3.3

48

3.0

44

---

---

---

---

---

270

20.0

---

0

---

18.6

---

80

103.4 1500 63.9


3.1

---

290

18.6

--45

927

3.3

---

270

--48

103.4 1500
3.1

---

45
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

15.5

225

32.1

466

16.2

235

37.9

550

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.4

21

1.6

23

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.0

15

9.8

142

1.4

20

12.8

186

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

0.6

0.7

10

0.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.5

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

22
6
---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Angle
of
Opening

---

---

---

---

---

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.3 psig

10.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

6.9

100

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

6.9

100

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

30.7

446

60.5

878

95.0 1377

---

---

1.6

24

1.7

25

4.3

---

---

---

62

0

---

---

9.0

131

24.8

359

42.9

623

---

---

0.7

10

0.8

11

1.9

27

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

8.3

120

18.6

270

80

---

---

---

---

0.5

1.3

18

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

3.3

48

11.0

160

80

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.0

15

---

---

---

80

FS Number(2)

---

---

80

---

---

---

80

FS Number(2)

---

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

bar

---

---

Size 70

0

FS Number(2)

14

---

---

FS Number(2)

12

---

---

FS Number(2)

10

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

1N9373

---

---

102

Size 60

---

---

FS Number(2)

Valve
Size,
NPS

---

7.0

FS Number(2)
14

---

98.6 1430 100.1 1453

FS Number(2)
12

164

---

0

FS Number(2)
10

11.3

psi

80

FS Number(2)
8

136

bar

---

FS Number(2)
6

psi

1K162727082 1P270227042 1K162827082 1N937327082 1P270227042 1K162827082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-40 Psig

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
High-Pressure Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.21

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

4.9 psig

4.9 psig

6.3 psig

6.3 psig

2.7 psig

3.7 psig

3.0 psig

9.7 psig

9.7 psig

6.3 psig

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

60_

60_

90_

10B1522

10B1523

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1524X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

9.7 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.4 psig

3.5 psig

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

1P6371

1L2173

1N8440

1N8444

1N937327082

1L217427042 1P637127082 1L217327042 1N844027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

17.4

253

49.1

712

---

---

17.4

253

49.1

712

1.0

14

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

15.6

226

---

---

---

---

17.4

253

---

---

1.0

14

---

---

FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-18 Psig

10B1525

Size 40

0-55 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

19.7

286

---

---

0.4

19.7

286

---

---

18.5

269

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

12.7

184

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
High Pressure Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.22

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.7 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

9.1 psig

11.4 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

5.3 psig

3.5 psig

11.4 psig

90_

90_

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

60_

1N9373

1N9373

1P2702

1K162727082 1P270227082 1K162827082 1P270227042 1P270227042 1P270227042 1K162827082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
4

---

---

---

---

---

---

313

70.6 1023 74.0 1074 98.1 1423 98.1 1423 70.6 1023 74.0 1074 47.3

685

18.5

269

49.0

710

21.6

313

11.1

---

18.5

269

---

---

---

161

30.6

---

444

---

---

---

---

---

---

34.8

---

505

54.3

---

788

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

23.2

337

24.9

361

40.8

592

58.3

846

23.2

337

24.9

361

12.0

175

---

---

58.3

846

80

---

---

1.9

27

5.1

74

---

---

---

---

5.8

84

9.0

131

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

4.2

61

5.0

73

12.9

187

21.6

314

4.2

61

5.0

73

---

---

---

---

21.6

314

80

---

---

0.9

13

2.4

34

---

---

---

---

2.7

39

4.2

61

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

50

8.7

127

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8.7

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
12

---

21.6

FS Number(2)
10

---

0

FS Number(2)
8

---

80
FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

127
---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

28

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

28

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 70
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-40 Psig

10.1 psig

12.2 psig

14.7 psig

10.1 psig

10.1 psig

14.7 psig

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

19.7

286

28.4

412

38.5

559

19.7

286

19.7

286

38.5

559

80

2.6

38

---

---

---

---

5.1

74

10.5

152

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

---

---

---

---

---

0

7.6

110

12.8

186

18.9

274

7.6

110

7.6

110

18.9

274

1.1

16

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

4.6

67

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

1.2

17

4.5

65

8.3

121

1.2

17

1.2

17

8.3

80

0.8

11

---

---

---

---

1.2

17

1.2

17

---

FS Number(2)
14

---

80
FS Number(2)

12

1R6760

---

---

---

---

---

121
---

---

0

---

---

1.8

25

4.8

69

---

---

---

---

4.8

69

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
High-Pressure Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.23

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

2.7 psig

4.9 psig

3.5 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

10B1524

10B1523

10B1525

10B1522X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

bar

psi

---

---

4.3

63

14.2

206

47.2

685

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.2

31

74.7 1084 44.7

648

80

---

---

4.3

63

4.4

64

6.8

99

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.2

31

11.4

149

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

psi
165

10.2

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

18.6

269

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

35.8

520

17.0

247

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.1

74

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8.5

124

7.7

111

FS Number(2)
6

1L217427042 1P637127082 1N844027082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 40

0-18 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.6

95

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
High Pressure Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.24

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 40
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

1P6371

1N8440

1L217327042 1N844027082

bar
3

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

74.3 1084 74.3 1084

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

9.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

39.9

578

30.4

441

98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423

---

---

---

---

15.5

225

20.0

290

18.1

---

---

---

---

---

---

262

18.6

---

270

20.0

---

290

18.6

---

270

---

0

10.9

158

28.1

408

---

---

---

---

8.5

123

4.0

57

43.2

626

72.4 1050 44.3

643

78.1

1133

80

1.2

17

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

2.6

38

3.3

48

3.0

44

3.1

48

3.1

45

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

45

3.3

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

14.1

205

28.7

416

14.7

213

33.7

489

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.4

21

1.6

23

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.2

61

13.0

188

4.5

66

16.0

233

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

0.6

0.7

10

0.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.6

67

---

---

6.5

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.8

27

---

---

3.3

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

Angle
of
Opening

---

---

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.3 psig

10.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

0.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5
---

---

0

---

---

27.4

398

53.5

776

83.7 1214

80

---

---

1.6

24

1.7

25

4.3

---

---

---

62
---

0

---

---

12.2

177

28.0

406

46.2

670

80

---

---

0.7

10

0.8

11

1.9

27

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

4.1

60

14.0

204

25.5

370

80

---

---

0.5

0.5

1.3

18

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

9.2

134

18.2

264

80

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.0

15

---

---

---

80

FS Number(2)

---

48

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

bar

---

---

Size 70

0

FS Number(2)

---

95
---

80

FS Number(2)

14

---

123

FS Number(2)

12

---

1172

FS Number(2)

10

---

8.5

FS Number(2)

---

80.8

1N9373

---

102

Size 60

---

650

FS Number(2)

Valve
Size,
NPS

---

7.0

FS Number(2)
14

---

44.8

FS Number(2)
12

164

---

0

FS Number(2)
10

11.3

psi

80

FS Number(2)
8

136

bar

---

FS Number(2)
6

psi

1K162727082 1P270227042 1K162827082 1N937327082 1P270227042 1K162827082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-40 Psig

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
High-Pressure Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.25

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

4.9 psig

4.9 psig

6.3 psig

6.3 psig

2.7 psig

3.7 psig

3.0 psig

9.7 psig

9.7 psig

6.3 psig

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

60_

60_

90_

10B1522

10B1523

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1525

10B1524X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

9.7 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

4.4 psig

3.5 psig

60_

90_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

1P6371

1L2173

1N8440

1N8444

1N937327082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

14.3

207

18.9

274

---

---

14.3

207

18.9

274

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

14.3

207

---

---

---

---

14.3

207

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

bar

psi

---

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

15.7

228

---

---

---

---

15.7

228

---

---

14.7

213

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

12.7

184

FS Number(2)
6

1L217427042 1P637127082 1L217327042 1N844027082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-18 Psig

10B1525

Size 40

0-55 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
High Pressure Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Open

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.26

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.7 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

9.1 psig

11.4 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

5.3 psig

3.5 psig

11.4 psig

90_

90_

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

90_

60_

1N9373

1N9373

1P2702

1K162727082 1P270227082 1K162827082 1P270227042 1P270227042 1P270227042 1K162827082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

17.4

252

49.0

710

49.0

710

49.0

710

49.0

710

49.0

710

49.0

710

40.6

588

14.7

213

44.2

641

80

17.4

252

11.1

161

30.6

444

---

---

---

---

34.8

505

49.0

710

---

---

14.7

213

---

---

FS Number(2)
6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

17.7

257

19.2

278

32.9

477

48.1

697

17.7

257

19.2

278

8.1

117

---

---

48.1

697

---

---

1.9

27

5.1

74

---

---

---

---

5.8

84

9.0

131

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

1.3

20

2.0

30

8.6

125

15.9

231

1.3

20

2.0

30

---

---

---

---

15.9

231

80

---

---

0.9

13

2.0

30

---

---

---

---

1.3

20

2.0

30

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

---

80
FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

15

5.4

78

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.4

78

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 70
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-40 Psig

10.1 psig

12.2 psig

14.7 psig

10.1 psig

10.1 psig

14.7 psig

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

60_

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

14.3

207

21.6

313

30.0

435

14.3

207

14.3

207

30.3

435

80

2.6

38

---

---

---

---

5.1

74

10.5

152

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

---

---

---

---

---

0

4.4

64

8.7

126

13.7

198

4.4

64

4.4

64

13.7

198

1.1

16

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

4.4

64

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

1.7

24

4.7

69

---

---

---

---

4.7

69

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)
14

---

80
FS Number(2)

12

1R6760

---

0

---

---

80

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

-----

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

27

---

---

---

---

1.9

27

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
High-Pressure Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.27

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

2.7 psig

4.9 psig

3.5 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

10B1524

10B1523

10B1525

10B1522X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

2.2

32

11.3

164

18.9

274

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.2

18.9

274

18.9

274

80

---

---

2.2

32

4.4

64

6.8

99

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.2

11.4

165

10.3

149

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

14.7

213

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

30.3

439

13.3

193

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.1

74

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8.5

124

7.7

111

FS Number(2)
6

1L217427042 1P637127082 1N844027082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 40

0-18 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.3

48

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1052 Actuator
High Pressure Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, and 70 - Push-Down-To-Close

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.28

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, bar/psig
Size 40
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-55 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-40 Psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

1P6371

1N8440

1L217327042 1N844027082

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

18.9

274

18.9

274

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

9.4

136

11.3

164

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

33.9

492

25.4

368

49.0

710

49.0

710

49.0

710

49.0

710

123

---

---

---

---

15.5

225

20.0

290

18.1

262

18.6

270

20.0

290

18.6

270

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

7.1

102

22.0

319

---

---

---

---

5.0

72

1.1

16

35.0

508

51.4

746

36.0

522

51.4

746

1.2

17

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

2.6

38

1.1

16

3.0

44

3.1

45

3.3

48

3.1

45

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.6

140

21.8

316

10.1

147

26.0

377

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.4

21

1.6

23

1.4

21

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.6

24

8.8

128

1.9

28

11.3

164

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

0.6

0.7

10

0.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.7

25

---

---

3.3

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

Angle
of
Opening

---

---

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

0-55 Psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

3.3 psig

10.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

20.7

301

42.5

617

67.7

982

---

---

1.6

24

1.7

25

4.3

62

---

---

---

5
---

---

0

---

---

8.2

119

21.1

306

35.9

521

80

---

---

0.7

10

0.8

11

1.9

27

---

---

---

---

0

---

---

1.4

20

9.3

135

18.4

267

80

---

---

0.5

0.5

1.3

18

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

5.4

78

12.5

181

80

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.0

15

---

---

---

80

FS Number(2)

---

11

1R676027082 1R676027082 1R676027082

---

---

---

Size 70

0

FS Number(2)

---

48
---

80

FS Number(2)

14

---

80

FS Number(2)

12

---

710

FS Number(2)

10

---

8.5

1N9373

---

49.0

Size 60

---

102

FS Number(2)

Valve
Size,
NPS

---

557

FS Number(2)
14

---

7.0

FS Number(2)
12

---

38.4

FS Number(2)
10

---

0

FS Number(2)
8

---

80
FS Number(2)

1K162727082 1P270227042 1K162827082 1N937327082 1P270227042 1K162827082

0
FS Number(2)
4

Size 60

0-40 Psig

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 and 33, or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2008, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1061 Actuator
Soft (EFTE) Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 500 and 501)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.29

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30
60 Psig
bar

80 Psig

psi

bar

80 Psig

100 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

20.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

26.7

387

33.3

483

251A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495 103.1 1495

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

15.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

218

20.0

290

25.0

363

30.3

435

40.0

580

252A

50.0

725

60.0

870

256A

0

28.0

406

44.5

645

61.0

884

77.5

80

2.5

36

3.3

48

4.2

60

5.0

---

---

---

1123 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500
73

6.7

97

254A

8.3

121

10.0

145

10.0

145

13.3

258A

193

16.7

242

263A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

24.1

350

37.8

549

51.5

747

65.2

946

65.2

946

92.6 1344 103.4 1500

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

56

4.7

68

4.7

68

6.2

---

---

---

260A

90

7.8

113

265A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

8.3

121

15.8

230

23.3

339

30.9

447

30.9

447

45.9

665

60.9

883

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.0

15

1.4

20

1.7

25

2.0

30

2.0

30

2.7

39

3.4

49

---

---

---

261A

266A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

4.8

69

9.1

132

13.4

194

13.4

194

22.0

320

30.7

445

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

0.9

13

1.2

17

1.4

20

1.4

20

1.8

27

2.3

33

FS Number(4)
14

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

120 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

Size 60

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

psi

80 Psig

98.9 1435 98.9 1435 98.9 1435

FS Number(4)
6

bar

60 Psig

0
FS Number(4)
4

psi

Size 40
100 Psig

---

---

---

261A

266A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

4.7

68

7.9

115

7.9

115

14.5

210

21.0

304

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

11

0.9

14

1.1

17

1.1

17

1.5

22

1.9

28

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

262A

267A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 68
60 Psig
bar

0
8

80

psi

7.4

108

144

80 Psig

57.9

840

81.9

1188

3.3

47

4.3

63

Size 100
100 Psig

120 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

100 Psig

120 Psig

---

---

60 Psig

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

99.1 1437 99.1 1437 99.1 1437 99.1 1437 99.1 1437 99.1 1437 99.1 1437 99.1 1437
6.1

89

8.1

272A

118

10.2

148

12.2

177

20.9

303

27.9

220A

405

34.9

506

41.9

607

223A

0

29.0

420

42.8

620

65.2

946

91.1 1322 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 88.5 1285

80

2.2

32

2.9

43

4.1

60

5.5

272A

80

6.9

100

8.3

120

6.2

90

8.3

220A

0

19.7

285

30.1

437

47.0

682

66.6

966

86.1 1249 103.4 1500 76.4

1.8

26

2.4

35

3.4

49

4.5

66

5.7

273A

120

10.4

150

12.4

180

223A

80
FS Number(4)

16

9.9

80

FS Number(4)
14

psi

60 Psig

271A

FS Number(4)
12

bar

103.4 1500 103.4 1500

FS Number(4)
10

Size 80

80 Psig

82

6.8

99

5.1

1108 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500


74

6.8

221A

99

8.5

124

10.2

149

224A

0

---

---

---

---

28.0

406

40.8

592

53.7

778

66.5

965

47.2

685

66.5

965

85.8 1244 103.4 1500

80

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

57

4.7

68

3.5

51

4.7

68

5.9

FS Number(4)

---

---

222A

85

7.0

102

225A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 1998, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1061 Actuator
Metal Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 502 and 503)
Sizes 30, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.30

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30
60 Psig
bar

80 Psig

psi

bar

80 Psig

100 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

20.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

26.7

387

33.3

483

251A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

67.2

975

100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456 100.4 1456

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

15.0

218

20.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

25.0

363

30.0

435

40.0

580

252A

50.0

725

60.0

870

256A

0

1.6

24

16.6

241

31.6

459

46.6

676

76.6

80

1.6

24

3.3

48

4.2

60

5.0

73

6.7

---

---

---

1111 100.7 1460 100.7 1460 100.7 1460 100.7 1460 100.7 1460
97

254A

8.3

121

10.0

145

10.0

145

13.3

258A

193

16.7

242

263A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.0

44

15.4

223

27.8

403

40.2

582

40.2

582

64.9

941

89.7 1301

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

56

4.7

68

4.7

68

6.2

90

7.8

113

---

---

---

260A

265A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.9

43

9.7

140

16.4

238

16.4

238

29.9

434

43.4

629

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.7

25

2.0

30

2.0

30

2.7

39

3.4

49

---

---

---

261A

266A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

5.4

78

5.4

78

13.2

192

21.0

305

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

17

1.4

20

1.4

20

1.8

27

2.3

33

FS Number(4)
14

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

120 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

Size 60

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

psi

80 Psig

94.9 1376 94.9 1376 94.9 1376

FS Number(4)
6

bar

60 Psig

0
FS Number(4)
4

psi

Size 40
100 Psig

---

---

---

261A

266A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

31

2.1

31

8.0

117

14.0

203

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

17

1.1

17

1.5

22

1.9

28

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

262A

267A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 68
60 Psig
bar

psi

120 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

7.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

108

9.9

144

271A

---

---

0

40.7

590

62.2

903

97.3

1411

80

3.3

47

4.3

63

6.1

89

---

---

---

---

---

---

98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423
8.1

272A

118

10.2

148

12.2

177

20.9

303

27.9

220A

405

34.9

506

41.9

607

223A

0

19.5

283

32.0

464

52.3

759

75.8 1099 88.6 1285 88.6 1285 87.5 1269 88.6 1285 88.6 1285 88.6 1285

80

2.2

32

2.9

43

4.1

60

5.5

272A

80

6.9

100

8.3

120

6.2

90

8.3

220A

120

10.4

150

12.4

180

223A

0

12.8

185

22.2

323

37.6

546

55.4

803

73.1 1061 90.9 1318 64.3

932

90.9 1318 103.4 1500 103.4 1500

80

1.8

26

2.4

35

3.4

49

4.5

66

5.7

74

6.8

FS Number(4)
16

Size 100

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
14

psi

80 Psig

84.7 1229 103.4 1500

FS Number(4)
12

bar

60 Psig

0
FS Number(4)
10

Size 80

80 Psig

273A

82

6.8

99

5.1

221A

99

8.5

124

10.2

149

224A

0

---

---

---

---

22.4

324

34.1

495

45.9

665

57.6

835

40.0

580

57.6

835

75.2 1091 92.8 1347

80

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

57

4.7

68

3.5

51

4.7

68

5.9

FS Number(4)

---

---

222A

85

7.0

102

225A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 1998, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1061 Actuator
Metal Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing (Trims 505 and 506)
Sizes 33, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.31

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30
60 Psig
bar

80 Psig

psi

bar

80 Psig

100 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

20.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

26.7

387

33.3

483

251A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

49.4

716

82.5

1197

98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427 98.4 1427

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

15.0

218

20.0

290

25.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

363

30.0

435

40.0

580

252A

50.0

725

60.0

870

256A

---

---

---

0

---

---

9.3

135

21.1

306

32.9

477

56.4

818

75.3 1092 75.3 1092 75.3 1092 75.3 1092 75.3 1092

80

---

---

3.3

48

4.2

60

5.0

73

6.7

97

8.3

254A

121

10.0

145

10.0

145

13.3

258A

193

16.7

242

263A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.1

132

18.7

271

28.3

411

28.3

411

47.5

690

66.8

968

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.1

45

3.9

56

4.7

68

4.7

68

6.2

90

7.8

113

---

---

---

260A

265A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.1

5.3

77

10.5

152

10.5

152

20.9

304

31.4

455

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.1

1.7

25

2.0

30

2.0

30

2.7

39

3.4

49

---

---

---

261A

266A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

28

1.9

28

7.9

115

13.9

202

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.4

20

1.8

27

2.3

33

FS Number(4)
14

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

120 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

Size 60

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

psi

80 Psig

91.8 1331 91.8 1331 91.8 1331

FS Number(4)
6

bar

60 Psig

0
FS Number(4)
4

psi

Size 40
100 Psig

---

---

---

261A

266A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.0

58

8.5

124

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

1.9

28

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

262A

267A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 68
60 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

93.7 1359

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.9

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

62.9

913

80

7.4

108

psi
144

271A

80 Psig

---

100 Psig

120 Psig

---

---

60 Psig

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

0

29.3

425

46.0

667

73.1 1060 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401

80

3.3

47

4.3

63

6.1

89

8.1

272A

118

10.2

148

12.2

177

20.9

303

27.9

220A

405

34.9

506

41.9

607

223A

0

12.7

184

22.3

323

37.9

549

55.9

810

65.7

953

65.7

953

64.8

940

65.7

953

65.7

953

65.7

953

80

2.2

32

2.9

43

4.1

60

5.5

80

6.9

100

8.3

120

6.2

90

8.3

120

10.4

150

12.4

180

272A

220A

223A

0

7.6

111

14.9

216

26.6

386

40.2

583

53.8

780

67.3

976

47.0

681

67.3

976

87.8 1271 103.4 1500

80

1.8

26

2.4

35

3.4

49

4.5

66

5.7

82

6.8

99

5.1

74

6.8

99

8.5

FS Number(4)
16

psi

0

FS Number(4)
14

120 Psig

bar

bar

FS Number(4)
12

100 Psig

psi

psi

60 Psig

Size 100

bar

bar

FS Number(4)
10

Size 80

80 Psig

273A

221A

124

10.2

149

224A

0

---

---

---

---

14.9

216

23.8

345

32.7

475

41.7

604

28.3

410

41.7

604

55.0

798

68.4

992

80

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

57

4.7

68

3.5

51

4.7

68

5.9

85

7.0

102

FS Number(4)

---

---

222A

225A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 1998, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1061 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trim 504)
Sizes 30, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.32

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30
60 Psig
bar

80 Psig

psi

bar

80 Psig

100 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

20.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

26.7

387

33.3

483

251A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

58.3

845

100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.1 1453 100.0 1453 100.1 1453

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

15.0

218

20.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

25.0

363

30.0

435

40.0

580

252A

50.0

725

60.0

870

256A

0

0.3

16.3

237

32.4

469

48.4

702

80.5

80

0.3

3.3

48

4.2

60

5.0

73

6.7

---

---

---

1167 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500 103.4 1500
97

254A

8.3

121

10.0

145

10.0

145

258A

13.3

193

16.7

242

263A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.2

134

21.8

317

34.4

499

47.0

682

47.0

682

72.3 1048 94.5 1414

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

56

4.7

68

4.7

68

6.2

---

---

---

259A

90

7.8

113

264A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.1

45

9.7

141

16.3

237

16.3

237

29.6

429

42.9

622

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.7

25

2.0

30

2.0

30

2.7

39

3.4

49

---

---

---

259A

264A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.1

44

3.1

44

10.6

154

18.2

264

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.4

20

1.8

27

2.3

33

FS Number(4)
14

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

120 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

Size 60

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

psi

80 Psig

93.1 1350 93.1 1350 93.1 1350

FS Number(4)
6

bar

60 Psig

0
FS Number(4)
4

psi

Size 40
100 Psig

---

---

---

260A

265A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.7

69

10.4

151

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

1.9

28

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 68
60 Psig
bar

psi

Size 100

100 Psig

120 Psig

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

7.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

108

9.9

144

270A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

40.2

583

61.4

891

95.9 1391 98.1 1422 98.1 1422 98.1 1422 98.1 1422 98.1 1422 98.1 1422 98.1 1422

80

3.3

47

4.3

63

6.1

89

8.1

20.9

303

27.9

41.9

607

1198

118

10.2

148

12.2

177

405

34.9

506

270A

0

16.7

242

28.8

418

48.5

704

71.3 1033 94.0 1363 98.4 1427 82.6

83.7 1214 83.7 1214 65.7

953

80

2.2

32

2.9

43

4.1

60

5.5

80

6.9

100

8.3

6.2

90

8.3

180

FS Number(4)
14

psi

80 Psig

92.4 1340 103.4 1500

FS Number(4)
12

bar

60 Psig

0
FS Number(4)
10

Size 80

80 Psig

120

120

10.4

150

12.4

271A

0

9.3

134

18.3

266

33.1

480

50.1

727

67.1

974

84.2 1221 58.6

850

84.2 1221 103.4 1500 103.4 1500

80

1.8

26

2.4

35

3.4

49

4.5

66

5.7

82

6.8

99

5.1

74

6.8

99

8.5

124

10.2

0

---

---

---

---

17.6

256

28.8

418

39.9

579

51.1

741

34.4

498

51.1

741

67.8

984

84.5 1226

80

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

57

4.7

68

3.5

51

4.7

68

5.9

85

7.0

149

FS Number(4)
16

FS Number(4)

---

102

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 1998, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1061 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.33

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30
60 Psig
bar

80 Psig

psi

bar

80 Psig

100 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

20.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

26.7

387

33.3

483

251A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

41.0

595

78.1

1132

98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423 98.1 1423

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

15.0

218

20.0

290

25.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

363

30.0

435

40.0

580

252A

50.0

725

60.0

870

256A

---

---

---

0

---

---

8.7

126

21.1

306

33.5

486

58.3

846

78.1

1133

78.1

1133

78.1

1133

78.1

1133

78.1

1133

80

---

---

3.3

48

4.2

60

5.0

73

6.7

97

8.3

121

10.0

145

10.0

145

13.3

193

16.7

242

254A

258A

263A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.2

61

14.0

203

23.7

344

33.5

485

33.5

485

53.0

768

72.5 1051

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

56

4.7

68

4.7

68

6.2

90

7.8

113

---

---

---

259A

264A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.2

5.4

78

10.5

152

10.5

152

20.8

301

31.1

451

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.2

1.7

25

2.0

30

2.0

30

2.7

39

3.4

49

---

---

---

259A

264A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.2

0.2

6.0

88

11.9

172

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.2

0.2

1.8

27

2.3

33

FS Number(4)
14

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

120 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

Size 60

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

psi

80 Psig

74.7 1084 74.7 1084 74.7 1084

FS Number(4)
6

bar

60 Psig

0
FS Number(4)
4

psi

Size 40
100 Psig

---

---

---

260A

265A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.6

23

6.0

87

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

1.9

28

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 68
60 Psig

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

99.8 1447

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.9

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

68.6

995

80

7.4

108

psi
144

270A

80 Psig

---

100 Psig

120 Psig

---

---

60 Psig

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

0

29.0

421

45.5

660

72.2 1048 96.5 1400 96.5 1400 96.5 1400 96.5 1400 96.5 1400 96.5 1400 96.5 1400

80

3.3

47

4.3

63

6.1

89

8.1

118

10.2

148

12.2

177

20.9

303

27.9

405

34.9

506

41.9

607

270A

0

10.7

155

20.1

291

35.3

511

52.8

766

62.4

905

62.4

905

61.5

893

62.4

905

62.4

905

65.7

953

80

2.2

32

2.9

43

4.1

60

5.5

80

6.9

100

8.3

120

6.2

90

8.3

120

10.4

150

12.4

180

FS Number(4)
14

120 Psig

bar

bar

FS Number(4)
12

100 Psig

psi

psi

60 Psig

Size 100

bar

bar

FS Number(4)
10

Size 80

80 Psig

271A

0

5.1

74

12.1

175

23.5

341

36.6

531

49.7

721

62.9

912

43.2

626

62.9

912

82.6

1198 102.3 1483

80

1.8

26

2.4

35

3.4

49

4.5

66

5.7

82

6.8

99

5.1

74

6.8

99

8.5

124

10.2

149

0

---

---

---

---

11.6

168

20.1

292

28.7

417

37.3

541

24.4

354

37.3

541

50.2

728

63.1

915

80

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

57

4.7

68

3.5

51

4.7

68

5.9

85

7.0

102

FS Number(4)
16

FS Number(4)

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 1998, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1061 Actuator
High Pressure Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing
Sizes 30, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.34

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30
60 Psig

80 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

18.9

274

18.9

274

18.9

274

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

18.9

274

18.9

274

18.9

274

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

251A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

17.1

248

34.9

507

49.0

710

49.0

710

49.0

710

49.0

710

49.0

710

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

15.0

218

20.0

290

25.0

363

30.0

435

40.0

580

49.0

710

49.0

710

---

---

---

---

---

---

252A

256A

---

---

---

0

---

---

6.1

89

14.7

213

23.3

338

40.4

586

51.4

746

51.4

746

51.4

746

51.4

746

51.4

746

80

---

---

3.3

48

4.2

60

5.0

73

6.7

97

8.3

121

10.0

145

10.0

145

13.3

193

16.7

242

254A

258A

263A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.2

61

12.7

185

21.3

309

29.8

433

29.8

433

46.9

681

64.0

928

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

56

4.7

68

4.7

68

6.2

90

7.8

113

---

---

---

259A

264A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.4

49

8.5

124

13.7

198

13.7

198

24.0

348

34.3

497

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.7

25

2.0

30

2.0

30

2.7

39

3.4

49

---

---

---

259A

264A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.8

26

5.0

73

5.0

73

11.5

167

18.0

261

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

17

1.4

20

1.4

20

1.8

27

2.3

33

FS Number(4)
14

60 Psig

bar

FS Number(4)
12

120 Psig

psi

FS Number(4)
10

Size 60

100 Psig

bar

FS Number(4)
8

80 Psig

psi

FS Number(4)
6

60 Psig

bar

FS Number(4)
4

Size 40
100 Psig

---

---

---

260A

265A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

2.2

32

7.3

105

12.3

179

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

17

1.1

17

1.5

22

1.9

28

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 68
60 Psig

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

87.9 1275

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.9

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

60.6

879

80

7.4

108

psi
144

270A

80 Psig

---

100 Psig

120 Psig

---

---

60 Psig

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

0

32.2

467

48.7

707

75.5 1095 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401 96.6 1401

80

3.3

47

4.3

63

6.1

89

8.1

118

10.2

41.9

607

148

12.2

177

20.9

303

27.9

405

34.9

506

270A

0

16.7

243

27.1

393

44.0

638

63.5

921

71.7 1040 71.7 1040 71.7 1040 71.7 1040 71.7 1040 65.7

953

80

2.2

32

2.9

43

4.1

60

5.5

80

6.9

100

8.3

120

6.2

90

8.3

120

180

1137 101.3 1469 103.4 1500

FS Number(4)
14

120 Psig

bar

bar

FS Number(4)
12

100 Psig

psi

psi

60 Psig

Size 100

bar

bar

FS Number(4)
10

Size 80

80 Psig

10.4

150

12.4

271A

0

11.3

164

19.5

282

32.7

474

47.9

695

63.2

916

78.4

1137

55.5

806

78.4

80

1.8

26

2.4

35

3.4

49

4.5

66

5.7

82

6.8

99

5.1

74

6.8

99

8.5

124

10.2

0

---

---

---

---

20.2

293

30.7

445

41.2

598

51.8

751

36.0

522

51.8

751

67.6

980

83.4 1209

80

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

57

4.7

68

3.5

51

4.7

68

5.9

85

7.0

149

FS Number(4)
16

FS Number(4)

---

102

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 1998, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 1061 Actuator
High-Pressure Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 33, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.35

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30
60 Psig

80 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

17.5

254

17.5

254

17.5

254

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

17.5

254

17.5

254

17.5

254

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

251A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

13.3

193

29.4

427

44.2

641

44.2

641

44.2

641

44.2

641

44.2

641

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

13.3

193

20.0

290

25.0

363

30.0

435

40.0

580

44.2

641

44.2

641

---

---

---

---

---

---

252A

256A

---

---

---

0

---

---

3.0

43

10.4

150

17.8

258

32.6

473

44.5

645

44.5

645

44.5

645

44.5

645

44.5

645

80

---

---

3.0

43

4.2

60

5.0

73

6.7

97

8.3

121

10.0

145

10.0

145

13.3

193

16.7

242

254A

258A

263A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

8.5

123

15.6

227

22.8

330

22.8

330

37.0

537

51.3

744

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

3.1

45

3.9

56

4.7

68

4.7

68

6.2

90

7.8

113

---

---

---

259A

264A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.0

14

5.2

75

9.4

136

9.4

136

17.8

258

26.2

381

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.0

14

1.7

25

2.0

30

2.0

30

2.7

39

3.4

49

---

---

---

259A

264A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

31

2.1

31

7.3

106

12.5

181

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

20

1.4

20

1.8

27

2.3

33

FS Number(4)
14

60 Psig

bar

FS Number(4)
12

120 Psig

psi

FS Number(4)
10

Size 60

100 Psig

bar

FS Number(4)
8

80 Psig

psi

FS Number(4)
6

60 Psig

bar

FS Number(4)
4

Size 40
100 Psig

---

---

---

260A

265A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.9

56

7.9

114

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

1.9

28

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 68
60 Psig

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

71.2 1033

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.9

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0

48.4

702

80

7.4

108

psi
144

270A

80 Psig

---

100 Psig

120 Psig

---

---

60 Psig

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

0

24.6

356

38.0

552

59.9

869

85.2 1236 94.7 1374 94.7 1374 94.7 1374 94.7 1374 94.7 1374 94.7 1374

80

3.3

47

4.3

63

6.1

89

8.1

118

10.2

148

12.2

177

20.9

303

27.9

405

34.9

506

41.9

607

270A

0

11.4

166

19.7

286

33.2

481

48.7

707

57.2

830

57.2

830

57.2

830

57.2

830

57.2

830

65.7

953

80

2.2

32

2.9

43

4.1

60

5.5

80

6.9

100

8.3

120

6.2

90

8.3

120

10.4

150

12.4

180

FS Number(4)
14

120 Psig

bar

bar

FS Number(4)
12

100 Psig

psi

psi

60 Psig

Size 100

bar

bar

FS Number(4)
10

Size 80

80 Psig

271A

0

7.1

102

13.5

196

23.9

347

36.0

522

48.0

697

60.1

871

42.0

609

60.1

871

78.1

1133

96.2 1395

80

1.8

26

2.4

35

3.4

49

4.5

66

5.7

82

6.8

99

5.1

74

6.8

99

8.5

124

10.2

149

0

---

---

---

---

13.8

200

22.0

319

30.2

438

38.4

557

26.1

378

38.4

557

50.7

735

63.0

914

80

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

3.1

45

3.9

57

4.7

68

3.5

51

4.7

68

5.9

85

7.0

102

FS Number(4)
16

FS Number(4)

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 251B.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a 3610JP positioner and actuator conbination. When another positioner is used, supply pressure
at the positioner should be 10 percent greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. When ordering a 1061 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68, or 1061- for sizes 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS
numbers are shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 1998, 2009; All Rights Reserved

A11
CL600 with 2052 Actuator
Soft (ETFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 500 and 501)
Sizes 1, 2, and 3

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.36

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1
2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

8.2

119

52.7

765

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

---

---

---

---

80

3.3

48

6.9

101

13.3

193

27.9

405

---

---

---

2A
14.1

204

51.9

753

103.1

1495

103.1

1495

103.1

---

5.2

76

10.0

145

21.0

304

31.0

450

62.1

3A

6A

8A

12A

15A

0

---

---

---

---

7.2

105

39.4

571

69.3

1005

103.4

---

---

---

---

1.7

24

3.5

51

5.2

75

10.3

---

9A

13A

16A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20.7

300

58.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.4

35

4.8

---

---

---

18A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.5

94

27.1

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

15

2.1

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.3

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

---

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.3

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

---

---

---

---

20A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 18B.
3. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 2052- for all sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

848
70
393
31
163
21
25A

80
FS Number(3)

150

25A

80

---

1500

24A

80

---

900

22A

80

---

1495
21A

80

---

-----

---

FS Number(3)
14

---

---

FS Number(3)
12

11A

---

FS Number(3)
10

7A

0

FS Number(3)
8

5A

80
FS Number(3)

Size 3

4 bar / 60 Psig

FS Number(3)
4

Size 2

2 bar / 30 Psig

92
17
26A

A11
CL600 with 2052 Actuator
Metal Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 502 and 503)
Sizes 1, 2, and 3

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.37

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1
2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

8.6

125

80.5

1168

94.9

1376

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

6.9

101

13.3

193

27.9

405

---

---

---

2A
---

---

15.0

217

95.9

1390

100.4

1456

100.4

---

---

---

10.0

145

21.0

304

31.0

450

62.1

3A

6A

8A

12A

15A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

12.0

174

39.2

568

100.7

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

51

5.2

75

10.3

---

9A

13A

16A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

34.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.8

---

---

---

18A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

13.1

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

---

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.7

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.7

---

---

---

---

20A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 18B.
3. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 2052- for all sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

493
70
190
31
50
21
25A

80
FS Number(3)

150

25A

80

---

1460

24A

80

---

900

22A

80

---

1456
21A

80

---

-----

---

FS Number(3)
14

---

---

FS Number(3)
12

11A

---

FS Number(3)
10

7A

0

FS Number(3)
8

5A

80
FS Number(3)

Size 3

4 bar / 60 Psig

FS Number(3)
4

Size 2

2 bar / 30 Psig

10
10
26A

A11
CL600 with 2052 Actuator
Metal Seal, Metal Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trims 505 and 506)
Sizes 1, 2, and 3

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.38

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1
2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

2.3

33

60.9

884

91.8

1331

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

2.3

33

13.3

193

27.9

405

---

---

---

2A
---

---

7.7

112

72.3

1048

98.4

1427

98.4

---

---

---

7.7

112

21.0

304

31.0

450

62.1

3A

6A

8A

12A

15A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.7

83

27.0

392

75.3

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

51

5.2

75

10.3

---

9A

13A

16A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

23.5

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.8

---

---

---

18A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7.9

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 18B.
3. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 2052- for all sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

341
70
115
31
6
6
25A

80
FS Number(3)

150

25A

80

---

1092

24A

80

---

900

22A

80

---

1427
21A

80

---

-----

---

FS Number(3)
14

---

---

FS Number(3)
12

11A

---

FS Number(3)
10

7A

0

FS Number(3)
8

5A

80
FS Number(3)

Size 3

4 bar / 60 Psig

FS Number(3)
4

Size 2

2 bar / 30 Psig

----26A

A11
CL600 with 2052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing (Trim 504)
Sizes 1, 2, and 3

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.39

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1
2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

56.4

818

93.1

1350

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

13.3

193

27.9

405

---

---

---

2A
---

---

---

---

90.9

1318

100.1

1453

100.1

---

---

---

---

---

21.0

304

31.0

450

62.1

3A

6A

8A

12A

15A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.4

165

40.4

587

103.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

51

5.2

75

10.3

---

9A

13A

16A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.1

88

40.8

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.4

35

4.8

---

---

---

18A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

13.0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

---

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 18B.
3. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 2052- for all sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

592
70
189
31
17
17
25A

80
FS Number(3)

150

25A

80

---

1500

24A

80

---

900

22A

80

---

1453
21A

80

---

-----

---

FS Number(3)
14

---

---

FS Number(3)
12

11A

---

FS Number(3)
10

7A

0

FS Number(3)
8

5A

80
FS Number(3)

Size 3

4 bar / 60 Psig

FS Number(3)
4

Size 2

2 bar / 30 Psig

----26A

A11
CL600 with 2052 Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearing, Graphite Packing
Sizes 1, 2, and 3

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.40

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1
2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

38.7

562

74.7

1084

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

13.3

193

25.4

368

---

---

---

2A
---

---

---

---

66.6

966

98.1

1423

98.1

---

---

---

---

---

21.0

304

31.0

450

62.1

3A

6A

8A

12A

15A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.9

71

27.4

397

78.1

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

51

5.2

75

10.3

---

9A

13A

16A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.8

26

28.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.8

26

4.8

---

---

---

18A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7.9

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 18B.
3. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 2052- for all sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

415
70
115
31
----25A

80
FS Number(3)

150

25A

80

---

1133

24A

80

---

900

22A

80

---

1423
21A

80

---

-----

---

FS Number(3)
14

---

---

FS Number(3)
12

11A

---

FS Number(3)
10

7A

0

FS Number(3)
8

5A

80
FS Number(3)

Size 3

4 bar / 60 Psig

FS Number(3)
4

Size 2

2 bar / 30 Psig

----26A

A11
CL600 with 2052 Actuator
High Pressure Seal, PEEK Bearing, PTFE Packing
Sizes 1, 2, and 3

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.41

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1
2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

8.0

116

18.9

274

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

8.0

116

18.9

274

---

---

---

2A
---

---

---

---

29.4

426

49.0

710

49.0

---

---

---

---

---

21.0

304

31.0

450

49.0

3A

6A

8A

12A

15A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

50

19.0

276

51.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

50

5.2

75

10.3

---

9A

13A

16A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

30

25.6

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

30

4.8

---

---

---

18A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.1

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.4

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.4

---

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

---

---

---

---

20A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 18B.
3. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 2052- for all sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

371
70
161
31
50
21
25A

80
FS Number(3)

150

25A

80

---

748

24A

80

---

710

22A

80

---

710
21A

80

---

-----

---

FS Number(3)
14

---

---

FS Number(3)
12

11A

---

FS Number(3)
10

7A

0

FS Number(3)
8

5A

80
FS Number(3)

Size 3

4 bar / 60 Psig

FS Number(3)
4

Size 2

2 bar / 30 Psig

13
13
26A

A11
CL600 with 2052 Actuator
High Pressure Seal, Metal Bearing, PTFE Packing
Sizes 1, 2, and 3

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.42

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1
2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

2 bar / 30 Psig

4 bar / 60 Psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

5.6

81

17.5

254

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

5.6

81

17.5

254

---

---

---

2A
---

---

---

---

24.5

355

44.2

641

44.2

---

---

---

---

---

21.0

304

31.0

450

44.2

3A

6A

8A

12A

15A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.7

14.1

205

44.5

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.7

5.2

75

10.3

---

9A

13A

16A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

19.2

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.8

---

---

---

18A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7.3

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

19A

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 18B.
3. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 2052- for all sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

279
70
106
31
12
12
25A

80
FS Number(3)

150

25A

80

---

645

24A

80

---

641

22A

80

---

641
21A

80

---

-----

---

FS Number(3)
14

---

---

FS Number(3)
12

11A

---

FS Number(3)
10

7A

0

FS Number(3)
8

5A

80
FS Number(3)

Size 3

4 bar / 60 Psig

FS Number(3)
4

Size 2

2 bar / 30 Psig

----26A

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing, (Trims 500 and 501)
Size 40-1600 (Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Close (Fail-Close)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.43

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.0

159

11.7

170

11.7

170

28.3

411

28.3

411

28.3

411

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

2.8

40

4.3

62

1.7

24

4.5

66

5.9

86

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

2.2

32

2.2

32

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

18

2.2

32

2.2

32

---

FQ-1718

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

68.2

989

68.2

989

68.2

989

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

90

2.0

29

6.6

95

10.1

146

3.3

48

9.6

139

13.3

193

5.2

76

16.1

234

23.5

342

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1656

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1657

0

21.6

313

21.6

313

21.6

313

38.5

558

38.5

558

38.5

558

90.5

1313

92.4

1339

92.4

1339

1.5

22

4.9

71

7.6

110

2.5

36

7.2

104

10.0

145

3.9

57

12.1

175

17.7

256

FQ-1660

FQ-1661

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

2.3

34

2.3

34

21.3

309

21.9

318

21.9

318

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.2

17

1.7

24

0.7

2.0

29

2.9

43

---

FQ-1665

FQ-1666

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

11

1.0

15

1.0

15

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

0.9

14

1.0

15

---

---

FQ-1670

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1674

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1674

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

90

9.4

136

27.9

404

39.6

574

14.2

206

41.8

607

58.9

854

24.6

357

70.3

1020

96.4

1398

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1701

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1711

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1712

0

68.2

989

68.2

989

68.2

989

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

90

2.0

29

6.6

95

10.1

146

3.3

48

9.6

139

13.3

193

5.2

76

16.1

234

23.5

342

FQ-1662

---

---

0

49.9

724

49.9

724

49.9

724

83.2

1207

83.2

1207

83.2

1207

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

90

1.2

17

3.5

51

4.9

72

1.8

26

5.2

76

7.4

107

3.1

45

8.8

128

12.0

175

FQ-1667

FQ-1668

---

0

12.7

184

12.7

184

12.7

184

26.5

384

26.5

384

26.5

384

55.5

806

55.5

806

55.5

806

90

0.5

1.6

24

2.3

33

0.8

12

2.4

35

3.4

50

1.4

21

4.1

59

5.6

81

FQ-1671

FQ-1672

FQ-1673

0

2.1

30

2.1

30

2.1

30

9.6

140

9.6

140

9.6

140

25.5

370

25.5

370

25.5

370

90

0.2

0.7

10

1.0

15

0.4

1.1

15

1.5

22

0.6

1.8

26

2.5

36

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1658

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1654

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1653

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1652

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1675

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

10.4

150

10.4

150

10.4

150

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.2

0.7

10

1.0

15

0.4

1.2

18

1.7

24

FS Number(4)

FQ-1675

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing (Trims 500 and 501)
Size 40-1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Open (Fail-Open)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.44

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

11.7

170

---

---

12.9

186

37.5

543

---

---

41.4

600

64.3

932

90

---

---

---

---

1.7

24

---

---

2.7

39

2.7

39

---

---

3.7

54

3.7

54

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.6

96

---

---

8.5

124

19.7

286

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.0

29

---

---

2.8

40

2.8

40

---

FQ-1719

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

0.2

24.5

1081

98.9

1435

21.6

314

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

52.7

765

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

90

0.2

6.2

90

6.2

90

8.3

121

8.3

121

8.3

121

14.9

216

15.1

220

15.1

220

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1682

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1683

0

---

---

24.7

358

52.5

762

---

---

48.4

701

77.9

1130

14.1

204

100.1

1451

103.1

1495

---

---

4.6

67

4.6

67

---

---

6.2

90

6.2

90

11.2

162

11.4

165

11.4

165

FQ-1686

FQ-1687

0

---

---

---

---

7.5

108

---

---

5.9

86

16.7

242

---

---

24.7

359

46.1

668

90

---

---

---

---

0.8

11

---

---

1.0

15

1.0

15

---

---

1.9

27

1.9

27

---

FQ-1691

FQ-1692

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

11.1

161

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

13

0.9

13

---

---

FQ-1696

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

17

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

FQ-1700

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1700

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

98.9

1435

90

24.9

361

24.9

361

24.9

361

36.5

529

36.5

529

36.5

529

60.8

882

60.8

882

60.8

882

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1713

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1714

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1715

0

46.7

678

103.1

1495

103.1

1495

85.0

1233

103.1

1495

103.1

1495

103.1

1495

103.1

1495

103.1

1495

90

18.7

271

18.7

271

18.7

271

27.4

397

27.4

397

27.4

397

45.6

662

45.6

662

45.6

662

FQ-1688

---

---

0

5.3

78

58.5

848

92.2

1337

19.3

279

98.6

1430

103.4

1500

49.2

714

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

90

3.1

45

3.1

45

3.1

45

4.6

66

4.6

66

4.6

66

7.6

110

7.6

110

7.6

110

FQ-1693

FQ-1694

---

0

---

---

16.2

235

30.2

438

---

---

32.9

477

53.2

772

12.4

180

66.9

970

97.9

1420

90

---

---

1.4

21

1.4

21

---

---

2.1

31

2.1

31

3.5

51

3.5

51

3.5

51

FQ-1697

FQ-1698

FQ-1699

0

---

---

4.0

58

11.7

169

---

---

13.1

191

24.3

352

1.9

27

31.8

461

48.8

707

90

---

---

0.6

0.6

---

---

0.9

14

0.9

14

1.6

23

1.6

23

1.6

23

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1684

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1680

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1679

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1678

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

FQ-1703

0

---

---

---

---

2.4

35

---

---

3.2

47

9.6

140

---

---

13.9

202

23.7

344

90

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

0.6

0.6

---

---

1.1

15

1.1

15

FS Number(4)

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)
Fisher and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks
and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1703

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Metal Seal, PEEK Bearing, (Trims 502 and 503)
Size 40-1600 (Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Close (Fail-Close)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.45

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1718

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

22.9

333

22.9

333

22.9

333

55.0

798

55.0

798

55.0

798

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

90

2.0

29

6.6

95

10.1

146

3.3

48

9.6

139

13.3

193

5.2

76

16.1

234

23.5

342

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1656

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1657

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.7

39

2.7

39

2.7

39

50.3

730

52.0

754

52.0

754

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.5

36

2.7

39

2.7

39

3.9

57

12.1

175

17.7

256

FQ-1660

FQ-1661

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1665

FQ-1666

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1670

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1674

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1674

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

90

9.4

136

27.9

404

39.6

574

14.2

206

41.8

607

58.9

854

24.6

357

66.7

968

66.7

968

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1701

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1711

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1712

0

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

90

7.0

102

20.9

303

29.7

431

10.7

155

31.4

455

44.2

641

18.5

268

52.7

765

72.3

1048

FQ-1662

---

---

0

21.6

313

21.6

313

21.6

313

51.9

752

51.9

752

51.9

752

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

90

1.2

17

3.5

51

4.9

72

1.8

26

5.2

76

7.4

107

3.1

45

8.8

128

12.0

175

FQ-1667

FQ-1668

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.2

75

5.2

75

5.2

75

31.4

455

31.4

455

31.4

455

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

2.4

35

3.4

50

1.4

21

4.1

59

5.6

81

FQ-1671

FQ-1672

FQ-1673

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.7

169

11.7

169

11.7

169

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

1.8

26

2.5

36

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1658

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1654

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1653

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1652

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1675

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.6

38

2.6

38

2.6

38

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.2

18

1.7

24

FS Number(4)

FQ-1675

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Metal Seal, PEEK Bearing (Trims 502 and 503)
Size 40-1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Open (Fail-Open)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.46

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

19.3

280

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.7

54

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1719

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

28.8

418

66.7

968

---

---

66.7

968

66.7

968

8.6

125

66.7

968

66.7

968

90

---

---

6.2

90

6.2

90

---

---

8.3

121

8.3

121

8.6

125

15.1

220

15.1

220

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1682

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1683

0

---

---

---

---

15.5

225

---

---

11.7

170

38.8

563

---

---

59.1

857

100.4

1456

---

---

---

---

4.6

67

---

---

6.2

90

6.2

90

---

---

11.4

165

11.4

165

FQ-1686

FQ-1687

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

18.1

263

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

27

---

FQ-1691

FQ-1692

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1696

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1700

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1700

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

66.7

968

90

24.9

361

24.9

361

24.9

361

36.5

529

36.5

529

36.5

529

60.8

882

60.8

882

60.8

882

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1713

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1714

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1715

0

10.2

148

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

45.3

657

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

100.4

1456

90

10.2

148

18.7

271

18.7

271

27.4

397

27.4

397

27.4

397

45.6

662

45.6

662

45.6

662

FQ-1688

---

---

0

---

---

29.4

426

60.0

870

---

---

65.8

955

103.4

1500

21.0

304

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

90

---

---

3.1

45

3.1

45

---

---

4.6

66

4.6

66

7.6

110

7.6

110

7.6

110

FQ-1693

FQ-1694

---

0

---

---

---

---

8.5

124

---

---

11.0

159

29.3

425

---

---

41.6

604

69.7

1011

90

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

---

---

2.1

31

2.1

31

---

---

3.5

51

3.5

51

FQ-1697

FQ-1698

FQ-1699

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

10.5

153

---

---

17.2

250

32.5

471

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

0.9

14

---

---

1.6

23

1.6

23

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1684

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1680

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1679

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1678

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

FQ-1703

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.0

29

---

---

5.9

85

14.7

214

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

---

---

1.1

15

1.1

15

FS Number(4)

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)
Fisher and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks
and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1703

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Metal Seal, Metal Bearing, (Trims 505 and 506)
Size 40-1600 (Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Close (Fail-Close)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.47

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1718

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

13.9

202

13.9

202

13.9

202

40.1

582

40.1

582

40.1

582

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

90

2.0

29

6.6

95

10.1

146

3.3

48

9.6

139

13.3

193

5.2

76

16.1

234

23.5

342

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1656

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1657

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

35.9

521

37.3

540

37.3

540

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.9

52

12.1

175

17.7

256

FQ-1660

FQ-1661

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1665

FQ-1666

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1670

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1674

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1674

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

90

9.4

136

27.9

404

39.6

574

14.2

206

41.8

607

49.4

717

24.6

357

49.4

717

49.4

717

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1701

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1711

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1712

0

93.5

1356

93.5

1356

93.5

1356

98.4

1427

98.4

1427

98.4

1427

98.4

1427

98.4

1427

98.4

1427

90

7.0

102

20.9

303

29.7

431

10.7

155

31.4

455

44.2

641

18.5

268

52.7

765

72.3

1048

FQ-1662

---

---

0

13.2

192

13.2

192

13.2

192

37.0

537

37.0

537

37.0

537

86.8

1259

86.8

1259

86.8

1259

90

1.2

17

3.5

51

4.9

72

1.8

26

5.2

76

7.4

107

3.1

45

8.8

128

12.0

175

FQ-1667

FQ-1668

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

17

1.1

17

1.1

17

21.5

312

21.5

312

21.5

312

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

1.1

17

1.1

17

1.4

21

4.1

59

5.6

81

FQ-1671

FQ-1672

FQ-1673

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.8

99

6.8

99

6.8

99

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

1.8

26

2.5

36

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1658

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1654

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1653

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1652

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1675

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

FQ-1675

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Metal Seal, Metal Bearing (Trims 505 and 506)
Size 40-1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Open (Fail-Open)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.48

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.0

159

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.7

54

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1719

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

18.7

271

49.4

717

---

---

49.4

717

49.4

717

2.3

33

49.4

717

49.4

717

90

---

---

6.2

90

6.2

90

---

---

8.3

121

8.3

121

2.3

33

15.1

220

15.1

220

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1682

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1683

0

---

---

---

---

8.2

118

---

---

5.1

74

26.7

388

---

---

42.9

622

85.8

1244

---

---

---

---

4.6

67

---

---

5.1

74

6.2

90

---

---

11.4

165

11.4

165

FQ-1686

FQ-1687

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

10.5

152

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

27

---

FQ-1691

FQ-1692

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1696

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1700

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1700

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

90

24.9

361

24.9

361

24.9

361

36.5

529

36.5

529

36.5

529

49.4

717

49.4

717

49.4

717

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1713

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1714

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1715

0

3.9

57

98.4

1427

98.4

1427

31.9

463

98.4

1427

98.4

1427

92.1

1336

98.4

1427

98.4

1427

90

3.9

57

18.7

271

18.7

271

27.4

397

27.4

397

27.4

397

45.6

662

45.6

662

45.6

662

FQ-1688

---

---

0

---

---

19.3

281

43.4

629

---

---

48.0

696

82.9

1202

12.7

185

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

90

---

---

3.1

45

3.1

45

---

---

4.6

66

4.6

66

7.6

110

7.6

110

7.6

110

FQ-1693

FQ-1694

---

0

---

---

---

---

3.8

54

---

---

5.6

82

19.9

289

---

---

29.5

427

51.2

743

90

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

---

---

2.1

31

2.1

31

---

---

3.5

51

3.5

51

FQ-1697

FQ-1698

FQ-1699

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.9

86

---

---

11.1

161

22.9

333

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

14

---

---

1.6

23

1.6

23

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1684

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1680

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1679

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1678

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

FQ-1703

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.3

33

9.1

131

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

15

1.1

15

FS Number(4)

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)
Fisher and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks
and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1703

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearing, (Trim 504)
Size 40-1600 (Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Close (Fail-Close)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.49

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1718

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

25.5

370

25.5

370

25.5

370

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.3

48

9.6

139

13.3

193

5.2

76

16.1

234

23.5

342

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1656

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1657

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

39.1

567

41.0

595

41.0

595

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.9

57

12.1

175

17.7

256

FQ-1660

FQ-1661

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1665

FQ-1666

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1670

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1674

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1674

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

90

9.4

136

27.9

404

39.6

574

14.2

206

39.6

574

39.6

574

24.6

357

39.6

574

39.6

574

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1701

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1711

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1712

0

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

90

7.0

102

20.9

303

29.7

431

10.7

155

31.4

455

44.2

641

18.5

268

52.7

765

72.3

1048

FQ-1662

---

---

0

21.6

313

21.6

313

21.6

313

54.0

783

54.0

783

54.0

783

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

90

1.2

17

3.5

51

4.9

72

1.8

26

5.2

76

7.4

107

3.1

45

8.8

128

12.0

175

FQ-1667

FQ-1668

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.4

166

11.4

166

11.4

166

38.1

553

38.1

553

38.1

553

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

2.4

35

3.4

50

1.4

21

4.1

59

5.6

81

FQ-1671

FQ-1672

FQ-1673

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

11.6

169

11.6

169

11.6

169

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

1.8

26

2.5

36

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1658

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1654

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1653

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1652

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1675

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

0.4

0.4

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

0.4

0.4

FS Number(4)

FQ-1675

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearing (Trim 504)
Size 40-1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Open (Fail-Open)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.50

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1719

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

39.6

574

---

---

39.6

574

39.6

574

---

---

39.6

574

39.6

574

90

---

---

---

---

6.2

90

---

---

8.3

121

8.3

121

---

---

15.1

220

15.1

220

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1682

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1683

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

26.0

377

---

---

49.0

711

100.1

1453

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.2

90

---

---

11.4

165

11.4

165

FQ-1686

FQ-1687

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17.9

260

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

27

---

FQ-1691

FQ-1692

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1696

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1700

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1700

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

90

24.9

361

24.9

361

24.9

361

36.5

529

36.5

529

36.5

529

39.6

574

39.6

574

39.6

574

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1713

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1714

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1715

0

---

---

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

33.3

484

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

100.1

1453

90

---

---

18.7

271

18.7

271

27.4

397

27.4

397

27.4

397

45.6

662

45.6

662

45.6

662

FQ-1688

---

---

0

---

---

30.0

434

62.7

909

---

---

68.9

1000

103.4

1500

20.9

304

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

90

---

---

3.1

45

3.1

45

---

---

4.6

66

4.6

66

7.6

110

7.6

110

7.6

110

FQ-1693

FQ-1694

---

0

---

---

2.0

29

14.8

215

---

---

17.3

251

36.0

522

---

---

48.6

704

77.1

1118

90

---

---

1.4

21

1.4

21

---

---

2.1

31

2.1

31

---

---

3.5

51

3.5

51

FQ-1697

FQ-1698

FQ-1699

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.7

10

10.5

153

---

---

17.1

248

32.1

466

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.7

10

0.9

14

---

---

1.6

23

1.6

23

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1684

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1680

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1679

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1678

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

FQ-1703

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

51

12.1

175

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

15

1.1

15

FS Number(4)

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)
Fisher and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks
and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1703

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearing
Size 40-1600 (Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Close (Fail-Close)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.51

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1718

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

14.4

210

14.4

210

14.4

210

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.3

48

9.6

139

13.3

193

5.2

76

16.1

234

23.5

342

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1656

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1657

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

25.9

376

27.4

398

27.4

398

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.9

57

12.1

175

17.7

256

FQ-1660

FQ-1661

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1665

FQ-1666

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1670

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1674

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1674

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

90

9.4

136

25.4

368

25.4

368

14.2

206

25.4

368

25.4

368

24.6

357

25.4

368

25.4

368

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1701

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1711

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1712

0

90.3

1310

90.3

1310

90.3

1310

98.1

1423

98.1

1423

98.1

1423

98.1

1423

98.1

1423

98.1

1423

90

7.0

102

20.9

303

29.7

431

10.7

155

31.4

455

44.2

641

18.5

268

52.7

765

72.3

1048

FQ-1662

---

---

0

12.8

186

12.8

186

12.8

186

37.8

549

37.8

549

37.8

549

90.4

1311

90.4

1311

90.4

1311

90

1.2

17

3.5

51

4.9

72

1.8

26

5.2

76

7.4

107

3.1

45

8.8

128

12.0

175

FQ-1667

FQ-1668

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.9

86

5.9

86

5.9

86

26.6

385

26.6

385

26.6

385

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

2.4

35

3.4

50

1.4

21

4.1

59

5.6

81

FQ-1671

FQ-1672

FQ-1673

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.9

99

6.9

99

6.9

99

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

1.8

26

2.5

36

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1658

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1654

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1653

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1652

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1675

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

FQ-1675

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearing
Size 40-1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Open (Fail-Open)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.52

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1719

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

25.4

368

---

---

25.4

368

25.4

368

---

---

25.4

368

25.4

368

90

---

---

---

---

6.2

90

---

---

8.3

121

8.3

121

---

---

15.1

220

15.1

220

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1682

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1683

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

15.6

227

---

---

33.7

489

81.7

1185

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.2

90

---

---

11.4

165

11.4

165

FQ-1686

FQ-1687

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.9

144

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

27

---

FQ-1691

FQ-1692

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1696

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1700

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1700

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

90

24.9

361

24.9

361

24.9

361

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

25.4

368

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1713

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1714

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1715

0

---

---

98.1

1423

98.1

1423

21.4

311

98.1

1423

98.1

1423

88.7

1287

98.1

1423

98.1

1423

90

---

---

18.7

271

18.7

271

21.4

311

27.4

397

27.4

397

45.6

662

45.6

662

45.6

662

FQ-1688

---

---

0

---

---

19.2

279

44.6

646

---

---

49.4

717

86.2

1250

12.3

178

103.4

1500

103.4

1500

90

---

---

3.1

45

3.1

45

---

---

4.6

66

4.6

66

7.6

110

7.6

110

7.6

110

FQ-1693

FQ-1694

---

0

---

---

---

---

8.6

124

---

---

10.5

152

24.9

262

---

---

34.6

502

56.7

823

90

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

---

---

2.1

31

2.1

31

---

---

3.5

51

3.5

51

FQ-1697

FQ-1698

FQ-1699

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.0

87

---

---

11.1

161

22.8

330

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

14

---

---

1.6

23

1.6

23

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1684

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1680

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1679

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1678

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

FQ-1703

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

7.2

104

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

1.1

15

FS Number(4)

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)
Fisher and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks
and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1703

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
High-Pressure Seal, PEEK Bearing
Size 40-1600 (Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Close (Fail-Close)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.53

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1718

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1656

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1657

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

9.8

142

10.5

153

10.5

153

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.9

57

10.5

153

10.5

153

FQ-1660

FQ-1661

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1665

FQ-1666

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1670

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1674

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1674

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

90

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1701

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1711

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1712

0

40.8

592

40.8

592

40.8

592

63.1

916

63.1

916

63.1

916

63.1

916

63.1

916

63.1

916

90

7.0

102

20.9

303

29.7

431

10.7

155

31.4

455

44.2

641

18.5

268

52.7

765

63.1

916

FQ-1662

---

---

0

9.0

130

9.0

130

9.0

130

26.3

381

26.3

381

26.3

381

62.6

908

62.6

908

62.6

908

90

1.2

17

3.5

51

4.9

72

1.8

26

5.2

76

7.4

107

3.1

45

8.8

128

12.0

175

FQ-1667

FQ-1668

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.7

83

5.7

83

5.7

83

23.8

345

23.8

345

23.8

345

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

2.4

35

3.4

50

1.4

21

4.1

59

5.6

81

FQ-1671

FQ-1672

FQ-1673

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

10.0

146

10.0

146

10.0

146

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

1.8

26

2.5

36

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1658

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1654

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1653

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1652

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1675

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.7

40

2.7

40

2.7

40

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

1.2

18

1.7

24

FS Number(4)

FQ-1675

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
High-Pressure Seal, PEEK Bearing
Size 40-1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Open (Fail-Open)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.54

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1719

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

3.3

47

---

---

3.3

47

3.3

47

---

---

3.3

47

3.3

47

90

---

---

---

---

3.3

47

---

---

3.3

47

3.3

47

---

---

3.3

47

3.3

47

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1682

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1683

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.9

70

---

---

13.6

197

36.7

532

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.9

70

---

---

11.4

165

11.4

165

FQ-1686

FQ-1687

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7.0

101

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

27

---

FQ-1691

FQ-1692

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1696

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1700

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1700

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

90

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

3.3

47

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1713

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1714

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1715

0

---

---

50.1

727

63.1

916

7.6

111

63.1

916

63.1

916

40.1

581

63.1

916

63.1

916

90

---

---

18.7

271

18.7

271

7.6

111

27.4

397

27.4

397

40.1

581

45.6

662

45.6

662

FQ-1688

---

---

0

---

---

13.4

195

30.9

449

---

---

34.3

497

59.7

866

8.6

125

76.8

1114

92.5

1341

90

---

---

3.1

45

3.1

45

---

---

4.6

66

4.6

66

7.6

110

7.6

110

7.6

110

FQ-1693

FQ-1694

---

0

---

---

---

---

8.0

116

---

---

9.7

140

22.4

324

---

---

30.9

448

50.2

728

90

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

---

---

2.1

31

2.1

31

---

---

3.5

51

3.5

51

FQ-1697

FQ-1698

FQ-1699

0

---

---

---

---

0.5

---

---

1.5

22

9.2

133

---

---

14.3

207

26.0

377

90

---

---

---

---

0.5

---

---

0.9

14

0.9

14

---

---

1.6

23

1.6

23

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1684

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1680

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1679

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1678

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

FQ-1703

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

---

---

5.4

79

12.8

185

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

---

---

1.1

15

1.1

15

FS Number(4)

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)
Fisher and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks
and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1703

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
High-Pressure Seal, Metal Bearing
Size 40-1600 (Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Close (Fail-Close)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.55

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1718

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1656

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1657

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.8

99

7.4

108

7.4

108

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.9

57

7.4

108

7.4

108

FQ-1660

FQ-1661

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1665

FQ-1666

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1670

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1674

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1674

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

90

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1701

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1711

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1712

0

34.8

504

34.8

504

34.8

504

57.0

827

57.0

827

57.0

827

57.0

827

57.0

827

57.0

827

90

7.0

102

20.9

303

29.7

431

10.7

155

31.4

455

44.2

641

18.5

268

52.7

765

57.0

827

FQ-1662

---

---

0

5.4

78

5.4

78

5.4

78

20.4

295

20.4

295

20.4

295

51.8

751

51.8

751

51.8

751

90

1.2

17

3.5

51

4.9

72

1.8

26

5.2

76

7.4

107

3.1

45

8.8

128

12.0

175

FQ-1667

FQ-1668

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.6

38

2.6

38

2.6

38

17.7

257

17.7

257

17.7

257

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

2.4

35

2.6

38

1.4

21

4.1

59

5.6

81

FQ-1671

FQ-1672

FQ-1673

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.4

93

6.4

93

6.4

93

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.6

1.8

26

2.5

36

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1658

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1654

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1653

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1652

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1675

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

0.3

0.3

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

0.3

0.3

FS Number(4)

FQ-1675

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1676

FQ-1676

A11
CL600 with FieldQ Actuator
High-Pressure Seal, Metal Bearing
Size 40-1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Open (Fail-Open)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.56

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Spring-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation), Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Q 40
psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80 Psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1719

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 150

Q 200

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

---

---

1.2

18

---

---

1.2

18

1.2

18

---

---

1.2

18

1.2

18

90

---

---

---

---

1.2

18

---

---

1.2

18

1.2

18

---

---

1.2

18

1.2

18

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

---

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1682

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1683

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

---

---

10.2

148

31.0

450

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.3

34

---

---

10.2

148

11.4

165

FQ-1686

FQ-1687

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.7

53

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.9

27

---

FQ-1691

FQ-1692

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1696

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FQ-1700

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

Q 600

FQ-1700

Q 950

Q 1600

Angle
of
Opening

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

90

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

1.2

18

60 Psig

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1713

80 Psig

100 Psig

60 Psig

FQ-1714

80 Psig

100 Psig

FQ-1715

0

---

---

43.1

626

57.0

827

4.8

70

57.0

827

57.0

827

34.1

494

57.0

827

57.0

827

90

---

---

18.7

271

18.7

271

4.8

70

27.4

397

27.4

397

34.1

494

45.6

662

45.6

662

FQ-1688

---

---

0

---

---

9.3

134

24.4

354

---

---

27.3

396

49.3

715

5.1

74

64.0

929

79.9

1160

90

---

---

3.1

45

3.1

45

---

---

4.6

66

4.6

66

5.1

74

7.6

110

7.6

110

FQ-1693

FQ-1694

---

0

---

---

---

---

4.5

66

---

---

5.9

86

16.5

240

---

---

23.6

343

39.8

577

90

---

---

---

---

1.4

21

---

---

2.1

31

2.1

31

---

---

3.5

51

3.5

51

FQ-1697

FQ-1698

FQ-1699

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.7

83

---

---

9.9

144

19.4

282

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

14

---

---

1.6

23

1.6

23

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
10

Q 350

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
8

---

Angle
of
Opening

FS Number(4)
6

FQ-1684

90

FS Number(4)
4

FQ-1680

---

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
12

80 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
10

60 Psig

---

FS Number(4)
8

100 Psig

FQ-1679

FS Number(4)
6

80 Psig

0

FS Number(4)
4

60 Psig

90

FS Number(4)
Valve
Size,
NPS

100 Psig

FQ-1678

FS Number(4)
6

Q 100

bar

60 Psig

FS Number(4)
4

Q 65

Angle
of
Opening

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

FQ-1703

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.4

35

8.3

120

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.1

15

1.1

15

FS Number(4)

FQ-1701

FQ-1702

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, select appropriate option (S60 or S100)
Fisher and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks
and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FQ-1703

A81
CL150-300 with FieldQ Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing
Size 40 - 1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Close (Fail-Close)

Catalog 14
March 2009 - Page C-73.57

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Spring-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

QS 40
60 psig(2)

80 psig

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

162

11.2

174

12.0

174

12.0

435

30.0

435

30.0

435

30.0

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

29

2.0

98

6.8

152

10.5

59

4.1

160

11.1

211

14.5

-----

---

---

---

---

---

81

5.6

87

6.0

87

6.0

231

15.9

231

15.9

231

15.9

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

22

1.5

34

2.4

13

0.9

36

2.5

48

3.3

---

FSFQ-1504

FSFQ-1505

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

4.9

70

4.9

70

4.9

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

19

1.3

24

1.7

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

QS 150

Angle
of
Opening

psi

bar

psi

0

750

51.7

90

70

4.8

60 psig(2)

---

QS 200
100 psig(2)

60 psig(2)

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

233

16.1

358

24.7

117

80 psig

QS 350
100 psig(2)

60 psig(2)

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

8.1

340

23.4

473

32.6

185

12.8

572

39.5

750

51.7

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig(2)

FSFQ-1503

0

576

39.7

576

39.7

576

39.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

90

16

1.1

53

3.6

81

5.6

27

1.8

77

5.3

107

7.4

42

2.9

130

9.0

190

13.1

FSFQ-1506

FSFQ-1607

FSFQ-1508

0

242

16.7

242

16.7

242

16.7

390

26.9

390

26.9

390

26.9

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

80

0.6

27

1.9

41

2.9

14

0.9

39

2.7

55

3.8

21

1.5

66

4.6

97

6.7

FSFQ-1509

FSFQ-1510

FSFQ-1511

0

21

1.5

21

1.5

21

1.5

86

5.9

86

5.9

86

5.9

283

19.5

290

20.0

290

20.0

80

0.3

12

0.8

19

1.3

0.4

18

1.2

25

1.7

10

0.7

30

2.1

44

3.0

---

FSFQ-1513

FSFQ-1514

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

96

6.6

99

6.9

99

6.9

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.1

0.4

0.6

FS Number
10

FSFQ-1502

0

FS Number
8

FSFQ-1501

90

FS Number
6

100 psig(2)

bar

FS Number
4

80 psig

psi

FS Number
3

60 psig(2)

bar

FS Number
Valve
Size,
NPS

QS 100
100 psig(2)

psi

FS Number
6

80 psig

bar

FS Number
4

60 psig(2)

psi

FS Number
3

QS 65
100 psig(2)

---

---

FSFQ-1516

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, appropriate option (S60 or S100).

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

---

---

A81
CL150-300 with FieldQ Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing
Size 40 - 1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Close (Fail-Close)

Catalog 14
May 2009 - Page C-73.58

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Spring-To-Close (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Valve
Size,
NPS
2

QS 600

Angle
of
Opening

psi

bar

psi

0

750

51.7

750

90

332

22.9

750

60 psig(2)

FS Number
3

psi

bar

psi

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

504

34.8

750

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

80 psig

---

100 psig(2

---

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

75

5.2

225

15.5

319

22.0

114

7.9

337

23.2

475

32.7

199

13.7

567

39.1

750

51.7

---

---

---

0

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

80

38

2.6

114

7.9

163

11.2

58

4.0

172

11.8

242

16.7

101

7.0

289

19.9

396

27.3

FSFQ-1512

---

---

0

583

40.2

583

40.2

583

40.2

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

80

17

1.2

52

3.6

74

5.1

26

1.8

78

5.4

110

7.6

46

3.2

131

9.0

180

12.4

FSFQ-1515

0

246

16.9

246

16.9

246

16.9

420

28.9

420

28.9

420

28.9

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

80

0.3

11

0.7

15

1.1

0.4

16

1.1

23

1.6

10

0.7

27

1.9

38

2.6

FSFQ-1517

FSFQ-1518

FSFQ-1519

0

54

3.7

54

3.7

54

3.7

161

11.1

161

11.1

161

11.1

383

26.4

383

26.4

383

26.4

80

0.2

0.5

10

0.7

0.2

10

0.7

14

1.0

0.4

17

1.2

23

1.6

FS Number
12

bar

750

FS Number
10

psi

60 psig(2)

0

FS Number
8

bar

QS 1600
100 psig(2)

80 psig

90

FS Number
6

60 psig(2)

---

FS Number
4

QS 950
100 psig(2)

80 psig

FSFQ-1517

FSFQ-1518

FSFQ-1519

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

48

3.3

48

3.3

48

3.3

224

15.5

224

15.5

224

15.5

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.1

0.4

0.6

0.2

10

0.7

13

0.9

FS Number

---

FSFQ-1521

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, appropriate option (S60 or S100).

Fisher and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks
and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FSFQ-1522

A81
CL150-300 with FieldQ Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing
Size 40 - 1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Open (Fail-Open)

Catalog 14
May 2009 - Page C-73.59

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Spring-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

QS 40
60 psig(2)

80 psig

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0

---

---

---

---

174

12.0

---

---

191

13.2

579

39.9

---

---

641

44.2

750

51.7

90

---

---

---

---

60

4.1

---

---

96

6.6

96

6.6

---

---

132

9.1

132

9.1

-----

---

---

---

87

6.0

---

---

97

6.7

310

21.4

---

---

344

23.7

542

37.4

---

---

---

---

14

0.9

---

---

22

1.5

22

1.5

---

---

30

2.1

30

2.1

---

FSFQ-1554

FSFQ-1555

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

110

7.6

---

---

126

8.7

225

15.5

90

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

11

0.8

---

---

15

1.1

15

1.1

---

---

---

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

14

1.0

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.5

---

---

QS 150

Angle
of
Opening

psi

bar

psi

0

---

---

90

---

---

60 psig(2)

---

QS 200
100 psig(2)

60 psig(2)

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

750

51.7

750

51.7

329

22.7

750

219

15.1

219

15.1

295

20.3

295

80 psig

QS 350
100 psig(2)

60 psig(2)

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

20.3

295

20.3

529

36.5

538

37.1

538

37.1

80 psig

FSFQ-1553

80 psig

---

100 psig(2)

---

0

---

---

631

43.5

750

51.7

173

11.9

750

51.7

750

51.7

442

30.5

750

51.7

750

51.7

90

---

---

50

3.4

50

3.4

67

4.6

67

4.6

67

4.6

120

8.3

122

8.4

122

8.4

FSFQ-1556

FSFQ-1657

FSFQ-1558

0

---

---

269

18.5

514

35.5

42

2.9

478

32.9

738

50.9

175

12.1

750

51.7

750

51.7

90

---

---

25

1.7

25

1.7

34

2.4

34

2.4

34

2.4

61

4.2

62

4.3

62

4.3

FSFQ-1559

FSFQ-1560

FSFQ-1561

0

---

---

33

2.3

139

9.6

---

---

123

8.5

236

16.2

---

---

320

22.0

543

37.4

80

---

---

11

0.8

11

0.8

---

---

15

1.1

15

1.1

---

---

28

1.9

28

1.9

---

FSFQ-1563

FSFQ-1564

0

---

---

---

---

24

1.6

---

---

16

1.1

72

5.0

---

---

114

7.9

226

15.6

80

---

---

---

---

0.2

---

---

0.2

0.2

---

---

0.4

0.4

FS Number
10

FSFQ-1552

0

FS Number
8

FSFQ-1551

90

FS Number
6

100 psig(2)

bar

FS Number
4

80 psig

psi

FS Number
3

60 psig(2)

bar

FS Number
Valve
Size,
NPS

QS 100
100 psig(2)

psi

FS Number
6

80 psig

bar

FS Number
4

60 psig(2)

psi

FS Number
3

QS 65
100 psig(2)

---

---

FSFQ-1566

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

42

2.9

80

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.3

FS Number

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, appropriate option (S60 or S100).

Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

---

FSFQ-1566

A81
CL150-300 with FieldQ Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing
Size 40 - 1600, Spring Set 4
Spring-To-Open (Fail-Open)

Catalog 14
May 2009 - Page C-73.60

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Spring-To-Open (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size, Supply Pressure
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

QS 600
60 psig(2)

80 psig

100 psig(2)

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

90

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

---

---

---

0

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

90

200

13.8

200

13.8

200

13.8

294

20.3

294

20.3

294

20.3

490

33.8

490

33.8

490

33.8

---

---

---

0

463

31.9

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

90

102

7.0

102

7.0

102

7.0

150

10.3

150

10.3

150

10.3

250

17.2

250

17.2

250

17.2

FSFQ-1562

---

---

0

117

8.1

672

46.4

750

51.7

262

18.1

750

51.7

750

51.7

576

39.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

80

46

3.2

46

3.2

46

3.2

68

4.7

68

4.7

68

4.7

113

7.8

113

7.8

113

7.8

FSFQ-1565

---

---

0

13

0.9

291

20.0

467

32.2

86

5.9

500

34.5

750

51.7

242

16.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

80

10

0.7

10

0.7

10

0.7

14

1.0

14

1.0

14

1.0

24

1.6

24

1.6

24

1.6

FSFQ-1567

FSFQ-1568

FSFQ-1569

0

---

---

82

5.6

189

13.0

---

---

210

14.4

366

25.2

52

3.6

471

32.4

511

35.2

80

---

---

0.4

0.4

---

---

0.6

0.6

15

1.0

15

1.0

15

1.0

FS Number
12

80 psig

psi

FS Number
10

60 psig(2)

bar

FS Number
8

QS 1600
100 psig(2)

psi

FS Number
6

80 psig

bar

FS Number
4

60 psig(2)

psi

FS Number
3

QS 950
100 psig(2)

FSFQ-1567

FSFQ-1568

FSFQ-1569

0

---

---

---

---

71

4.9

---

---

87

6.0

210

14.5

---

---

293

20.2

482

33.2

80

---

---

---

---

0.2

---

---

0.3

0.3

---

---

0.6

0.6

FS Number

---

FSFQ-1571

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. Optional minimum supply pressure, appropriate option (S60 or S100).

Fisher and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks
and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

FSFQ-1572

Control-Diskt Valve
with 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14

Push-Down-To-Open

November 2009 - Page C-73.61


Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 33, 40, 60

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33
0-33 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-55 psig

10B1523X012

10B1524X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1L217327042

1L217327042

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

129

8.9

329

23

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

129

8.9

329

23

393

27

393

27

393

27

393

FS Number(2)
3

510A

---

4.3

173

12

432

30

731

50.4

750

52

750

4.3

173

12

390

27

578

40

578

40

578

511A

517A

211A

217A

---

0_

---

---

42

2.9

170

12

318

22

476

33

476

---

---

42

2.9

119

8.2

305

21

280

19

305

518A

212A

218A

52
40
---

80_

---

27
---

63

228A

33
21
232A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

54

3.8

122

8.4

122

8.4

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

54

3.8

106

7.3

122

8.4
1.1

---

---

---

---

230A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

16

1.1

16

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

16

1.1

16

FS Number(2)
10

---

63

FS Number(2)
8

---

0_

FS Number(2)
6

516A

80_
FS Number(2)

Size 40

0-18 psig

---

---

---

---

---

1.1
---

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

-----

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

1K162727082

1K162827082(3)

1K162827082(4)

1N937327082(3)

1K162827082(3)

1K162827082(4)

---

---

---

Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

272

19

305

21

305

21

305

21

305

21

305

FS Number(2)
6

240A

---

26

638

44

281

19

362

25

638

44

281

103

7.1

170

12

225

16

225

16

225

16

225

242A

260A

247A

---

---

0_

144

9.9

273

19

95

6.5

135

9.3

273

19

95

41

2.8

68

4.7

95

6.5

135

9.3

128

8.9

95

261A

---

---

268A

0_

---

---

71

4.9

---

---

---

---

71

4.9

---

---

---

22

1.5

---

---

---

---

41

2.8

---

261A

---

---

268A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.5
6.5
-------

80_
FS Number(2)

16

---

80_

---

19
---

80_

243A

21
---

380

FS Number(2)
12

---

0_

FS Number(2)
10

---

80_
FS Number(2)

258A

-------

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. When ordering a 1051 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 actuator or 1051K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
4. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

Control-Diskt Valve
1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14
November 2009 - Page C-73.62

Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 33, 40, 60
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation, psig/barg
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 33
0-33 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-55 psig

10B1523X012

10B1524X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1L217327042

1L217327042

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

82

5.7

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

82

5.7

295

20

393

27

393

27

393

27

393

FS Number(2)
3

510B

---

2.6

750

52

642

44

750

52

750

52

750

2.6

183

13

292

20

412

28

561

39

561

511B

517B

211B

217B

---

0_

---

---

412

28

274

19

750

52

750

52

750

---

---

56

3.8

89

6.1

126

8.7

171

12

171

518B

212B

218B

52
39
---

80_

---

27
---

37

228B

52
12
232B

0_

---

---

---

---

36

2.4

445

31

309

21

750

52

80_

---

---

---

---

34

2.3

48

3.3

65

4.5

65

4.5

---

---

214B

220B

230B

234B

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

177

12

109

7.5

364

25

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

19

1.3

26

1.8

26

1.8

FS Number(2)
10

---

37

FS Number(2)
8

---

0_

FS Number(2)
6

516B

80_
FS Number(2)

Size 40

0-18 psig

---

---

---

221B

231B

235B

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

12

0.8

---

---

126

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.4

---

---

8.3

0.6

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

221B

---

235B

Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

1K162727082

1K162827082(3)

1K162827082(4)

1N937327082(3)

1K162827082(3)

1K162827082(4)

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

302

21

305

21

296

20

305

21

305

21

296

FS Number(2)
6

240B

---

20
---

283

20

522

36

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

114

7.9

178

12

112

7.7

117

8.0

178

12

112

7.7

242B

260B

247B

252B

267B

---

0_

96

6.6

215

15

419

29

718

50

623

43

750

52

80_

46

3.2

71

4.9

45

3.1

47

3.2

71

4.9

45

3.1

243B

261B

248B

253B

268B

263B

0_

---

---

36

2.5

160

11

343

24

285

20

409

28

80_

---

---

23

1.6

14

1.0

15

1.0

23

1.6

14

1.0

FS Number(2)
12

---

0_

FS Number(2)
10

245B

80_
FS Number(2)

258B

243B

261B

248B

253B

268B

263B

0_

---

---

---

---

48

3.3

192

13

146

10

245

17

80_

---

---

---

---

13

0.9

13

0.9

21

1.4

13

0.9

FS Number(2)

---

---

249B

254B

269B

264B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. When ordering a 1051 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 actuator or 1051K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
4. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.

Fisher and Control-Disk are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

Control-Diskt Valve
with 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14

Push-Down-To-Open

November 2009 - Page C-73.63


Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 33, 40, 60

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-40 psig

0-18 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

4.9 psig

4.9 psig

6.3 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

6.0 psig

9.2 psig

90_

90_

60_

90_

90_

90_

90_

60_

10B1524X012

10B1524X012

10B1525X012

10B1525X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1L217327042

1N844027082

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

33

474

33

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

71

4.9

393

27

393

27

393

27

393

27

298

21

393

27

---

---

1129A

---

---

---

---

---

17

252

17

419

29

419

29

547

38

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

44

3.0

252

17

260

18

419

29

493

34

184

13

578

40

---

---

1130A

1134A

1266A

1139A

330A

8A

336A

343A

0_

81

5.6

81

5.6

164

11

164

11

227

16

398

27

638

44

750

52

80_

13

0.9

81

5.6

79

5.5

138

9.5

150

10.4

56

3.9

195

13

---

---

1131A

1135A

1267A

1140A

331A

9A

337A

344A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

15

1.0

89

6.1

192

13

379

26

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

15

1.0

21

1.5

74

5.1

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

11A

339A

346A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

50

3.5

144

10

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

30

2.0

---

---

FS Number(2)
10

1265A

252

FS Number(2)
8

1133A

bar

0_

FS Number(2)
6

0-33 psig

474

FS Number(2)
4

0-33 psig

0_
FS Number(2)
3

Size 40

0-18 psig

---

---

---

---

340A

347A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

0-18 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

3.5 psig

3.7 psig

90_
1N937327082

-----

---

---

---

---

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

9.1 psig

11.4 psig

6.8 psig

7.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

75_

60_

90_

90_

1K162727082

1P270227082

1K162827082

1P270227042

1P270227042

1P270227042

1K162827082

Size 60
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

212

15

305

21

186

13

305

21

---

---

---

---

305

21

305

FS Number(2)
6

---

---

363A

---

25

397

27

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

80

5.5

136

9.4

70

193

13

---

---

---

---

220

15

225

355A

19A

---

24A

387A

---

21
---

368

390A

52
16
---

0_

138

10

153

11

389

27

406

28

566

39

742

51

389

27

406

28

80_

32

2.2

55

3.8

28

1.9

78

5.3

---

---

---

---

88

6.1

138

9.5

356A

20A

357A

25A

360A

366A

391A

31A

0_

---

---

---

---

142

10

152

10

250

17

357

25

142

10

152

10

80_

---

---

---

---

0.6

25

1.7

---

---

---

---

28

1.9

44

3.0

FS Number(2)
12

22A

0_

FS Number(2)
10

---

80_
FS Number(2)

17A

---

---

357A

25A

360A

366A

391A

31A

0_

---

---

---

---

33

2.3

41

2.8

118

8.2

204

14

33

2.3

41

80_

---

---

---

---

0.6

22

1.5

---

---

---

---

25

1.8

40

FS Number(2)

---

---

358A

26A

361A

367A

370A

2.8
2.7
32A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 33 actuator or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

Control-Diskt Valve
1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14
November 2009 - Page C-73.64

Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 33, 40, 60
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Size 33
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

0-55 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

2.7 psig

4.9 psig

3.5 psig

6.3 psig

3.0 psig

4.3 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

10B1522X012

10B1524X012

10B1525X012

10B1525X012

1L217427042

1P637127082

1N844027082

1L217327042

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

52

750

52

80_

185

12.7

339

23.4

292

20.2

393

27.1

393

27

393

27

393

27

393

1175B

---

---

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

51.7

750

52

750

52

750

52

7.9

209

14.4

181

12.5

280

19.3

328

22.6

467

32.2

420

29.0

384

26.5

1169B

1178B

184B

1182B

431B

458

31.6

594

40.9

745

51.4

429

29.6

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

35

2.4

64

4.4

55

3.8

85

5.9

100

6.9

142

9.8

128

8.8

117

8.1

1176B

1179B

1181B

1183B

432B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

102

7.0

511

35

353

24

621

43

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

38

2.6

54

3.7

48

3.3

44

3.1

---

---

---

---

433B

65B

442B

444B

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.3

0.4

210

14.5

131

9.0

265

18

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

5.3

0.4

22

1.5

19

1.3

18

1.2

---

---

---

---

434B

435B

443B

445B

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

32

2.2

---

---

66

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

6.9

0.5

---

---

5.7

Angle
of
Opening

---

---

---

---

---

0-55 psig

0-18 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.0 psig

90_

90_

1N844027082

1K162727082

psi

bar

0_

750

52

80_

393

---

---

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-40 psig

3.0 psig

3.5 psig

3.0 psig

3.1 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

1P270227042

1K162827082

1N937327082

1P270227042

1K162827082

0.4
445B

Size 60

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

27

0_

750

52

465

32.1
---

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

142

9.8

259

17.9

305

21.0

302

20.8

305

21.0

305

21.0

305

21.0

446B

66B

---

457B

71B

---

---

0_

750

52

573

40

482

33

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

54

3.7

98

6.8

126

8.7

114

7.9

117

8.1

126

8.7

118

8.1

448B

68B

456B

458B

---

464B

---

0_

438

30

241

17

196

13

590

41

714

49

601

41

750

52

80_

22

1.5

39

2.7

51

3.5

46

3.2

47

3.3

51

3.5

47

3.3

449B

69B

457B

459B

74B

465B

81B

0_

172

12

51

3.5

24

1.6

264

18

340

23

271

19

506

35

80_

6.9

0.5

13

0.9

16

1.1

15

1.0

15

1.0

16

1.1

15

1.0

449B

69B

457B

459B

74B

465B

81B

0_

---

---

---

---

130

9.0

190

13

136

9.3

321

22

80_

---

---

---

---

13

0.9

14

0.9

15

1.0

14

0.9

FS Number(2)

4.6

---

80_

FS Number(2)
12

441B

---

FS Number(2)
10

63B

0_

FS Number(2)
8

---

11.3

FS Number(2)
6

---

164

FS Number(2)
4

62B

0_

FS Number(2)
3

27
---

28.9

Size 40

---

114

FS Number(2)

Valve
Size,
NPS

---

419

FS Number(2)
10

---

0_

FS Number(2)
8

1177B

80_

FS Number(2)
6

0-40 psig

750

FS Number(2)
4

0-33 psig

0_
FS Number(2)
3

Size 40

0-18 psig

---

---

460B

75B

466B

82B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 33 actuator or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Fisher and Control-Disk are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

Control-Diskt Valve
with 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14

Push-Down-To-Open and PushDownToClose

November 2009 - Page C-73.65

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 70 PushDownToOpen
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 70
0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-55 psig

1R676027082

1R676027082

1R676027082

1R676027082

1R676027082

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

702

48

750

52

750

52

702

48

702

bar
48

80_

54

3.7

---

---

---

---

54

3.7

54

3.7

FS Number(2)
10

0_

333

23

441

30

524

36

333

23

333

23

80_

69

4.7

---

---

---

---

53

3.7

69

4.7

FS Number(2)
12

0_

184

13

270

19

368

25

184

13

184

13

80_

75

5.2

---

---

---

---

75

5.2

75

5.2

FS Number(2)
1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 33 actuator or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 70 PushDownToClose
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number, psig/barg
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 70
0-33 psig

0-40 psig

0-55 psig

1R676027082

1R676027082

1R676027082

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

750

52

750

52

750

bar
52

80_

64

4.4

79

5.4

96

6.6

FS Number(2)
10

0_

428

30

524

36

524

36

80_

40

2.8

49

3.4

60

4.1

FS Number(2)
12

0_

260

18

514

35

600

41

80_

23

1.6

23

1.6

23

1.6

FS Number(2)
1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.
2. When ordering a 1052 actuator, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 33 actuator or 1052K- for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are
shown.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

Control-Diskt Valve
1061 Actuator
PEEK Bearings with PTFE Seal

Catalog 14
November 2009 - Page C-73.66

Push-Down-To-Open or PushDownToClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 30, 40, 60, 68
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation, psig/barg
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 30
60 psig

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

---

---

---

---

---

---

80_

393

27

393

27

393

27

393

27

---

---

---

---

---

250A

750

52

750

52

750

52

---

---

---

---

---

578

40

578

40

578

40

---

---

---

---

---

251A

251A

251A

---

---

---

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

250

17

305

21

305

21

305

21

305

21

305

21

305

252A

252A

256A

256A

256A

0_

353

24

526

36

698

48

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

95

6.5

126

8.7

158

11

189

13

225

16

225

16

225

254A

254A

258A

258A

258A

0_

131

9.0

217

15

303

21

390

27

562

39

734

51

750

38

2.6

51

3.5

63

4.4

76

5.2

101

7.0

127

8.7

152

255A

255A

259A

259A

52
21
52
16
258A

80_

255A

---

256A

80_

254A

-----

80_

252A

-----

40

259A

52
10
259A

0_

---

---

37

2.5

89

6.2

142

9.8

247

17

353

24

458

32

80_

---

---

16

1.1

20

1.4

24

1.7

32

2.2

41

2.8

49

3.4

255A

255A

255A

259A

259A

259A

259A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

33

2.3

117

8.0

200

14

283

20

80_

---

---

---

---

---

---

22

1.5

29

2.0

36

2.5

44

3.0

---

---

---

260A

260A

Size 60

260A

Size 68

Angle
of
Opening

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

80_

305

21

305

21

305

21

305

21

305

60 psig

80 psig

---

100 psig

---

60 psig

---

80 psig

---

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

225

16

225

16

225

16

225

16

225

263A

263A

263A

---

0_

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

152

10

203

14

214

15

214

15

214

264A

264A

52
16
---

80_

264A

21
---

80_

270A

52
15
270A

0_

458

32

524

36

524

36

524

36

524

36

80_

49

3.4

65

4.5

69

4.7

69

4.7

69

4.7

FS Number(2)
12

---

52

FS Number(2)
10

---

578

FS Number(2)
8

---

750

FS Number(2)
6

250A

0_

FS Number(2)
Valve
Size,
NPS

250A

80_

FS Number(2)
12

120 psig

psi

FS Number(2)
10

100 psig

bar

FS Number(2)
8

80 psig

psi

FS Number(2)
6

60 psig

bar

FS Number(2)
4

Size 40
100 psig

psi

FS Number(2)
3

80 psig

264A

264A

264A

270A

270A

0_

283

20

450

31

600

41

583

40

600

41

80_

44

3.0

58

4.0

73

5.0

70

4.8

75

5.2

FS Number(2)

265A

265A

265A

271A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop.


2. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.

Fisher and Control-Disk are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

271A

260A

Control-Diskt Valve
CL150-CL300 with 2052 Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing

Catalog 14

Sizes 1, 2, and 3

November 2009 - Page C-73.67


Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1
2 bar / 30 psig

4 bar / 60 psig

2 bar / 30 psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

11

156

52

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

80_

11

156

27

393

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1A

---

---

78

31

446

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

5.4

78

18

267

39

563

40

578

---

---

---

2A

5A

7A

11A

---

0_

---

---

12

177

39

560

52

750

52

750

52

---

---

5.6

82

12

172

21

305

21

305

21

6A

8A

12A

15A

0_

---

---

---

---

11

159

33

481

52

750

52

---

---

---

---

4.5

65

8.9

130

13

192

16

---

9A

13A

16A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

13

195

24

347

52

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.6

52

5.3

77

11

---

---

14A

17A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8.0

116

28

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.7

25

3.4

---

---

---

17A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

13

17

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0.9

13

3.1

---

---

---

---

18A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number, for example 18B.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 2052- for all sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

750
225
750
154
406
49
23A

80_
FS Number(3)

305

23A

80_

---

750

22A

80_

---

---

21A

80_

---

-----

80_

3A

-----

5.4

FS Number(3)
12

---

0_

FS Number(3)
10

4A

80_

FS Number(3)
8

90_

psi

FS Number(3)
6

4 bar / 60 psig

bar

FS Number(3)
4

Size 3

4 bar / 60 psig

FS Number(3)
3

Size 2

2 bar / 30 psig

242
44
24A

Control-Diskt Valve
CL150-CL300 with 2052 Actuator
Soft (PTFE) Seal, PEEK Bearing

Catalog 14
November 2009 - Page C-73.68

Sizes 1, 2, and 3

This page intentionally left blank

Fisher and Control-Disk are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with Type 1051 Actuator


440C Bearings
Catalog 14

Push-Down-To-Open

June 1992 - Page C-74

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

0-18

0-33

3-30

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-55

3-30

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

72
72
34
525A

228
228
62
528A

158
158
24

151
151
107
8A

110
110
110
14A

600
600
150
11A

511
511
205
126A

600
600
366
130A

521
521
62

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

151
151
107
28A

110
110
110
30A

600
600
150
29A

511
511
205
128A

600
600
491
132A

521
521
62

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

37
37
37
124A

18
18
18
125A

278
278
75
150A

198
198
103
129A

583
583
246
133A

202
202
31

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

141
141
138
133A

Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

1X
3/4(2)

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 and 1051K- for size 40. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque
occurs at 80 degrees.

Fisher Controls International, Inc. 1992; All Rights Reserved Printed in USA

SIZE 40

This page is intentionally left blank

CV500 with 1051 Actuator


440C Bearings
Push Down To Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

1X
3/4(4)

Size 60
0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-40

3-15

3-30

3-30

1N9373
27082 (2)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082 (3)

1K1628
27082 (2)

1N9373
27082 (3)

1N9373
27082 (2)

1K1628
27082 (3)

1K1628
27082 (2)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082 (3)

1N9373
27082 (3)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

274
274
232

479
479
362
48A

600
600
366
92A

600
600
355

600
600
366

600
600
233

600
600
366

600
600
355

14
14
14

329
329
329

600
600
145

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

274
274
232

479
479
362
31A

600
600
564
34A

600
600
355

600
600
371
135A

600
600
233

600
600
564
145A

600
600
355

14
14
14

329
329
329

600
600
145

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

92
92
92

184
184
181
17A

325
325
282
26A

566
566
178

600
600
185
136A

600
600
116

600
600
282
146A

600
600
178
141A

117
117
117

600
600
72

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

51
51
51
26A

135
135
100

277
277
104
136A

332
332
66

220
220
159
146A

305
305
100
141A

204
204
41

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

51
51
51
27A

135
135
100

277
277
104
137A

332
332
66

220
220
159
147A

305
305
100
142A

204
204
41

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

24
24
24
27A

63
63
39

129
129
41
137A

155
155
26

103
103
62
147A

142
142
39
142A

95
95
16

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

20
20
18

56
56
19
181A

70
70
12

42
42
28

63
63
18
184A

38
38
7

12

2-1/8
X 2(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

28
28
11

37
37
7

19
19
16

33
33
10

17
17
4

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C 75

Design CV500 with 1051 Actuator


440C Bearings
PushDownToOpen

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

1-1/4

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

SIZE 33

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

0-33

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-55

SIZE 40
3-30

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

17
17
17
528B

91
91
91
8B
91
91
91
28B
10
10
10
124B

265
265
159
14B
265
265
159
30B
88
88
79
125B

174
174
174
11B
174
174
174
29B
47
47
47
150B

265
265
265
126B
265
265
265
128B
88
88
88
129B

265
265
265
130B
265
265
265
132B
88
88
88
133B

32
32
32

32
32
32

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and 1051K for size 40. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(5)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(5)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(5)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(4)
80
FS Number(5)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(5)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(5)
1X
3/4(4)

Size 60
0-18

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-40

3-30

1N9373
27082(2)

1N9373
27082(3)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(3)

1K1628
27082(2)

1N9373
27082(3)

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

269
269
259

269
269
259

90
90
90

580
580
106

580
580
106

229
229
53

18
18
18

18
18
18

600
600
326
48B
600
600
326
31B
241
241
163
17B
22
22
22
17B
22
22
22
18B
10
10
10
18B

600
600
366
92B
600
600
540
34B
393
393
270
26B
75
75
75
26B
75
75
75
27B
35
35
35
27B

475
475
366

475
475
475

182
182
182

580
580
366

580
580
580
135B
229
229
229
136B
18
18
18
136B
18
18
18
137B

269
269
269

269
269
269

90
90
90

600
600
366

600
600
600
145B
393
393
393
146B
75
75
75
146B
75
75
75
147B
35
35
35
147B

475
475
366

475
475
475

182
182
182
141B

347
347
334

347
347
334

125
125
125

At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1051 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push Down To Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

1-1/4

1-1/4

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

0-18

0-33

3-30

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-55

SIZE 40
3-30

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

72
72
34
525A

228
228
62
528A

158
158
24

151
151
107
8A
151
151
107
28A
37
37
37
124A

110
110
110
14A
110
110
110
30A
18
18
18
125A

600
600
150
11A
600
600
150
29A
278
278
75
150A

511
511
205
126A
511
511
205
128A
198
198
103
129A

600
600
366
130A
600
600
491
132A
583
583
246
133A
141
141
138
133A

521
521
62

521
521
62

202
202
31

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and 1051K for size 40. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C 76.1

Design CV500 with 1051 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
PushDownToClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

1X
3/4(4)

Size 60
0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-40

3-15

3-30

3-30

1N9373
27082 (2)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082 (3)

1K1628
27082 (2)

1N9373
27082 (3)

1N9373
27082 (2)

1K1628
27082 (3)

1K1628
27082 (2)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082 (3)

1N9373
27082 (3)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

274
274
232

479
479
362
48A

600
600
366
92A

600
600
355

600
600
366

600
600
233

600
600
366

600
600
355

14
14
14

329
329
329

600
600
145

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

274
274
232

479
479
362
31A

600
600
564
34A

600
600
355

600
600
371
135A

600
600
233

600
600
564
145A

600
600
355

14
14
14

329
329
329

600
600
145

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

92
92
92

184
184
181
17A

325
325
282
26A

566
566
178

600
600
185
136A

600
600
116

600
600
282
146A

600
600
178
141A

117
117
117

600
600
72

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

51
51
51
26A

135
135
100

277
277
104
136A

332
332
66

220
220
159
146A

305
305
100
141A

204
204
41

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

51
51
51
27A

135
135
100

277
277
104
137A

332
332
66

220
220
159
147A

305
305
100
142A

204
204
41

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

24
24
24
27A

63
63
39

129
129
41
137A

155
155
26

103
103
62
147A

142
142
39
142A

95
95
16

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

20
20
18

56
56
19
181A

70
70
12

42
42
28

63
63
18
184A

38
38
7

12

2-1/8
X2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

28
28
11

37
37
7

19
19
16

33
33
10

17
17
4

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.2

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1051 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push Down To Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

1-1/4

1-1/4

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 33

Size 40

Size 40

Size 40

Size 40

Size 40

0-33

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-55

Size 40
3-30

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

17
17
17
528B

91
91
91
8B
91
91
91
28B
10
10
10
124B

265
265
159
14B
265
265
159
30B
88
88
79
125B

174
174
174
11B
174
174
174
29B
47
47
47
150B

265
265
265
126B
265
265
265
128B
88
88
88
129B

265
265
265
130B
265
265
265
132B
88
88
88
133B

32
32
32

32
32
32

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and 1051K for size 40. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(5)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(5)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(5)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(4)
80
FS Number(5)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(5)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(5)
1X
3/4(4)

Size 60
0-18

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-40

3-30

1N9373
27082(2)

1N9373
27082(3)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(3)

1K1628
27082(2)

1N9373
27082(3)

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

269
269
259

269
269
259

90
90
90

580
580
106

580
580
106

229
229
53

18
18
18

18
18
18

600
600
326
48B
600
600
326
31B
241
241
163
17B
22
22
22
17B
22
22
22
18B
10
10
10
18B

600
600
366
92B
600
600
540
34B
393
393
270
26B
75
75
75
26B
75
75
75
27B
35
35
35
27B

475
475
366

475
475
475

182
182
182

580
580
366

580
580
580
135B
229
229
229
136B
18
18
18
136B
18
18
18
137B

269
269
269

269
269
269

90
90
90

600
600
366

600
600
600
145B
393
393
393
146B
75
75
75
146B
75
75
75
147B
35
35
35
147B

475
475
366

475
475
475

182
182
182
141B

347
347
334

347
347
334

125
125
125

At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C 76.3

Design CV500 with 1051 Actuator


PTFE/Composition Lined Bearings
PushDownToClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(3)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(2)
80
FS Number(3)
1X
3/4(2)

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

0-18

0-18

0-33

3-30

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-55

SIZE 40
3-30

10B1523
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

11
11
11
522A

112
112
34
525A

281
281
62
528A

204
204
24

204
204
24

65
65
12

197
197
107
8A
197
197
107
28A
62
62
53
124A

153
153
153
14A
153
153
153
30A
42
42
42
125A

600
600
150
11A
600
600
150
29A
323
323
75
150A
43
43
42
150A

586
586
205
126A
586
586
205
128A
237
237
103
129A
13
13
13
129A

600
600
366
130A
600
600
491
132A
600
600
246
133A
156
156
138
133A

596
596
62

596
596
62

241
241
31

15
15
15

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and 1051K for size 40. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.4

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1051 Actuator


PTFE/Composition Lined Bearings
Push Down To Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

1X
3/4(4)

Size 60
0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-40

3-15

3-30

3-30

1N9373
27082 (2)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082 (3)

1K1628
27082 (2)

1N9373
27082 (3)

1N9373
27082 (2)

1K1628
27082 (3)

1K1628
27082 (2)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082 (3)

1N9373
27082 (3)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

330
330
232

552
552
362
48A

600
600
366
92A

600
600
355

600
600
366

600
600
233

600
600
366

600
600
355

49
49
49

389
389
340

600
600
145

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

330
330
232

552
552
362
31A

600
600
564
34A

600
600
355

600
600
371
135A

600
600
233

600
600
564
145A

600
600
355

49
49
49

389
389
340

600
600
145

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

122
122
116

221
221
181
17A

374
374
282
26A

600
600
178

600
600
185
136A

600
600
116

600
600
282
146A

600
600
178
141A

148
148
148

600
600
72

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

60
60
60
26A

150
150
100

302
302
104
136A

360
360
66

241
241
159
146A

331
331
100
141A

224
224
41

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

60
60
60
27A

150
150
100

302
302
104
137A

360
360
66

241
241
159
147A

331
331
100
142A

224
224
41

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

26
26
26
27A

66
66
39

132
132
41
137A

157
157
26

105
105
62
147A

145
145
39
142A

98
98
16

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

24
24
18

61
61
19
181A

76
76
12

46
46
28

69
69
18
184A

42
42
7

12

2-1/8 X
2(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

14
14
10

37
37
11

46
46
7

28
28
16

41
41
10

25
25
4

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C 76.5

Design CV500 with 1051 Actuator


PTFE/Composition Lined Bearings
PushDownToOpen

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

1-1/4

1-1/4

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-55

3-30

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

600
600
366
130B
600
600
600
132B
600
600
600
133B
600
600
476

600
600
366

600
600
600

600
600
600

600
600
476

10B1523
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

53
53
53
522B

133
133
133
525B
133
133
133

33
33
33

320
320
159
528B
320
320
159

117
117
79

222
222
222
8B
222
222
222
28B
73
73
73
124B

320
320
320
14B
320
320
320
30B
117
117
117
125B

320
320
320
11B
320
320
320
29B
117
117
117
150B

69
69
69
126B
69
69
69
128B

SIZE 40

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

1X
3/4(4)

Size 60
0-18

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-40

3-15

3-30

1N9373
27082 (2)

1N9373
27082 (3)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082 (3)

1K1628
27082 (2)

1N9373
27082 (3)

1N9373
27082 (2)

1K1628
27082 (3)

1K1628
27082 (2)

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082 (3)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

325
325
259

600
600
106

600
600
326
48B

600
600
366
92B

547
547
366

600
600
366

325
325
325

600
600
366

547
547
366

39
39
39

409
409
334

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

325
325
259

600
600
106

600
600
326
31B

600
600
540
34B

547
547
547

600
600
600
135B

325
325
325

600
600
600
145B

547
547
547

39
39
39

409
409
334

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

119
119
119

270
270
53

283
283
163
17B

447
447
270
26B

219
219
219

270
270
270
136B

119
119
119

447
447
447
146B

219
219
219
141B

157
157
157

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

24
24
24

29
29
29
17B

85
85
85
26B

24
24
24
136B

85
85
85
146B

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

24
24
24

29
29
29
18B

85
85
85
27B

24
24
24
137B

85
85
85
147B

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

11
11
11

13
13
13
18B

37
37
37
27B

11
11
11
137B

37
37
37
147B

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.
This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.6

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings
Push Down To Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-55

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

10B1523
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

23
23
23
1189A

87
87
41
1192A

184
184
59

255
255
76
1195A

332
332
66
1198A

590
590
102
1200A

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size
Inches

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-40

0-55

3-15

3-30

3-30

4.3

3.1

3.5

4.3

1P6371
27082

1L2174
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

1X
3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

59
59
59
58A

237
237
121
432A

174
174
153
436A

530
530
141

600
600
171
63A

571
571
153
441A

600
600
141

600
600
171
446A

68
68
29

356
356
52

600
600
81

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

59
59
59
60A

237
237
121
433A

174
174
153
438A

530
530
141

600
600
171
65A

571
571
153
442A

600
600
141

600
600
171
448A

68
68
29

356
356
52

600
600
81

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

76
76
60
434A

47
47
47
439A

207
207
70

331
331
85
435A

225
225
77
443A

384
384
71

589
589
85
449A

129
129
26

256
256
41

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

10
10
10

53
53
48
435A

16
16
16
443A

72
72
40

143
143
48
449A

27
27
23

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C 76.7

Design CV500 with 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings
PushDownToClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 70

SIZE 70

SIZE 70

SIZE 70

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

3-30

0-40

0-40

3-15

3-30

0-33

0-40

0-55

3-30

3.5

3.1

3.5

3.3

10.1

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1X
3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

361
361
329
450A

600
600
310
66A

600
600
366

600
600
362

600
600
366
454A

600
600
136

600
600
366

600
600
366

402
402
84

600
600
147

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
140

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

361
361
329
452A

600
600
310
68A

600
600
372

600
600
362
458A

600
600
400
456A

600
600
136

600
600
400
464A

600
600
372

402
402
84

600
600
147

600
600
422

600
600
451

600
600
600

600
600
140

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

131
131
131
453A

356
356
165
69A

600
600
165
74A

600
600
165
459A

301
301
165
457A

562
562
165

600
600
165
465A

600
600
165
81A

149
149
149

600
600
165

600
600
165
262A

600
600
165
266A

600
600
165
270A

600
600
165

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

62
62
62
453A

328
328
93
74A

206
206
93
459A

43
43
43
457A

134
134
93

211
211
93
465A

370
370
93
81A

256
256
93

318
318
93
262A

535
535
93
266A

600
600
93
270A

220
220
93

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

62
62
62
70A

328
328
105
75A

206
206
102
460A

43
43
43
474A

134
134
38

211
211
113
466A

370
370
105
82A

256
256
41

318
318
119
263A

535
535
127
267A

600
600
311
271A

220
220
39

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

29
29
29
70A

153
153
41
75A

96
96
40
460A

20
20
20
474A

63
63
15

99
99
44
466A

173
173
41
82A

120
120
16

148
148
47
263A

250
250
50
267A

350
350
122
271A

103
103
15

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

69
69
19
619A

38
38
18

20
20
7

39
39
20

80
80
19
622A

51
51
7

66
66
21
623A

122
122
23
625A

186
186
56
627A

42
42
7

12

2-1/8 X
2(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

36
36
11

17
17
10

18
18
12

43
43
11

25
25
4

35
35
12

69
69
13
626A

110
110
32
628A

19
19
4

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.8

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings
Push Down To Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-55

4.9

4.9

6.3

6.3

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

39
39
22
1155B

87
87
87

39
39
39
1158B

87
87
87
1163B

87
87
87
1165B

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(3)
0
1-1/2
10
X
80
1-1/4(2)
FS Number(3)
1X
3/4(2)

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-40

0-55

3-30

4.3

4.4

4.3

4.4

4.4

1P6371
27082

1L2174
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

219
219
67
9B
219
219
67
11B
67
67
34
335B

123
123
123
331B
123
123
123
333B
25
25
25
334B

228
228
152

228
228
152

72
72
72

356
356
234
337B
356
356
234
339B
129
129
117
340B

219
219
219
14B
219
219
219
16B
67
67
67
341B

228
228
228

228
228
228

72
72
72

356
356
356
348B
356
356
356
350B
129
129
129
351B

228
228
228

228
228
228
353B
72
72
72

123
123
123

123
123
123

25
25
25

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C 76.9

Design CV500 with 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings
PushDownToOpen

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

SIZE 60
0-18

SIZE 60
0-18

SIZE 60
0-33

SIZE 60
0-33

SIZE 60
0-33

SIZE 60
0-40

SIZE 60
0-40

SIZE 60
3-15

SIZE 60
3-30

SIZE 70
0-33

SIZE 70
0-40

SIZE 70
0-55

SIZE 70
3-30

3.5

3.7

6.8

3.5

6.8

3.7

10.1

10.1

10.1

10.1

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1X
3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

589
589
253

600
600
366
17B

600
600
222

589
589
366

600
600
366
22B

600
600
366

600
600
366

23
23
23

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
366

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

589
589
253

600
600
433
19B

600
600
222

589
589
589

600
600
600
24B

600
600
600

600
600
600

23
23
23

600
600
409

600
600
600

600
600
600

600
600
600

600
600
390

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

233
233
127

252
252
127
20B

532
532
127

233
233
127
385B

550
550
127
25B

532
532
127

550
550
127
31B

280
280
127

600
600
127
250B

600
600
127
254B

600
600
127
258B

600
600
127

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

19
19
19

25
25
25
20B

123
123
71

19
19
19
385B

130
130
71
25B

123
123
71

130
130
71
31B

35
35
35

253
253
71
250B

253
253
71
254B

253
253
71
258B

150
150
71

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

19
19
19

25
25
25
21B

123
123
63

19
19
19
386B

130
130
130
26B

123
123
123

130
130
130
32B

35
35
35

253
253
188
251B

253
253
253
255B

253
253
253
259B

150
150
110

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

12
12
12
21B

58
58
25

61
61
61
26B

58
58
58

61
61
61
32B

17
17
17

118
118
74
251B

118
118
118
255B

118
118
118
259B

70
70
43

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

19
19
19

17
17
17

19
19
19

50
50
34
608B

50
50
50
614B

50
50
50
616B

24
24
20

12

2-1/8 X
2(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

24
24
19
609B

24
24
24

24
24
24

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.10

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1052 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push Down to Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

SIZE 33

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-55

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

10B1523
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

23
23
23
1189A

87
87
41
1192

184
184
59

255
255
76
1195A

332
332
66
1198A

590
590
102
1200A

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

0-40

0-40

0-55

3-15

3-30

3-30

4.3

3.1

3.5

4.3

1P6371
27082

1L2174
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

1X
3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

59
59
59
58A

237
237
121
432A

174
174
153
436A

530
530
141

600
600
171
63A

571
571
153
441A

600
600
141

600
600
171
446A

68
68
29

356
356
52

600
600
81

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

59
59
59
60A

237
237
121
433A

174
174
153
438A

530
530
141

600
600
171
65A

571
571
153
442A

600
600
141

600
600
171
448A

68
68
29

356
356
52

600
600
81

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

76
76
60
434A

47
47
47
439A

207
207
70

331
331
85
435A

225
225
77
443A

384
384
71

589
589
85
449A

129
129
26

256
256
41

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

10
10
10

53
53
48
435A

16
16
16
443A

72
72
40

143
143
48
449A

27
27
23

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

June 1992
Page C 76.11

Design CV500 with 1052 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push Down to Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 70

SIZE 70

SIZE 70

SIZE 70

0-18

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-33

3-30

0-40

0-40

3-15

3-30

0-33

0-40

0-55

3-30

3.5

3.1

3.5

3.3

10.1

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1X
3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

361
361
329
450A

600
600
310
66A

600
600
366

600
600
362

600
600
366
454A

600
600
136

600
600
366

600
600
366

402
402
84

600
600
147

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
140

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

361
361
329
452A

600
600
310
68A

600
600
372

600
600
362
458A

600
600
400
456A

600
600
136

600
600
400
464A

600
600
372

402
402
84

600
600
147

600
600
422

600
600
451

600
600
600

600
600
140

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

131
131
131
453A

356
356
165
69A

600
600
165
74A

600
600
165
459A

301
301
165
457A

562
562
165

600
600
165
465A

600
600
165
81A

149
149
149

600
600
165

600
600
165
262A

600
600
165
266A

600
600
165
270A

600
600
165

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

62
62
62
69A

328
328
93
74A

206
206
93
459A

43
43
43
457A

134
134
93

211
211
93
465A

370
370
93
81A

256
256
93

318
318
93
262A

535
535
93
266A

600
600
93
270A

220
220
93

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

62
62
62
70A

328
328
105
75A

206
206
102
460A

43
43
43
474A

134
134
38

211
211
113
466A

370
370
105
82A

256
256
41

318
318
119
263A

535
535
127
267A

600
600
311
271A

220
220
39

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

29
29
29
70A

153
153
41
75A

96
96
40
460A

20
20
20
474A

63
63
15

99
99
44
466A

173
173
41
82A

120
120
16

148
148
47
263A

220
220
50
267A

220
220
122
271A

103
103
15

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

69
69
19
619A

38
38
18

20
20
7

39
39
20

80
80
19
622A

51
51
7

66
66
21
623A

122
122
23
625A

186
186
56
627A

42
42
7

12

2-1/8 X
2(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

36
36
11

17
17
10

18
18
12

43
43
11

25
25
4

35
35
12

69
69
13
626A

110
110
32
628A

19
19
4

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C 76.12

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with Type 1052 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push-Down-to-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Size 33
Body Size,
Inch

Shaft Size,
Inch

Angle of
Opening, Degree

1 X 3/4(2)

0-18

0-33

0-33

0-40

4.9

4.9

6.3

6.3

10B1524X012

10B1525X012

10B1524X012

10B1525X012

10B1525X012

39
39
22
1155B

87
87
87
---

39
39
39
1158B

87
87
87
1163B

87
87
87
1165B

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

0-55

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. when ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 40
Body
Shaft
Size, Inch Size, Inch

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0-18

0-33

0-40

0-55

3-30

4.3

4.4

4.3

4.4

4.4

1P6371
27082

1L2174
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1 x 3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

219
219
67
9B

123
123
123
331B

228
228
152
---

356
356
234
337B

219
219
219
14B

228
228
228
---

356
356
356
348B

228
228
228
---

123
123
123
---

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

219
219
67
11B

123
123
123
333B

228
228
152
---

356
356
234
339B

219
219
219
16B

228
228
228
---

356
356
356
350B

228
228
228
353B

123
123
123
---

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

67
67
34
335B

25
25
25
334B

72
72
72
---

129
129
117
340B

67
67
67
341B

72
72
72
---

129
129
129
351B

72
72
72
---

25
25
25
---

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. when ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Fisher, Fisher-Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better are marks


owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
January 1996
Page C-76.13

Design CV500 with Type 1052 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push-Down-to-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Size,
Inch

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0-18
3.5

Size 70

0-33
3.7

6.8

3.5

0-40
7

6.8

3-15

3-30

0-33

0-40

0-55

3-30

3.7

10.1

10.1

10.1

10.1

1N9373 1K1627 1P2702 1N9373 1K1628 1P2702 1K1628 1K1627 1K1628 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760
27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
3

1x
3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

589
589
253
---

600
600
366
17B

600
600
222
---

589
589
366
---

600
600
366
22B

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

23
23
23
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

589
589
253
---

600
600
433
19B

600
600
222
---

589
589
589
---

600
600
600
24B

600
600
600
---

600
600
600
---

23
23
23
---

600
600
409
---

600
600
600
---

600
600
600
---

600
600
600
---

600
600
390
---

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

233
233
127
---

252
252
127
20B

532
532
127
---

233
233
127
385B

550
550
127
25B

532
532
127
---

550
550
127
31B

---------

280
280
127
---

600
600
127
250B

600
600
127
254B

600
600
127
258B

600
600
127
---

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

19
19
19
---

25
25
25
20B

123
123
71
---

19
19
19
385B

130
130
71
25B

123
123
71
---

130
130
71
31B

---------

35
35
35
---

253
253
71
250B

253
253
71
254B

253
253
71
258B

150
150
71
---

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

19
19
19
---

25
25
25
21B

123
123
63
---

19
19
19
386B

130
130
130
26B

123
123
123
---

130
130
130
32B

---------

35
35
35
---

253
253
188
251B

253
253
253
255B

253
253
253
259B

150
150
110
---

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

---------

12
12
12
21B

58
58
25
---

---------

61
61
61
26B

58
58
58
---

61
61
61
32B

---------

17
17
17
---

118
118
74
251B

118
118
118
255B

118
118
118
259B

70
70
43
---

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

---------

---------

17
17
11
---

---------

19
19
19
---

17
17
17
---

19
19
19
---

---------

---------

50
50
34
608B

50
50
50
614B

50
50
50
616B

24
24
20
---

12

2-1/8 x
2(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

---------

---------

---------

---------

---------

---------

---------

---------

---------

24
24
19
609B

24
24
24
---

24
24
24
---

---------

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. when ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
January 1996
Page C-76.14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with Type 1052 Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
Push-Down-to-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Size 33
Body Size, Shaft Size,
Inch
Inch

1x

3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0-18

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

0-33

0-40

0-55

3.0

2.7

3.0

4.9

3.5

6.3

3.0

3-30
3.0

10B1523
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1525
X012

10B1524
X012

10B1525
X012

59
59
59
1189A

128
128
41
---

233
233
59
---

309
309
76
1195A

393
393
66
1198A

600
600
102
1200A

233
233
17
---

37
37
24
---

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. when ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 40
Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0-18
3

0-33
3

0-40
4.3

0-55

315

3.5

330
3

4.3

1P6371 1L2174 1N8440 1L2173 1P6371 1N8440 1L2173 1N8440 1L2174 1L2173 1P6371 1N8440
27082 27042 27082 27042 27082 27082 27042 27082
27042 27042 27082 27082
3

1 x 3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

99
99
99
58A

291
291
121
432A

222
222
153
436A

600
600
141
---

600
600
171
63A

600
600
153
441A

600
600
141
---

600
600
171
446A

108
108
29
---

419
419
52
---

600
600
81
---

34
34
34
---

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

99
99
99
60A

291
291
121
433A

222
222
153
438A

600
600
141
---

600
600
171
65A

600
600
153
442A

600
600
141
444A

600
600
171
448A

108
108
29
---

419
419
52
---

600
600
81
---

34
34
34
---

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

18
18
18
---

104
104
60
434A

73
73
73
439A

246
246
70
---

381
381
85
435A

265
265
77
443A

438
438
71
445A

600
600
85
449A

22
22
15
---

162
162
26
---

299
299
41
---

---------

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

---------

---------

---------

16
16
16
---

63
63
48
435A

23
23
23
443A

82
82
40
445A

159
159
48
449A

---------

---------

34
34
23
---

---------

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. when ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Fisher, Fisher-Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better are marks


owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
January 1996
Page C-76.15

Design CV500 with Type 1052 Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
Push-Down-to-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Size,
Inch

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0-18
3

0-33
3

Size 70

0-40
3.5

3-15
3.1

3-30
3

3.5

0-33

0-40

0-55

3-30

3.3

10.1

1N9373 1K1627 1K1628 1P2702 1N9373 1P2702 1K1628 1K1627 1P2702 1K1628 1N9373 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760
27082 27082 27082 27042 27082 27042 27082 27082 27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082

1x
3/4(2)

424
0
424
10
80
329
FS Number(3) 450A

600
600
310
66A

600
600
362
---

600
600
366
454A

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

468
468
84
---

340
340
174
---

600
600
136
---

600
600
147
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
140
---

424
0
424
10
80
329
FS Number(3) 452A

600
600
310
68A

600
600
362
458A

600
600
400
456A

600
600
372
---

600
600
400
464A

600
600
372
---

468
468
84
---

340
340
174
---

600
600
136
---

600
600
147
---

600
600
422
---

600
600
451
---

600
600
600
---

600
600
140
---

164
0
164
10
11/4
80
164
(3)
FS Number
453A

407
407
165
69A

600
600
165
459A

347
347
165
457A

600
600
165
74A

600
600
165
465A

600
600
165
81A

184
184
165
---

126
126
126
---

600
600
165
---

600
600
165
---

600
600
165
262A

600
600
165
266A

600
600
165
270A

600
600
165
---

11/2 x
11/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

---------

72
72
72
69A

226
226
93
459A

51
51
51
457A

356
356
93
74A

231
231
93
465A

402
402
93
81A

---------

---------

149
149
93
---

279
279
93
---

345
345
93
262A

578
578
93
266A

600
600
93
270A

240
240
93
---

11/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

---------

72
72
72
70A

226
226
102
460A

51
51
51
474A

356
356
105
75A

231
231
113
466A

402
402
105
82A

---------

---------

149
149
38
---

279
279
41
---

345
345
119
263A

578
578
127
267A

600
600
311
271A

240
240
39
---

0
10
11/2
80
FS Number(3)

---------

31
31
31
70A

99
99
40
460A

22
22
22
474A

155
155
41
75A

101
101
44
466A

175
175
41
82A

---------

---------

65
65
15
---

122
122
16
---

151
151
47
263A

252
252
50
267A

360
360
122
271A

105
105
15
---

10

13/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

---------

---------

43
43
18
---

---------

75
75
19
619A

44
44
20
---

86
86
19
622A

---------

---------

23
23
7
---

56
56
7
---

72
72
21
623A

130
130
23
625A

196
196
56
627A

46
46
7
---

12

21/2
x 2(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

---------

---------

25
25
10
---

---------

45
45
11
---

26
26
12
---

52
52
11
---

---------

---------

14
14
4
---

33
33
4
---

43
43
12
---

79
79
13
626A

120
120
32
628A

28
28
4
---

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. when ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C-76.16

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with Type 1052 Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
Push-Down-to-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body Size,
Inch

Shaft Size,
Inch

Size 33

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0-18

0-33

3.7

4.9

6.3

4.9

3-30

0-40

0-55

6.3

6.3

6.3

10B1523X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1524X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012 10B1525X012


1 x 3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

37
37
37
1152B

77
77
22
1152B

128
128
103
---

76
76
76
1158B

34
34
34
---

128
128
128
1163B

128
128
128
1165B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. when ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 40
Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Size,
Inch

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0-18

0-33

0-40

0-55

3-30

4.3

4.4

4.3

4.4

4.4

4.4

4.3

1P6371
27082

1L2174
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1P6371
27082

1 x 3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

271
271
67
9B

167
167
167
331B

281
281
152
---

419
419
234
337B

271
271
271
14B

281
281
281
---

419
419
366
348B

281
281
281
---

167
167
159
---

30
30
30
---

20
20
20
---

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

271
271
67
11B

167
167
167
333B

281
281
152
---

419
419
234
339B

271
271
271
16B

281
281
281
---

419
419
410
350B

281
281
281
353B

167
167
159
---

30
30
30
---

20
20
20
---

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

95
95
34
335B

49
49
49
334B

100
100
76
---

162
162
117
340B

95
95
95
341B

100
100
100
---

162
162
162
351B

100
100
100
---

49
49
49
---

---------

---------

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. when ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Fisher, Fisher-Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better are marks


owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
January 1996
Page C-76.17

Design CV500 with Type 1052 Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
Push-Down-to-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Size,
Inch

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0-18
3.5

0-33
3.7

6.8

3.5

Size 70
0-40

6.8

3-15
7

3.7

3-30
3.5

0-33

0-44

0-55

3-30

10.1

10.1

10.1

10.1

1N9373 1K1628 1P2702 1N9373 1K1628 1P2702 1K1628 1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760
27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
3

1x
3/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

600
600
253
---

600
600
366
17B

600
600
222
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
22B

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

59
59
59
---

15
15
15
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

600
600
253
---

600
600
433
19B

600
600
222
---

600
600
600
---

600
600
600
24B

600
600
600
---

600
600
600
---

59
59
59
---

15
15
15
---

600
600
409
---

600
600
600
---

600
600
600
---

600
600
600
---

600
600
390
---

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

274
274
127
---

294
294
127
20B

597
597
127
---

274
274
127
385B

600
600
127
25B

597
597
127
---

600
600
127
31B

---------

---------

325
325
127
---

600
600
127
250B

600
600
127
254B

600
600
127
258B

600
600
127
---

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(2)

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

26
26
26
---

33
33
33
20B

137
137
71
---

26
26
26
385B

144
144
71
25B

137
137
71
---

144
144
71
31B

---------

---------

44
44
44
---

276
276
71
250B

276
276
71
254B

276
276
71
258B

166
166
71
---

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

26
26
26
---

33
33
33
21B

137
137
63
---

26
26
26
386B

144
144
144
26B

137
137
137
---

144
144
144
32B

---------

---------

44
44
44
---

276
276
188
251B

276
276
276
255B

276
276
276
259B

166
166
110
---

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

11
11
11
---

14
14
14
21B

60
60
25
---

11
11
11
386B

63
63
63
26B

60
60
60
---

63
63
63
32B

---------

---------

19
19
19
---

120
120
74
251B

120
120
120
255B

120
120
120
259B

73
73
43
---

10

0
10
1-3/4
80
FS Number(3)

---------

---------

21
21
11
---

---------

22
22
22
---

21
21
21
---

22
22
22
---

---------

---------

---------

55
55
34
608B

55
55
55
614B

55
55
55
616B

28
28
20
---

0
10
80
FS Number(3)

---------

---------

12
12
6
---

---------

13
13
13
---

12
12
12
---

13
13
13
---

---------

---------

---------

33
33
19
609B

33
33
33
---

33
33
33
---

16
16
11
---

12

2-1/8 x
2(2)

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. when ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 and 1052K for all other sizes. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C-76.18

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with Type 1061 Actuator


440C Bearings
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(1)
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Body
Size,
Inch

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(2)

Shaft
Size,
Inch

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60

80

100

60

80

100

120

60

80

100

60

80

1x
3/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

571
571
300
103B

600
600
366
103B

600
600
366
103B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

571
571
300
115B

600
600
400
115B

600
600
500
115B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600
---

600
600
600
---

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

225
225
150
105B

327
327
200
105B

429
429
250
105B

532
532
300
108B

600
600
400
108B

600
600
500
108B

600
600
600
108B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
202B

600
600
600
202B

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

16
16
16
105B

52
52
52
105B

88
88
88
105B

123
123
123
108B

195
195
195
108B

266
266
266
108B

338
338
338
108B

338
338
338
112B

480
480
450
112B

600
600
476
112B

595
595
476
202B

600
600
476
202B

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

16
16
16
---

52
52
52
---

88
88
88
---

123
123
123
109B

195
195
195
109B

266
266
266
109B

338
338
338
109B

338
338
338
113B

480
480
450
113B

600
600
563
113B

595
595
539
203B

600
600
583
203B

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

---------

24
24
24
---

41
41
41
---

58
58
58
109B

91
91
88
109B

124
124
110
109B

158
158
133
109B

158
158
133
113B

224
224
177
113B

291
291
221
113B

278
278
211
203B

350
350
229
203B

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

---------

---------

---------

17
17
17
121B

35
35
35
121B

53
53
51
121B

72
72
61
121B

72
72
61
123B

108
108
81
123B

144
144
101
123B

137
137
97
211B

195
195
129
211B

12

2-1/8 x
2(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

---------

---------

---------

---------

15
15
15
122B

27
27
27
122B

38
38
35
122B

38
38
35
124B

61
61
46
124B

83
83
58
124B

79
79
55
212B

115
115
74
212B

Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

1. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number
2.At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610P positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
5. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68 or 1061-for size 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Fisher, Fisher-Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better are marks


owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
January 1996
Page C-76.19

Design CV500 with Type 1061 Actuator


440C Bearings
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(1)
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Body Size, Shaft Size,
Inch
Inch

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60

80

100

120

60

80

100

120

290
290
181
234B

390
390
205
234B

390
390
205
234B

390
390
205
234B

390
390
205
237B

390
390
205
237B

390
390
205
237B

390
390
205
237B

Size 80

Size 100

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

12

2-1/8 x 2(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

174
174
104
235B

237
237
117
235B

237
237
117
235B

237
237
117
235B

237
237
117
238B

237
237
117
238B

237
237
117
238B

237
237
117
238B

12

2-1/8

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

174
174
104
250B

243
243
138
250B

311
311
173
250B

379
379
207
250B

277
277
156
251B

379
379
207
251B

400
400
259
251B

400
400
277
251B

1. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number
2.At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610P positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
5. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68 or 1061-for size 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C-76.20

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1061 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push Down to Open or Push Down to Close(1)

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

SIZE 30

SIZE 30

SIZE 30

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 40

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 60

SIZE 68

60

80

100

60

80

100

120

60

80

100

60

80

1X
3/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

571
571
300
103B

600
600
366
103B

600
600
366
103B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
366

600
600
366

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

571
571
300
115B

600
600
400
115B

600
600
500
115B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600

600
600
600

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

225
225
150
105B

327
327
200
105B

429
429
250
105B

532
532
300
108B

600
600
400
108B

600
600
500
108B

600
600
600
108B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
202B

600
600
600
202B

1-1/2 X
1-1/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

16
16
16
105B

52
52
52
105B

88
88
88
105B

123
123
123
108B

195
195
195
108B

266
266
266
108B

338
338
338
108B

338
338
338
112B

480
480
450
112B

600
600
476
112B

595
595
476
202B

600
600
476
202B

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

16
16
16

52
52
52

88
88
88

123
123
123
109B

195
195
195
109B

266
266
266
109B

338
338
338
109B

338
338
338
113B

480
480
450
113B

600
600
563
113B

595
595
539
203B

600
600
583
203B

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

24
24
24

41
41
41

58
58
58
109B

91
91
88
109B

124
124
110
109B

158
158
133
109B

158
158
133
113B

220
220
177
113B

220
220
220
113B

220
220
211
203B

220
220
220
203B

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

17
17
17
121B

35
35
35
121B

53
53
51
121B

72
72
61
121B

72
72
61
123B

108
108
81
123B

144
144
101
123B

137
137
97
211B

195
195
129
211B

2-1/8 X
2(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

122B

15
15
15
122B

27
27
27
122B

38
38
35
122B

38
38
35
124B

61
61
46
124B

83
83
58
124B

79
79
55
212B

115
115
74
212B

SIZE 68

1. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
2. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
5. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K for sizes 30 through 68 or 1061 for size 80 and 100. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

June 1992
Page C 76.21

Design CV500 with 1061 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
PushDowntoOpen or PushDowntoClose(1)

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow


Body
Size,
Inches

10

12

12

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
1-3/4
80
FS Number(5)
0
2-1/8 X
10
2(4)
80
FS Number(5)
0
10
2-1/8
80
FS Number(5)

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)


SIZE 80

SIZE 80

SIZE 80

SIZE 80

SIZE 100

SIZE 100

SIZE 100

SIZE 100

60

80

100

120

60

80

100

120

290
290
181
234B
174
174
104
235B
174
174
104
250B

390
390
205
234B
237
237
117
235B
243
243
138
250B

390
390
205
234B
237
237
117
235B
311
311
173
250B

390
390
205
234B
237
237
117
235B
379
379
207
250B

390
390
205
237B
237
237
117
238B
277
277
156
251B

390
390
205
237B
237
237
117
238B
379
379
207
251B

390
390
205
237B
237
237
117
238B
400
400
259
251B

390
390
205
237B
237
237
117
238B
400
400
277
251B

1. If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
2. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
5. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K for sizes 30 through 68 or 1061 for size 80 and 100. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.22

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with Type 1061 Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(1)
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Body
Size,
Inch

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Shaft
Size,
Inch

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60

80

100

60

80

100

120

60

80

100

60

80

1x
3/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

600
600
300
103B

600
600
366
103B

600
600
366
103B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
135B

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

600
600
366
---

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

600
600
300
115B

600
600
400
115B

600
600
500
115B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
117B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600
119B

600
600
600
119B

1-1/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

265
265
150
105B

376
376
200
105B

487
487
250
105B

597
597
300
108B

600
600
400
108B

600
600
500
108B

600
600
600
108B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
112B

600
600
600
112B

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

23
23
23
105B

61
61
61
105B

99
99
99
105B

137
137
137
108B

214
214
214
108B

290
290
282
108B

366
366
338
108B

366
366
338
112B

519
519
450
112B

600
600
476
112B

600
600
475
112B

600
600
476
112B

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

23
23
23
---

61
61
61
---

99
99
99
---

137
137
137
109B

214
214
214
109B

290
290
282
109B

366
366
338
109B

366
366
338
113B

519
519
450
113B

600
600
563
113B

600
600
539
113B

600
600
583
113B

1-1/2

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

10
10
10
---

27
27
27
---

43
43
43
---

60
60
60
109B

93
93
88
109B

127
127
110
109B

160
160
133
109B

160
160
133
113B

227
227
177
113B

293
293
221
113B

280
280
211
113B

350
350
229
113B

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

---------

---------

11
11
11
---

21
21
21
121B

40
40
40
121B

58
58
51
121B

77
77
61
121B

77
77
61
123B

115
115
81
123B

153
153
101
123B

145
145
97
123B

206
206
129
1123B

12

2-1/8 x
2(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

---------

---------

---------

12
12
12
122B

23
23
23
122B

35
35
29
122B

47
47
35
122B

47
47
35
124B

70
70
46
124B

93
93
58
124B

89
89
55
124B

126
126
74
124B

Size 40

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

1. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number
2.At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610P positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
5. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68 or 1061-for size 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degrees rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Fisher, Fisher-Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better are marks


owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
January 1996
Page C-76.23

Design CV500 with Type 1061 Actuator


440C Bearings
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(1)

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow


Body Size, Shaft Size,
Inch
Inch

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60

80

100

120

60

80

100

120

304
304
181
234B

400
400
205
234B

400
400
205
234B

400
400
205
234B

400
400
205
237B

400
400
205
237B

400
400
205
237B

400
400
205
237B

Size 80

Size 100

10

1-3/4

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

12

2-1/8 x 2(4)

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

186
186
104
235B

251
251
117
235B

251
251
117
235B

251
251
117
235B

251
251
117
238B

251
251
117
238B

251
251
117
238B

251
251
117
238B

12

2-1/8

0
10
80
FS Number(5)

186
186
104
250B

256
256
138
250B

326
326
173
250B

396
396
207
250B

291
291
156
251B

396
396
207
251B

400
400
259
251B

400
400
277
251B

1. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number
2.At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a Type 3610P positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used, supply
pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure shown above.
4. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
5. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 1061K- for sizes 30 through 68 or 1061-for size 80 and 100. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C-76.24

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1066 Actuator


440C Bearings
Push Down to Open or Push Down to Close(1)

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(3)

1.
2.
3.
4.

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 27

SIZE 27

40

60

80

100

120

40

50

60

0
10
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
80
FS Number(4)

251
251
160
3B
251
251
160
4B

434
434
240
3B
434
434
240
4B

600
600
320
3B
600
600
320
4B

600
600
366
3B
600
600
400
4B

600
600
366
3B
600
600
480
4B

600
600
318
46B
600
600
318
47B

600
600
366
46B
600
600
397
47B

600
600
366
46B
600
600
477
47B

SIZE 27

If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Body
Size,
Inches

8
1.
2.
3.
4.

Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
1X
10
3/4(2)
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
11/4
80
FS Number(4)
0
11/2 X
10
11/4(3)
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
11/2
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
11/2
80
FS Number(4)

Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston


SIZE 75

SIZE 75

SIZE 75

SIZE 75

SIZE 75

40

60

80

100

120

251
251
160
5B
251
251
160
6B
82
82
80
7B

434
434
240
5B
434
434
240
6B
164
164
120
7B

600
600
320
5B
600
600
320
6B
245
245
160
7B
23
23
23
7B
23
23
23
8B
11
11
11
8B

600
600
366
5B
600
600
400
6B
327
327
200
7B
52
52
52
7B
52
52
52
8B
24
24
24
8B

600
600
366
5B
600
600
480
6B
409
409
240
7B
80
80
80
7B
80
80
80
8B
38
38
38
8B

If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

June 1992
Page C 76.25

Design CV500 with 1066 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
PushDowntoOpen or PushDowntoClose(1)

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(3)

1.
2.
3.
4.

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 27

SIZE 27

40

60

80

100

120

40

50

60

0
10
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
80
FS Number(4)

251
251
160
3B
251
251
160
4B

434
434
240
3B
434
434
240
4B

600
600
320
3B
600
600
320
4B

600
600
366
3B
600
600
400
4B

600
600
366
3B
600
600
480
4B

600
600
318
46B
600
600
318
47B

600
600
366
46B
600
600
397
47B

600
600
366
46B
600
600
477
47B

SIZE 27

If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Body
Size,
Inches

8
1.
2.
3.
4.

Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
1X
10
3/4(3)
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
11/4
80
FS Number(4)
0
11/2 X
10
11/4(3)
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
11/2
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
11/2
80
FS Number(4)

Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston


SIZE 75

SIZE 75

SIZE 75

SIZE 75

SIZE 75

40

60

80

100

120

251
251
160
5B
251
251
160
6B
82
82
80
7B

434
434
240
5B
434
434
240
6B
164
164
120
7B

600
600
320
5B
600
600
320
6B
245
245
160
7B
23
23
23
7B
23
23
23
8B
11
11
11
8B

600
600
366
5B
600
600
400
6B
327
327
200
7B
52
52
52
7B
52
52
52
8B
24
24
24
8B

600
600
366
5B
600
600
480
6B
409
409
240
7B
80
80
80
7B
80
80
80
8B
38
38
38
8B

If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.26

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1066 Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
Push Down to Open or Push Down to Close(1)

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(3)

1.
2.
3.
4.

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 20

SIZE 27

SIZE 27

40

60

80

100

120

40

50

60

0
10
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
80
FS Number(4)

305
305
160
3B
305
305
160
4B

502
502
240
3B
502
502
240
4B

600
600
320
3B
600
600
320
4B

600
600
366
3B
600
600
400
4B

600
600
366
3B
600
600
480
4B

600
600
318
46B
600
600
318
47B

600
600
366
46B
600
600
397
47B

600
600
366
46B
600
600
477
47B

SIZE 27

If the push down to close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066 . Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Body
Size,
Inches

8
1.
2.
3.
4.

Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
1X
10
3/4(3)
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(4)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(3)
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(4)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(4)

Actuator Size and Supply Pressure to Piston


SIZE 75

SIZE 75

SIZE 75

SIZE 75

SIZE 75

40

60

80

100

120

305
305
160
5B
305
305
160
6B
111
111
80
7B

502
502
240
5B
502
502
240
6B
199
199
120
7B

600
600
320
5B
600
600
320
6B
288
288
160
7B
31
31
31
7B
31
31
31
8B
13
13
13
8B

600
600
366
5B
600
600
400
6B
376
376
200
7B
61
61
61
7B
61
61
61
8B
27
27
27
8B

600
600
366
5B
600
600
480
6B
465
465
240
7B
92
92
92
7B
92
92
92
8B
40
40
40
8B

If the pushdowntoclose construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

June 1992
Page C 76.27

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings
PushDowntoClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 20
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

120

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

41
41
41
103A
41
41
41
104A

137
137
72
103A
137
137
72
104A

333
333
72
103A
333
333
72
104A

132
132
116
107A
132
132
116
108A

371
371
72
103A
371
371
72
104A

329
329
116
107A
329
329
116
108A

371
371
72
103A
371
371
72
104A

371
371
116
107A
371
371
116
108A

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 27
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

215
215
153
111A
215
215
153
112A

402
402
153
111A
402
402
153
112A

600
600
153
111A
600
600
153
112A

406
406
245
115A
406
406
245
116A

600
600
245
115A
600
600
245
116A

539
539
307
119A
539
539
307
120A

600
600
307
119A
600
600
307
120A

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.28

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings
Push Down to Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(3)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(2)
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
1X
3/4(2)

Size 75
50

60

80

80

100

100

100

120

120

120

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

475
475
286
121A
475
475
286
122A
182
182
143
123A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
350
350
143
123A
60
60
60
123A
60
60
60
124A
28
28
28
124A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
600
600
143
123A
178
178
81
123A
178
178
81
124A
83
83
32
124A

600
600
366
125A
600
600
457
126A
344
344
228
127A
58
58
58
127A
58
58
58
128A
27
27
27
128A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
600
600
143
123A
185
185
81
123A
185
185
81
124A
138
138
32
124A

600
600
366
125A
600
600
457
126A
600
600
228
127A
175
175
129
127A
175
175
129
128A
82
82
50
128A

600
600
366
129A
600
600
572
130A
448
448
286
131A
94
94
94
131A
94
94
94
132A
44
44
44
132A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
600
600
143
123A
185
185
81
123A
185
185
81
124A
182
182
32
124A

600
600
366
125A
600
600
457
126A
600
600
228
127A
292
292
129
127A
292
292
129
128A
136
136
50
128A

600
600
366
129A
600
600
572
130A
600
600
286
131A
211
211
161
131A
211
211
161
132A
99
99
63
132A

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

June 1992
Page C 76.29

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings
PushDowntoOpen

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 20
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

120

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

128
128
116
107B
128
128
116
108B

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

128
128
128
107B
128
128
128
108B

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

37
37
37
107B
37
37
37
108B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 27
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

215
215
150
111B
215
215
150
112B

215
215
215
111B
215
215
215
112B

215
215
215
111B
215
215
215
112B

215
215
215
115B
215
215
215
116B

215
215
215
115B
215
215
215
116B

215
215
215
119B
215
215
215
120B

215
215
215
119B
215
215
215
120B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.30

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings
Push Down to Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(3)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(2)
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
1X
3/4(2)

Size 75
50

60

80

80

100

100

100

120

120

120

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

479
479
328
121B
479
479
328
122B
184
184
164
123B

479
479
366
121B
479
479
434
122B
184
184
184
123B

479
479
366
121B
479
479
479
122B
184
184
184
123B

600
600
366
125B
600
600
441
126B
344
344
221
127B
58
58
58
127B
58
58
58
128B
27
27
27
128B

479
479
366
121B
479
479
479
122B
184
184
184
123B

600
600
366
125B
600
600
600
126B
344
344
344
127B
58
58
58
127B
58
58
58
128B
27
27
27
128B

600
600
366
129B
600
600
548
130B
452
452
274
131B
95
95
95
131B
95
95
95
132B
45
45
45
132B

479
479
366
121B
479
479
479
122B
184
184
184
123B

600
600
366
125B
600
600
600
126B
344
344
344
127B
58
58
58
127B
58
58
58
128B
27
27
27
128B

600
600
366
129B
600
600
600
130B
452
452
434
131B
95
95
95
131B
95
95
95
132B
45
45
45
132B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

June 1992
Page C 76.31

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
PushDowntoClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 20
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

120

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

41
41
41
103A
41
41
41
104A

137
137
72
103A
137
137
72
104A

333
333
72
103A
333
333
72
104A

132
132
116
107A
132
132
116
108A

371
371
72
103A
371
371
72
104A

329
329
116
107A
329
329
116
108A

371
371
72
103A
371
371
72
104A

371
371
116
107A
371
371
116
108A

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 27
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

215
215
153
111A
215
215
153
112A

402
402
153
111A
402
402
153
112A

600
600
153
111A
600
600
153
112A

406
406
245
115A
406
406
245
116A

600
600
245
115A
600
600
245
116A

539
539
307
119A
539
539
307
120A

600
600
307
119A
600
600
307
120A

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.32

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push Down to Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(3)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(2)
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
1X
3/4(2)

Size 75
50

60

80

80

100

100

100

120

120

120

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

475
475
286
121A
475
475
286
122A
182
182
143
123A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
350
350
143
123A
60
60
60
123A
60
60
60
124A
28
28
28
124A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
600
600
143
123A
178
178
81
123A
178
178
81
124A
83
83
32
124A

600
600
366
125A
600
600
457
126A
344
344
228
127A
58
58
58
127A
58
58
58
128A
27
27
27
128A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
600
600
143
123A
185
185
81
123A
185
185
81
124A
138
138
32
124A

600
600
366
125A
600
600
457
126A
600
600
228
127A
175
175
129
127A
175
175
129
128A
82
82
50
128A

600
600
366
129A
600
600
572
130A
448
448
286
131A
94
94
94
131A
94
94
94
132A
44
44
44
132A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
600
600
143
123A
185
185
81
123A
185
185
81
124A
182
182
32
124A

600
600
366
125A
600
600
457
126A
600
600
228
127A
292
292
129
127A
292
292
129
128A
136
136
50
128A

600
600
366
129A
600
600
572
130A
600
600
286
131A
211
211
161
131A
211
211
161
132A
99
99
63
132A

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066 . Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

June 1992
Page C 76.33

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push Down to Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 20
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

120

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

128
128
116
107B
128
128
116
108B

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

128
128
128
107B
128
128
128
108B

37
37
37
103B
37
37
37
104B

37
37
37
107B
37
37
37
108B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066 . Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 27
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

215
215
150
111B
215
215
150
112B

215
215
215
111B
215
215
215
112B

215
215
215
111B
215
215
215
112B

215
215
215
115B
215
215
215
116B

215
215
215
115B
215
215
215
116B

215
215
215
119B
215
215
215
120B

215
215
215
119B
215
215
215
120B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066 . Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C 76.34

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings
Push Down to Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(3)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(2)
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
1X
3/4(2)

Size 75
50

60

80

80

100

100

100

120

120

120

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

479
479
328
121B
479
479
328
122B
184
184
164
123B

479
479
366
121B
479
479
434
122B
184
184
184
123B

479
479
366
121B
479
479
479
122B
184
184
184
123B

600
600
366
125B
600
600
441
126B
344
344
221
127B
58
58
58
127B
58
58
58
128B
27
27
27
128B

479
479
366
121B
479
479
479
122B
184
184
184
123B

600
600
366
125B
600
600
600
126B
344
344
344
127B
58
58
58
127B
58
58
58
128B
27
27
27
128B

600
600
366
129B
600
600
548
130B
452
452
274
131B
95
95
95
131B
95
95
95
132B
45
45
45
132B

479
479
366
121B
479
479
479
122B
184
184
184
123B

600
600
366
125B
600
600
600
126B
344
344
344
127B
58
58
58
127B
58
58
58
129B
27
27
27
128B

600
600
366
129B
600
600
600
130B
452
452
434
131B
95
95
95
131B
95
95
95
132B
45
45
45
132B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

June 1992
Page C 76.35

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
PushDowntoClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 20
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

120

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

79
79
72
103A
79
79
79
104A

182
182
72
103A
182
182
72
104A

394
394
72
103A
394
394
72
104A

177
177
116
107A
177
177
116
108A

600
600
72
103A
600
600
72
104A

389
389
116
107A
389
389
116
108A

600
600
72
103A
600
600
72
104A

600
600
116
107A
600
600
116
108A

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 27
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

266
266
153
111A
266
266
153
112A

468
468
153
111A
468
468
153
112A

600
600
153
111A
600
600
153
112A

473
473
245
115A
473
473
245
116A

600
600
245
115A
600
600
245
116A

600
600
307
119A
600
600
307
120A

600
600
307
119A
600
600
307
120A

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.36

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
Push Down to Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(3)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(2)
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
1X
3/4(2)

Size 75
50

60

80

80

100

100

100

120

120

120

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

547
547
286
121A
547
547
286
122A
219
219
143
123A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
400
400
143
123A
69
69
69
123A
69
69
69
124A
30
30
30
124A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
600
600
143
123A
195
195
81
123A
195
195
81
124A
85
85
32
124A

600
600
366
125A
600
600
457
126A
394
394
228
127A
67
67
67
127A
67
67
67
128A
29
29
29
128A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
600
600
143
123A
321
321
81
123A
321
321
81
124A
140
140
32
124A

600
600
366
125A
600
600
457
126A
600
600
228
127A
192
192
129
127A
192
192
129
128A
84
84
50
128A

600
600
366
129A
600
600
572
130A
507
507
286
131A
106
106
106
131A
106
106
106
132A
46
46
46
132A

600
600
286
121A
600
600
286
122A
600
600
143
123A
446
446
81
123A
446
446
81
124A
195
195
32
124A

600
600
366
125A
600
600
457
126A
600
600
228
127A
318
318
129
127A
318
318
129
128A
139
139
50
128A

600
600
366
129A
600
600
572
130A
600
600
286
131A
231
231
161
131A
231
231
161
132A
101
101
63
132A

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

June 1992
Page C 76.37

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
PushDowntoOpen

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 20
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

120

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

74
74
72
103B
74
74
72
104B

74
74
74
103B
74
74
74
104B

74
74
74
103B
74
74
74
104B

172
172
116
107B
172
172
116
108B

74
74
74
103B
74
74
74
104B

172
172
172
107B
172
172
172
108B

74
74
74
103B
74
74
74
104B

74
74
74
107B
74
74
74
108B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

1X
3/4(2)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
80
FS Number(3)

Size 27
50

60

80

80

100

100

120

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

266
266
150
111B
266
266
150
112B

266
266
231
111B
266
266
231
112B

266
266
266
111B
266
266
266
112B

266
266
240
115B
266
266
240
116B

266
266
266
115B
266
266
266
116B

266
266
266
119B
266
266
266
120B

266
266
266
119B
266
266
266
120B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C76.38

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Design CV500 with 1066SR Actuator


PTFE/Composition Bearings
Push Down to Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
10
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/4
80
FS Number(3)
0
1-1/2 X
10
1-1/4(2)
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
0
10
1-1/2
80
FS Number(3)
1X
3/4(2)

Size 75
50

60

80

80

100

100

100

120

120

120

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

552
552
328
121B
552
552
328
122B
221
221
164
123B

552
552
366
121B
552
552
434
122B
221
221
217
123B

552
552
366
121B
552
552
552
122B
221
221
221
123B

600
600
366
125B
600
600
441
126B
394
394
221
127B
67
67
67
127B
67
67
67
128B
29
29
29
128B

552
552
366
121B
552
552
552
122B
221
221
221
123B

600
600
366
125B
600
600
600
126B
394
394
381
127B
67
67
67
127B
67
67
67
128B
29
29
29
128B

600
600
366
129B
600
600
548
130B
511
511
274
131B
108
108
108
131B
108
108
108
132B
47
47
47
132B

552
552
366
121B
552
552
552
122B
221
221
221
123B

600
600
366
125B
600
600
600
126B
394
394
394
127B
67
67
67
127B
67
67
67
128B
29
29
29
128B

600
600
366
129B
600
600
600
130B
511
511
434
131B
108
108
108
131B
108
108
108
132B
47
47
47
132B

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 10 or 80 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Note: The Design CV500 valve can be used for 90 degree maximum rotation. Peak dynamic torque occurs at 80 degrees.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1992;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
June 1992
Page C 76.39/C 76.40

Design eplugt complete


Catalog 14
July 2004 - Page C-77

Push-Down-To-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P) for Reverse Flow(1)


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and
Spring Part Number
Valve Size,
Inch

Spline Shaft
Size, Inches

Port Sizes

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees(2)

Size 20

Size 33

Size 40

Size 60

Size 60

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

7.7

9.7

9.2

10.4

7.7

60 degree maximum rotation(4)


16A4659

10B1525

1N8440

1P2702

1P2702

0
60

740
740

-----

-----

-----

-----

0.5

Full and
Reduced

1.5

0.625

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

740
740

-----

-----

-----

0.625

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

740 / 600(3)
740 / 600

-----

-----

-----

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

-----

740 / 600(3)
180

-----

-----

1.25

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

-----

600
110

-----

-----

1.5

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

-----

-----

500 / 300(3)
85

-----

1.5

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

-----

-----

-----

300 / 220(3)
75

1. The maximum allowable pressure drop is shown at 0 degrees. Flow direction is reverse only. The maximum allowable values are based on shaft/bearing limits or available actuator
torque or ANSI Class 300 ceiling.
2. At 0 degrees, do not exceed the shutoff pressure drops shown. At 60 degrees use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
3. Second value shown is applicable when Alloy 6 bushings are specified.
4. Valve travel is 0 to 60 degrees. Actuator sizes 20 and 33 travel must be set for 0 to 60 degrees. Sizes 40 and 60 will include fixed stops for 0-60 degrees.

Fisher Controls International, Inc. 2004; All Rights Reserved Printed in USA

Design eplugt complete


Catalog 14

Push-Down-To-Close

July 2004 - Page C-78 through 116

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P) for Reverse Flow(1)


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and
Spring Part Number
Valve Size,
Inch

Spline Shaft
Size, Inches

Port Sizes

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees(2)

Size 20

Size 33

Size 40

Size 60

Size 60

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

0-33 psig

7.7

9.7

6.0

5.0

7.7

60 degree maximum rotation(4)


16A4659

10B1525

1N8440

1P2702

1P2702

0
60

740
740

-----

-----

-----

-----

0.5

Full and
Reduced

1.5

0.625

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

740
740

-----

-----

-----

0.625

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

740 / 600(3)
740 / 600

-----

-----

-----

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

-----

740 / 600(3)
244

-----

-----

1.25

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

-----

600
142

-----

-----

1.5

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

-----

-----

500 / 300(3)
111

-----

1.5

Full and
Reduced

0
60

-----

-----

-----

-----

300 / 220(3)
76

1. The maximum allowable pressure drop is shown at 0 degrees. Flow direction is reverse only. The maximum allowable values are based on shaft/bearing limits or available actuator
torque or ANSI Class 300 ceiling.
2. At 0 degrees, do not exceed the shutoff pressure drops shown. At 60 degrees use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
3. Second value shown is applicable when Alloy 6 bushings are specified.
4. Valve travel is 0 to 60 degrees. Actuator sizes 20 and 33 travel must be set for 0 to 60 degrees. Sizes 40 and 60 will include fixed stops for 0-60 degrees.

eplug and Fisher are marks owned by Fisher Controls International LLC, a member of the Emerson
Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co. The Emerson logo is a trademark and
service mark of Emerson Electric Co.
All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International, Inc. 2004; All Rights Reserved Printed in USA

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inch

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(4)
0
11/2(5)
70
FS Number(4)
0
2
70
FS Number(4)
0
3
70
FS Number(4)
0
4
70
FS Number(4)
0
6
70
FS Number(4)
0
8
70
FS Number(4)
0
10
70
FS Number(4)
0
12
70
FS Number(4)
1(5)

Size 33
18 Psig

Size 40

Size 60

18 Psig

33 Psig

40 Psig

55 Psig

18 Psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627 1K1628 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628


27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3)

740
740
46A
740
350
46A
290
290
53A
290
290
11A
290
63
11A
290
29
29A
290
19
150A
283
9
150A
-------

740
740
--740
350
--290
290
--290
290
126A
290
88
126A
290
41
128A
290
27
129A
67
13
129A
-------

740
740
--740
350
--290
290
--290
290
--290
88
--290
41
132A
290
27
133A
290
13
133A
-------

740
740
501A
740
341
501A
290
290
502A
-------------------------------------

740
562
504A
740
245
504A
290
290
505A
290
71
506A
270
15
506A
-------------------------

33 Psig

740
740
507A
740
350
507A
290
290
508A
290
130
509A
290
27
509A
-------------------------

740
740
45A
740
350
45A
290
290
49A
290
211
8A
290
44
8A
44
21
28A
-------------------

------------------290
290
48A
290
118
48A
290
68
31A
290
44
17A
28
21
17A
-------

33 Psig

------------------290
290
92A
290
118
92A
290
106
34A
290
72
26A
290
35
26A
-------

------------------290
290
--290
118
--290
73
135A
290
47
136A
290
23
136A
290
15
137A

40 Psig

------------------290
290
--290
118
--290
106
145A
290
72
146A
290
35
146A
290
23
147A

------------------290
290
--290
118
--290
76
--290
50
141A
290
24
141A
290
16
142A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number must be preceded by 1051-for size 33 or 1051K-for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
5. Values from Design V100 with Type 1051 Actuator published June 1991.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-117

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

740

740

740

70

733

740

740

FS Number(3)

501B

504B

740

70

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

18 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628


27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(2)

40 psig

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

507B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

320

350

350

350

350

350

350

350

---

---

---

---

FS Number(3)

501B

504B

507B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

FS Number(3)

502B

505B

508B

49B

53B

50B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

11/2

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
27042

33 psig

70

---

---

70

276

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(3)

---

---

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

---

---

---

58

118

74

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

72

183

183

183

290

290

290

290
106

70

---

---

---

---

69

34

63

106

64

106

106

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

29B

30B

128B

132B

31B

---

34B

---

---

---

---

---

---

44

44

44

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

22

41

44

41

129

71

122

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

125B

129B

133B

17B

136B

26B

146B
290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

183

150

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

62

34

59

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17B

136B

26B

146B

10

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

12

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-118

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

FS Number(4)

501A

504A

300

70

11/2

10

12

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

Size 60

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627 1K1628 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628


27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3)

40 psig

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

507A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

300

245

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

501A

504A

507A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

257

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

257

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

502A

505A

508A

49A

53A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

133

290

250

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

70

---

71

130

211

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

---

506A

509A

8A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A

---

---

---

---

51

250

151

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

---

15

27

44

63

88

88

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

---

506A

509A

8A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A

---

---

---

---

---

---

50

290

269

290

250

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

21

29

41

41

68

106

73

106

76

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

28A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A

135A

145A

--290

---

---

---

12

185

128

290

118

219

290

290

70

---

---

---

12

19

27

27

44

72

47

72

50

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

124A

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A
150

---

---

---

---

99

63

150

56

121

150

150

70

---

---

---

---

13

13

21

35

23

35

24

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A
130

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

28

112

96

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

23

15

23

16

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

18A

27A

137A

147A

142A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-118.1

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33

Size 40

18 psig

33 psig

18 psig

10B1523
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

FS Number(3)

501B

507B

300

70

Size 60
40 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

300

300

300

---

---

---

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

FS Number(3)

501B

507B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

FS Number(3)

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

---

---

---

---

---

52

162

284

290

290

290

290

290
290

11/2

33 psig

70

---

52

162

284

290

290

290

290

FS Number(3)

---

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

---

---

---

76

180

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

---

---

58

118

74

118

118

118

FS Number(3)

---

---

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

---

---

---

14

64

119

119

290

290

290
106

70

---

---

14

64

34

63

64

106

FS Number(3)

---

---

28B

29B

30B

128B

31B

34B

---

---

---

---

19

49

49

159

268

268

70

---

---

---

19

22

41

41

71

122

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

150B

125B

129B

17B

26B

146B
150

---

---

---

---

---

---

82

150

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

34

59

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

17B

26B

146B
38

10

---

---

---

---

---

---

17

38

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

13

23

38

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

18B

27B

147B

12

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure dorp, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-118.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (Non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

290

290

70

290

290

FS Number(3)

502A

---

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524


X012
X012
X012

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

505A

508A

49A

50A

53A

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

47

86

139

276

198

276

276

290

290

FS Number(3)

---

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
290

---

168

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

23

41

67

133

95

133

133

177

177

FS Number(3)

---

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
290

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

35

48

48

80

125

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A
195

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

290

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

19

---

27

---

73

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

150A

---

133A

---

26A
20

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

207

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

13

---

20

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

133A

---

26A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-118.3

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (Non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

505B

508B

508B

49B

53B

50B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig 18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig 55 psig 18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

10B1522 10B1523 10B1524 1L2174 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1L2173 1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628 1K1628
X012
X012
X012
27042 27082 27042 27042 27042 27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2)

70

---

---

---

182

290

233

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
177

70

---

---

---

88

177

112

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

41

75

125

75

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

30B

128B

132B

31B

---

34B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

---

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

73

---

124

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

26B

---

146B
91

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

91

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

34

---

59

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

26B

---

146B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-118.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (Lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

290

290

70

290

276

FS Number(3)

502A

---

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524


X012
X012
X012

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

505A

508A

49A

50A

53A

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

47

86

139

276

198

276

276

290

290

FS Number(3)

---

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
290

---

168

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

23

41

67

133

95

133

133

177

177

FS Number(3)

---

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
290

---

---

---

210

65

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

24

48

35

48

48

80

125

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

28A

30A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A
195

---

---

---

---

---

290

235

290

200

70

---

---

---

---

---

19

27

27

45

73

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A
150

---

---

---

---

---

100

15

207

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

13

13

---

35

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

150A

---

133A

---

26A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-118.5

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (Lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

505B

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

83

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

10

12

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig 18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig 55 psig 18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

10B1522 10B1523 10B1524 1L2174 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1L2173 1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628 1K1628
X012
X012
X012
27042 27082 27042 27042 27042 27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2)

70

---

61

185

182

290

233

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

---

503B

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

109

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
177

70

---

---

89

88

177

112

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

---

---

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
125

70

---

---

---

---

82

41

75

125

75

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

29B

30B

128B

132B

31B

---

34B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

195

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

42

132

73

149

124

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B
222

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

61

48

222

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

48

34

---

59

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17B

136B

26B

---

146B
44

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

44

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

23

---

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

27B

---

147B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-118.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

1440

1440

70

781

562

FS Number(3)

501A

0
11/2

10

12

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524


X012
X012
X012

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1440

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

---

802

802

802

802

802

302

---

---

---

507A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1440

1440

1440

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

---

70

341

245

350

350

350

350

350

350

---

---

FS Number(3)

501A

---

507A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

FS Number(3)

502A

505A

508A

49A

50A

53A

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

99

71

130

211

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(3)

503A

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
290

88

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

21

15

27

44

88

63

88

88

118

118

FS Number(3)

503A

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
290

---

---

---

233

158

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

21

41

29

41

41

68

106

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

28A

30A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A
290

---

---

---

78

39

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

13

27

19

27

27

44

72

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

124A

125A

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A
290

---

---

---

---

---

290

257

290

233

70

---

---

---

---

---

13

13

21

35

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A
290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

143

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

14

23

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

18A

27A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-118.7

Design V150
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

1440

1440

1440

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

---

---

---

---

70

802

733

802

802

802

802

802

802

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

504B

---

507B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1440

1440

1440

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

---

---

---

---

70

350

320

350

350

350

350

350

350

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

504B

---

507B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

505B

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

257

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

11/2

10

12

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig 18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig 55 psig 18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

10B1522 10B1523 10B1524 1L2174 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1L2173 1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628 1K1628
X012
X012
X012
27042 27082 27042 27042 27042 27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2)

70

153

93

281

276

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

506B

503B

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

12

115

228

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

12

20

59

58

118

74

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

506B

503B

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

125

275

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
106

70

---

---

---

27

69

34

63

106

64

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

28B

29B

30B

128B

132B

31B

---

34B

---

---

---

---

---

22

100

187

187

187

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

18

45

22

41

82

41

129

71

147

122

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

124B

150B

125B

129B

133B

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B
290

---

---

---

---

10

77

77

77

290

290

290

230

70

---

---

---

---

10

11

20

39

20

62

34

71

59

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

150B

125B

129B

133B

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B
290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

223

206

290

140

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

13

41

23

46

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

18B

137B

27B

142B

147B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-118.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

11/2

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

Size 33

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

4.9

90

90

90

90

90

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1P6371
27082
740
740

1L2173
27042
740
740

1N8440
27082
740
740

740
350

290
290
62A
290
290
63A
290
70
63A
290
32
65A
290
21
435A
290
10
435A

740
350

290
290

290
290

290
65

290
30
444A
290
20
445A
290
9
445A

740
350

290
290

290
290
446A
290
81
446A
290
37
448A
290
24
449A
290
12
449A

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1524 10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1L2174
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
271
333
458
740
740
631
740
740
740
740
203A
204A
420A
1170A
1177A
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
118
145
200
350
331
275
350
350
350
350
203A
204A
420A
1170A

1177A

290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
217
267
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
203A
204A
420A

1173A
1169A
1178A
1184A
1182A
431A

200
290
290
290
290
290

96
80
146
137
199
234

1174A
1176A
1179A
1181A
1183A
432A

290
290
290
290
290

17
31
29
42
49

1176A
1179A
1181A
1183A
432A

150

23

433A

11

11

434A

55 psig

Size 60 & 70
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Size 70
18 psig
33 psig
40 psig
33 psig
40 psig
55 psig
3
3
3
3
3.5
3
3
3.3
10.1
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
1N9337
1K1627
1P2702
1K1628
1N9373
1P2702
1R6760
1R6760
1R6760
27082
27082
27042
27082
27082
27042
27082
27082
27082
290
290
450A
290
118
450A
290
66
452A
161
43
453A

290
290
66A
290
118
66A
290
59
68A
290
39
69A
290
19
69A

290
290
454A
290
118
454A
290
91
456A
290
59
457A
290
28
457A

290
290

290
118

290
77
458A
290
50
459A
290
24
459A
290
16
460A

290
290

290
118

290
73

290
48
74A
290
23
74A
290
15
75A

290
290

290
118

290
91
464A
490
59
465A
290
28
465A
290
19
466A

290
62
262A
290
30
262A
290
19
263A

290
65
266A
290
31
266A
290
20
267A

290
135
270A
290
65
270A
290
43
271A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 119

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

33 psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

40 psig 55 psig
6

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1523 10B1524 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1L2174 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173 1N8440 1L2173 1N8440
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042 27082 27082 27042 27082 27042 27082

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
11/2
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
2
FS Number(3)
0
70
3
FS Number(3)
0
70
4
FS Number(3)
0
70
6
FS Number(3)
0
70
8
FS Number(3)
0
70
10
FS Number(3)
0
70
12
FS Number(3)
1

740
417
201B
471
182
201B
67
67
201B

740
740
202B
740
336
202B
290
290
202B

740
740

740
350
320B
290
290
320B

740
740
1127B
740
350
1127B
290
290
1271B

740
354

740
155

290
283
1130B
290
45
1131B

740
740
1133B
740
350
1134B
290
290
1134B
290
290
1135B

740
740(2)

740
350(2)

290
290(2)
1137B
290
145(2)
1138B
290
31(2)
1138B

740
740

740
350

290
290
1139B
290
290
1140B
290
65
1140B

740
740

740
350

290
290
330B
290
290
331B
290
72
331B
11
11
333B

740
740

740
350

290
290
8B
290
163
9B
290
34
9B
128
16
11B

740
740

740
350

290
290
284B
290
290
14B
290
118
14B
128
78
16B

740
740

740
350

290
290
336B
290
290
337B
290
101
337B
290
47
339B
156
30
340B

740
740(2)

740
350(2)

290
290(2)
343B
290
213(2)

290
45(2)

290
21(2)
346B
290
18(2)
347B
178
9(2)
347B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Continued

Catalog 14
Page C120

May 2001

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 2001;
All Rights Reserved

740
740

740
350

290
290

290
290
348B
290
118
348B
290
76
350B
156
49
351B

740
740

740
350

290
290

290
290

290
118

139
106
353B

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

14.7

10.1

10.1

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

90

1K1627
27082
290
290
17B
290
118
17B
290
81
19B
290
53
20B
211
25
20B
-------

1N9373
27082
290
290
--290
118
--290
106
--290
145
385B
161
70
385B
-------

1K1628
27082
290
290
22B
290
118
22B
290
106
24B
290
79
25B
290
38
25B
23
23
26B

1P2702
27042
290
290(2)
363B
290
65(2)
363B
290
30(2)
--290
26(2)
366B
290
13(2)
366B
290
7(2)
367B

1K1628
27082
290
290
--290
118
--290
106
--290
130
31B
290
62
31B
23
23
32B

1R6760
27082
------------------290
92
250B
290
44
250B
290
29
251B

1R6760
27082
------------------290
90(2)
378B
290
45(2)
378B
290
25(2)
379B

1R6760
27082
------------------290
162
254B
290
78
254B
290
51
255B

1R6760
27082
------------------290
164
258B
290
79
258B
290
63
259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-120.1

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

11/2

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

4.9

90

90

90

90

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1P6371
27082
300
300
--300
300
---

1N8440
27082
300
300
--300
300
---

1L2173
27042
300
300
--300
300
---

1N8440
27082
300
300
--300
300
---

290
290
62A
290
290
63A
290
70
63A
290
32
65A
215
21
435A
118
10
435A
-------

290
290
--290
290
441A
290
75
441A
290
35
442A
147
23
443A
75
11
443A
-------

290
290
--290
290
--290
65
--290
30
444A
262
20
445A
148
9
445A
-------

290
290
--290
290
446A
290
81
446A
290
37
448A
290
24
449A
150
12
449A
-------

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042
0
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
70
271
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
FS Number(2)
203A
204A
--------------0
151
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
70
118
145
200
300
275
300
300
300
300
FS Number(2)
203A
204A
420A
1172A
--1177A
------0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

73
73
203A
-------------------------------------

290
267
204A
-------------------------------------

290
290
420A
-------------------------------------

290
290
1173A
61
61
1174A
-------------------------------

290
290
1169A
155
80
1176A
70
17
1176A
-------------------------

290
290
1178A
290
146
1179A
283
31
1179A
-------------------------

290
290
1184A
290
137
1181A
290
29
1181A
-------------------------

290
290
1182A
290
199
1183A
290
42
1183A
-------------------------

290
290
431A
290
234
432A
262
49
432A
103
23
433A
40
15
434A
7
7
434A
-------

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

- Continued -

Catalog 14
Page C-120.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

55 psig

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.5

3.1

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N3937
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1N9373
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

290
290
450A
290
118
450A
290
66
452A
79
43
453A
32
21
453A
-------

290
290
66A
290
118
66A
290
59
68A
241
39
69A
135
19
69A
33
12
70A

290
290
454A
290
118
454A
290
91
456A
201
59
457A
110
28
457A
25
19
474A

290
290
--290
118
--290
77
458A
290
50
459A
150
24
459A
90
16
460A

290
290
--290
118
--290
73
--290
48
74A
150
23
74A
111
15
75A

290
290
--290
118
--290
91
464A
290
59
465A
150
28
465A
92
19
466A

290
290
--290
118
--290
79
--490
52
81A
150
25
81A
150
16
82A

------------------290
62
262A
150
30
262A
135
19
263A

------------------290
65
266A
150
31
266A
150
20
267A

------------------290
135
270A
150
65
270A
150
43
271A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-120.3

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

3.9

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

1P6371
27082

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

300
300
--300
300
--290
290
8B
290
163
9B
238
34
9B
92
16
11B
34
10
335B
-------------

300
300
--300
300
--290
290
284B
290
290
14B
238
118
14B
92
78
16B
34
34
341B
-------------

300
300
--300
300
--290
290
336B
290
290
337B
290
101
337B
175
47
339B
78
30
340B
-------------

300
300(2)
--300
300(2)
--290
290(2)
343B
290
213(2)
--290
45(2)
--290
21(2)
346B
157
18(2)
347B
82
9(2)
347B
-------

300
300
--300
300
--290
290
--290
290
348B
290
118
348B
175
76
350B
78
49
351B
-------------

300
300
--300
300
--290
290
--290
290
--250
118
--97
97
353B
37
37
---------------

16A4660 16A4659 10B1523 10B1524 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042

11/2

10

12

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

252
252
201B
62
62
201B
-------------------------------------------

300
300
202B
218
218
202B
150
150
202B
-------------------------------------

300
300
1127B
300
300
1127B
290
290
1271B
-------------------------------------

300
300
--300
155
--290
283
1130B
85
45
1131B
-------------------------------

300
300
--300
300
1133B
290
290
1134B
84
84
1135B
-------------------------------

300
300(2)
--300
300(2)
--290
290(2)
1137B
290
145(2)
1138B
195
31(2)
1138B
-------------------------

300
300
--300
300
--290
290
1139B
155
155
1140B
70
65
1140B
-------------------------

300
300
--300
300
--290
290
330B
209
209
331B
116
72
331B
33
33
333B
3
3
334B
-------------

33 psig

40 psig

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

- Continued -

Catalog 14
Page C-120.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

55 psig

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

11.4

10.1

14.7

10.1

10.1

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

90

1K1627
27082
290
290
17B
290
118
17B
290
81
19B
166
53
20B
87
25
20B
18
17
21B

1K1628
27082
290
290
22B
290
118
22B
290
106
24B
290
79
25B
150
38
25B
60
25
26B

1P2702
27042
290
290(2)
363B
290
65(2)
363B
290
30(2)
--290
26(2)
366B
150
13(2)
366B
115
7(2)
367B

1K1628
27082
290
290
--290
118
--290
106
--290
130
31B
150
62
31B
60
41
32B

1R6760
27082
------------------290
92
250B
150
44
250B
109
29
251B

1R6760
27082
------------------290
90(2)
378B
150
45(2)
378B
150
25(2)
379B

1R6760
27082
------------------290
162
254B
150
78
254B
109
51
255B

1R6760
27082
------------------290
164
258B
150
79
258B
109
63
259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14

September 1998 Page C-120.5/C-120.6

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (Non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Valve
Size,
Inches

Size 33

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

4.9

90

90

90

90

90

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

40 psig 55 psig
3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1524 10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1P6371 1L2174 1N8440 1P6371 1N8440 1N8440
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27082
27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

10

12

290
217
203A
-------------------------------------

290
163
204A
-------------------------------------

290
224
420A
-------------------------------------

290
290
---------

290
290
1173A
-------

-------------------------

-------------------------

290
290
1169A
290
53
1176A
265
25
1176A
-------------------------

290
290
1178A
290
97
1179A
290
46
1179A
-------------------------

290
290
1184A
290
90
1181A
290
43
1181A
-------------------------

290
290
1182A
290
131
1183A
290
63
1183A
-------------------------

290
290
--290
170
58A
88
82
58A
-------------------------

290
290
431A
290
155
432A
290
74
432A
194
27
433A
-------------------

290
290
--290
234
436A
290
113
436A
-------------------------

290
290
62A
290
290
63A
290
105
63A
290
105
65A
180
21
435A
13
10
435A
-------

290
290
--290
234
441A
290
113
441A
290
41
442A
-------------------

290
290
--290
253
446A
290
122
446A
290
44
448A
290
25
449A
290
12
449A
52
8
---

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

Size 60
18 psig

Size 70
33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N3973 27082

1K1627 27082

1P2702 27042

1R6760 27082

1R6760 27082

1R6760 27082

290
290
450A
290
177
450A
290
78
452A
-------------------

290
290
66A
290
177
66A
290
70
68A
290
39
69A
52
19
69A
-------

290
290
454A
290
177
454A
290
108
456A
135
60
457A
-------------

------------------290
63
262A
290
30
262A
290
192
263A

------------------290
65
266A
290
31
266A
290
20
267A

------------------290
137
270A
290
65
270A
290
43
271A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-120.7

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (Non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33

18 psig 33 psig 40 psig

18 psig

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig 55 psig

18 psig

40
psig

33 psig

55
psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

1L217 1P637 1P637 1L217 1N844 1L217 1N844


16A466 16A465 16A465 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152
42704
1
1
3
0
3
0
0 X012 9 X012 9 X012 3 X012 4 X012 4 X012 5 X012 5 X012 5 X012
2
27082 27082 27042 27082 27042 27082
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)

-----

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
173

290
290

290
290(2)

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290(2)

290
290

290
290

---

202B

320B

1271B

1130B

1134B

1137B

1139B

---

330B

8B

284B

336B

343B

---

---

-----

-----

-----

-----

157
30

152
152

290
95(2)

290
290

290
290

290
224

290
108

290
290

290
290

290
141(2)

290
290

290
290

---

---

---

---

1131B

1135B

1138B

1140B

1143B

331B

9B

14B

337B

---

348B

---

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

290
46(2)

265
97

265
177

290
108

290
52

290
177

290
152

290
68(2)

290
177

290
177

---

---

---

---

---

---

1138B

1140B

1143B

331B

9B

14B

337B

---

348B

---

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

129
19

290
92

290
55

290
25(2)

290
89

161
125

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

11B

16B

339B

346B

350B

353B

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

10.1

14.7

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

290
290
17B
290
177
17B
290
96
19B
15
15
20B
-------------

290
290
--290
177
--290
125
---------------------

290
290
22B
290
177
22B
290
125
24B
290
81
25B
259
38
25B
26
25
26B

290
290
--290
177
--290
125
--290
132
31B
259
62
31B
26
26
32B

290
290(2)
372B
290
177(2)
372B
290
125(2)
47B
290
75(2)
--290
35(2)
--290
34(2)
---

------------------290
95
250B
290
44
250B
290
29
251B

------------------290
165
254B
290
78
254B
262
51
255B

------------------290
144(2)
382B
290
68(2)
382B
290
45(2)
---

------------------290
166
258B
290
79
258B
262
63
259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-120.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

10.1

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (Lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Valve
Size,
Inches

Size 33

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

4.9

90

90

90

90

90

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

40 psig 55 psig
3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1524 10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1P6371 1L2174 1N8440 1P6371 1N8440 1N8440
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

10

290
133
203A
-------------------------------

290
163
204A
-------------------------------

290
224
420A
-------------------------------

290
290
---------------------------------

290
290
1173A
290
63
1174A
147
30
1174A
-------------------

290
290
1169A
290
53
1176A
290
25
1176A
-------------------

290
290
1178A
290
97
1179A
290
46
1179A
-------------------

290
290
1184A
290
90
1181A
290
43
1181A
-------------------

290
290
1182A
290
131
1183A
290
63
1183A
-------------------

290
290
--290
170
58A
290
82
58A
-------------------

290
290
431A
290
155
432A
262
74
432A
290
27
433A
-------------

290
290
--290
234
436A
290
113
436A
290
41
438A
-------------

290
290
62A
290
219
63A
290
105
63A
290
38
65A
290
21
435A
143
10
435A

290
290
--290
234
441A
290
113
441A
290
41
442A
290
23
443A
43
11
443A

290
290
--290
253
446A
290
122
446A
290
44
448A
290
25
449A
290
12
449A

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

Size 60
18 psig

Size 70
33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N3973 27082

1K1627 27082

1P2702 27042

1R6760 27082

1R6760 27082

1R6760 27082

290
290
450A
290
177
450A
290
78
452A
70
44
453A
-------------

290
290
66A
290
177
66A
290
70
68A
290
39
69A
183
19
69A
19
12
70A

290
290
454A
290
177
454A
290
108
456A
290
60
457A
124
28
457A
-------

------------------290
63
262A
290
30
262A
290
19
263A

------------------290
66
266A
290
31
266A
290
20
267A

------------------290
137
270A
290
65
270A
290
43
271A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-120.9

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (Lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20

Size 33

Angle
18 psig 33 psig 40 psig
Valve
of
Size,
Opening,
3.9
6.8
6.8
In.
Degrees
90
90
90

18 psig

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig 55 psig

18 psig

40
psig

33 psig

55
psig

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A466 16A465 16A465 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 1L217 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173 1N8440 1L2173 1N8440
0 X012 9 X012 9 X012 3 X012 4 X012 4 X012 5 X012 5 X012 5 X012 427042 27082 27082 27042 27082 27042 27082
2

10

0
70
FS # (3)
0
70
FS #(3)
0
70
FS #(3)
0
70
FS #(3)
0
70
FS #(3)
0
70
FS #(3)

290
204
201B
-------------------------------

290
290
202B
-------------------------------

290
290
320B
-------------------------------

290
290
1271B
243
70
1128
18
18
1128B
-------------------

290
173
1130B
290
30
1131B
253
14
1131B
-------------------

290
290
1134B
290
198
1135B
250
95
1135B
-------------------

290
290(2)
1137B
290
95(2)
1138B
290
46(2)
1138B
-------------------

290
290
1139B
290
202
1140B
290
97
1140B
-------------------

290
290
--290
290
1143B
290
177
1143B
-------------------

290
290
330B
290
224
331B
290
108
331B
113
39
333B
-------------

290
290
8B
290
108
9B
290
52
9B
290
19
11B
-------------

290
290
284B
290
290
14B
290
177
14B
290
92
16B
-------------

290
290
336B
290
290
337B
290
152
337B
290
55
339B
65
31
340B
-------

290
290(2)
343B
290
141(2)
--290
68(2)
--290
25(2)
346B
290
14(2)
347B
59
6(2)
346B

290
290
--290
290
348B
290
177
348B
290
89
350B
65
50
351B
-------

290
290
--290
290
--290
177
--290
125
353B
-------------

Size 60 & 70- - Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

10.1

14.7

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

290
290
17B
290
177
17B
290
96
19B
290
54
20B
82
25
20B
-------

290
290
--290
177
--290
125
--290
147
385B
52
52
385B
-------

290
290
22B
290
177
22B
290
125
24B
290
81
25B
290
38
25B
149
25
26B

290
290
--290
177
--290
125
--290
132
31B
290
62
31B
149
41
32B

290
290(2)
372B
290
177(2)
372B
290
125(2)
47B
290
75(2)
--290
35(2)
--290
23(2)
---

------------------290
94
250B
290
44
250B
290
29
251B

------------------290
165
254B
290
78
254B
262
51
255B

------------------290
144(2)
382B
290
68(2)
382B
290
45(2)
---

------------------290
166
258B
290
79
258B
290
63
259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-120.10

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

10.1

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33

18 psig 33 psig 40 psig

18 psig

Size 40

33 psig 40 psig 55 psig

18 psig

11/2

10

12

0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)

40 psig 55 psig

4.9

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A466 16A465 16A465 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 1P6371 1L2174
0 X012 9 X012 9 X012 4 X012 3 X012 2 X012 4 X012 5 X012 5 X012 27082 27042

33 psig

1480
271

1480
333

1480
458

1440
802

203A

204A

420A

1170A

1480
118

1480
145

1480
200

1440
350

203A

204A

420A

1170A

290
217

290
267

290
290

203A

204A

-----

1440
758

1440
802

1440
802

1480
802

1480
802

1N844
1N844 1N844
1P6371
0
0
0
27082
27082
27082 27082
1480
1480
1480
1480
802
802
802
802

1440
631

1440
802

---

---

1177A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1440
331

1440
275

1440
350

1440
350

1440
350

1480
350

1480
350

1480
350

1480
350

1480
350

1480
350

---

---

1177A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

420A

---

1173A

1169A

1178A

1184A

1182A

---

431A

---

62A

---

---

-----

-----

290
105

290
96

290
80

290
146

290
137

290
199

290
258

290
234

290
290

290
290

290
290

290
290

---

---

---

1171A

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A

-----

-----

-----

37
22

250
20

290
17

290
31

290
29

290
42

290
54

262
49

290
75

290
70

290
75

290
81

---

---

---

1171A

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

67
25

290
23

275
35

290
32

290
35

290
37

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

60A

433A

438A

65A

442A

448A

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

161
15

100
23

290
21

290
23

290
24

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

434A

439A

435A

443A

449A

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

57
7

10
10

290
10

290
11

290
12

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

434A

439A

435A

443A

449A

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-121

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

Size 60
18 psig

Size 70
33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N3973 27082

1K1627 27082

1P2702 27042

1R6760 27082

1R6760 27082

1R6760 27082

290
290
450A
290
118
450A
290
66
452A
278
43
453A
147
21
453A
69
14
---

290
290
66A
290
118
66A
290
59
68A
290
39
69A
290
19
69A
290
12
70A

290
290
--290
118
--290
91
456A
290
59
457A
290
28
457A
290
19
474A

------------------290
62
262A
290
30
262A
290
19
263A

------------------290
65
266A
290
31
266A
290
20
267A

------------------290
135
270A
290
65
270A
290
43
271A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-122

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

11/2

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

33 psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

90

90

90

90

90

90

Size 40
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

9.7

6.3

6.3

4.3

4.3

33 psig
6

9.2

40 psig 55 psig
6

4.4

60

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1523 10B1524 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 10B1525 1L2174 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173 1N8440 1L2173 1N8440
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042
27082 27082
27042
27082 27042 27082
0
1480
1480
1480
1440
1440
1440
1440
1440
1440
1480
1480
1480
--------70
417
771
802
802
354
802
802(2)
802
802
802
802
802
--------FS Number(3)
201B
202B
320B
1127B
--1133B
1136B
------------------0
1192
1480
1480
1440
1440
1440
1440
1440
1440
1480
1480
1480
--------70
182
336
350
350
155
350
350(2)
350
350
350
350
350
--------FS Number(3)
201B
202B
320B
1127B
--1133B
--------------------0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

290
290
201B
-------------------------------------

290
290
202B
-------------------------------------

290
290
320B
-------------------------------------

290
290
1271B
290
107
1128B
177
23
1128B
-------------------------

290
283
1130B
290
45
1131B
290
9
1131B
-------------------------

290
290
1134B
290
290
1135B
290
63
1135B
-------------------------

290
290(2)
1137B
290
145(2)
1138B
290
31(2)
1138B
-------------------------

290
290
1139B
290
290
1140B
290
65
1140B
-------------------------

290
290
--290
290
1143B
290
118
1143B
-------------------------

290
290
330B
290
290
331B
290
72
331B
183
33
333B
52
22
334B
-------------

290
290
8B
290
163
9B
290
34
9B
290
16
11B
143
10
335b
43
5
335b
-------

290
290
284B
290
290
14B
290
118
14B
290
78
16B
143
51
341B
43
24
341B
-------

290
290
336B
290
290
337B
290
101
337B
290
47
339B
274
30
340B
143
15
340B
-------

290
290(2)
343B
290
213(2)
--290
45(2)
--290
21(2)
346B
290
18(2)
347B
290
9(2)
347B
-------

290
290
--290
290
348B
290
118
348B
290
76
350B
274
49
351B
143
24
351B
-------

290
290
--290
290
--290
118
--290
106
353B
152
83
--50
40
---------

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

- Continued -


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-122.1

Design V150
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

10.1

14.7

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

290
290
17B
290
118
17B
290
81
19B
290
53
20B
290
25
20B
237
17
21B

290
290
--290
118
--290
106
--290
145
385B
290
70
385B
211
46
386B

290
290
22B
290
118
22B
290
106
24B
290
79
25B
290
38
25B
290
25
26B

290
290
--290
118
--290
106
--290
130
31B
290
62
31B
290
41
32B

290
290(2)
372B
290
118(2)
372B
290
106(2)
47B
290
98(2)
--290
49(2)
--290
28(2)
---

------------------290
92
250B
290
44
250B
290
29
251B

------------------290
162
254B
290
78
254B
290
51
255B

------------------290
189(2)
382B
290
95(2)
382B
290
53(2)
---

------------------290
164
258B
290
79
258B
290
63
259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-122.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

10.1

Design V150
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(2)
Valve
Size,
Inches
1

11/2

10

12

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60 psig

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

101B

101B

101B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

350

350

350

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

101B

101B

101B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

Size 30

Size 40

80 psig 100 psig 60 psig

Size 60

80 psig 100 psig 120 psig 60 psig

Size 68

80 psig 100 psig 60 psig

80 psig

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

107

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
106

70

49

66

82

98

106

106

106

106

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

32

43

53

64

85

107

128

128

164

164

164

164

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

139

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

---

---

---

---

250

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

27

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

109B

109B

109B

113B

113B

113B

203B

203B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply
pressure shown above.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-122.3

Design V150
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(2)
Valve
Size,
Inches
1

11/2

10

12

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60 psig

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

101B

101B

101B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

101B

101B

101B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

Size 30

Size 40

80 psig 100 psig 60 psig

Size 60

80 psig 100 psig 120 psig 60 psig

Size 68

80 psig 100 psig 60 psig

80 psig

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

107

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
106

70

49

66

82

98

106

106

106

106

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

147

221

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

32

43

53

64

85

107

128

128

164

164

164

164

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
150

75

122

150

150

150

150

150

150

150

150

150

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
150

---

---

---

57

86

114

143

143

150

150

150

70

---

---

---

20

27

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

109B

109B

109B

109B

113B

113B

113B

203B

203B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply
pressure shown above.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-122.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1061 Actuator(1)
PEEK Bearings & HD Seal (non-lubricated)
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

160

177

177

177

177

177

177

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

70

58

78

97

116

125

125

125

125

125

125

---

---

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

---

200

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

10

12

70

---

43

54

65

87

108

130

130

166

166

166

166

FS Number(4)

---

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

---

22

130

239

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

---

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

---

---

---

14

151

288

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

14

27

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

109B

109B

109B

109B

113B

113B

113B

203B

203B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
September 1998
Page C-122.5

Design V150
with Type 1061 Actuator(1)
PEEK Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(2) for Forward Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

160

177

177

177

177

177

177

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

70

58

78

97

116

125

125

125

125

125

125

---

---

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

10

12

70

33

43

54

65

87

108

130

130

166

166

166

166

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

43

152

261

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

---

---

---

137

274

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

20

27

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

109B

109B

109B

109B

113B

113B

113B

203B

203B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
September 1998
Page C-122.6

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(2)
Valve
Size,
Inches
1

11/2

10

12

Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60 psig

1480

1480

1480

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

802

802

802

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

101B

101B

101B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1480

1480

1480

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

350

350

350

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

101B

101B

101B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

Size 30

Size 40

80 psig 100 psig 60 psig

Size 60

80 psig 100 psig 120 psig 60 psig

Size 68

80 psig 100 psig 60 psig

80 psig

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

107

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
106

70

49

66

82

98

106

106

106

106

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

32

43

53

64

85

107

128

128

164

164

164

164

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

20

27

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

109B

109B

109B

109B

113B

113B

113B

203B

203B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply
pressure shown above.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14

September 1998 Page C-122.7/C-122.8

Design V150
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40 psig

60 psig

740

70

740

FS Number(3)
11/2

10

12

Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

80 psig

100
psig

120
psig

100
psig

120
psig

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1B

1B

1B

1B

1B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

350

350

350

350

350

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(3)

1B

1B

1B

1B

1B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

---

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

---

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

FS Number(3)

2B

2B

2B

---

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

40 psig 50 psig 60 psig 40 psig 60 psig 80 psig

70

263

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(3)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

56

83

111

111

111

111

111

111

118

118

118

118

FS Number(3)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

167

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
106

70

26

38

51

51

51

51

51

51

98

106

106

106

FS Number(3)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

64

96

125

125

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

30

39

39

39

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-123

Design V150
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40 psig

60 psig

300

70

300

FS Number(3)

Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

80 psig

100
psig

120
psig

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

1B

1B

1B

1B

1B

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

70

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

FS Number(3)

1B

1B

1B

1B

1B

---

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

FS Number(3)

2B

2B

2B

290

290

11/2

100
psig

120
psig

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

40 psig 50 psig 60 psig 40 psig 60 psig 80 psig

70

263

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(3)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

279

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

56

83

111

111

111

111

111

111

118

118

118

118

FS Number(3)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

111

222

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
106

70

26

38

51

51

51

51

51

51

98

106

106

106

FS Number(3)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

64

96

125

125

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

150

150

150

150

150

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
150

10

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

57

100

143

150

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

30

39

39

39

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

8B

12

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-124

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (non-lubricated)
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

10

12
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

174

260

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
177

70

83

125

167

167

167

167

167

167

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

242

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
125

70

30

45

61

61

61

61

61

61

116

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290
127

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

65

98

127

127

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

239

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

14

219

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

14

30

39

39

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

8B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-124.1

Design V150
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (lubricated)
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90 Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

10

12
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

174

260

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
177

70

83

125

167

167

167

167

167

167

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
125

70

30

45

61

61

61

61

61

61

116

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290
127

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

65

98

127

127

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

137

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

30

39

39

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

8B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-124.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-to-Open or Push-Down-to-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40 psig

60 psig

1480

70

802

FS Number(4)
11/2

10

12

Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

80 psig

100
psig

120
psig

100
psig

120
psig

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

---

---

---

---

802

802

802

802

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1B

1B

1B

1B

1B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

350

350

350

350

350

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

1B

1B

1B

1B

1B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

---

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

70

290

290

290

290

---

290

290

290

290

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

---

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
290

40 psig 50 psig 60 psig 40 psig 60 psig 80 psig

70

263

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
118

70

56

83

111

111

111

111

111

111

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

167

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290
106

70

26

38

51

51

51

51

51

51

98

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

64

96

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

30

39

39

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

8B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply
pressure shown above.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14

September 1998 Page C-124.3/C-124.4

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

11/2

50 psig

60 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

80 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

100 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

120 psig
18A4417
X012

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

101A/50

101A/60

101A/80

---

101A/100

---

101A/120

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
350

70

350

350

350

350

350

350

350

FS Number(2)

101A/50

101A/60

101A/80

---

101A/100

---

101A/120

---

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

132

132

132

213

132

213

132

213

FS Number(2)

103A

132A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
290

0

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

28

28

45

28

45

28

45

FS Number(2)

---

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
267

0

---

28

61

22

61

261

61

70

---

13

13

21

13

21

13

21

FS Number(2)

---

104A

104A

108A

104A

108A

104A

108A

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

11/2

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

101B/50

101B/60

101B/80

---

101B/100

---

101B/120

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
350

70

350

350

350

350

350

350

350

FS Number(2)

101B/50

101B/60

101B/80

---

101B/100

---

101B/120

---

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

132

203

290

208

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
290

0

---

---

---

290

---

290

---

70

---

---

---

44

---

74

---

103

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

107B

---

107B

---

107B
17

0

---

---

---

17

---

17

---

70

---

---

---

17

---

17

---

17

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

108B

---

108B

---

108B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-124.5

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 27
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4437 X012

18A4437 X012

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

109A/50

109A/60

109A/80

---

---

---

117A/120
740

11/2

80 psig

100 psig

120 psig

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

350

350

350

350

350

350

350

FS Number(2)

109A/50

109A/60

109A/80

---

---

---

117A/120
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

276

276

276

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

58

58

58

93

93

111

111

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

122

290

290

290

290

290

70

27

27

27

43

43

51

51

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

11/2

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

109B/50

109B/60

109B/80

---

---

---

117B/120
740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

350

350

350

350

350

350

350

FS Number(2)

109B/50

109B/60

109B/80

---

---

---

117B/120
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

268

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

57

86

111

90

111

111

111

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

122

122

122

290

290

290

70

26

39

51

42

51

51

51

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-124.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 75
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
290

10

12

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

100 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X0120
X012
X012
X012
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

111

111

111

118

118

111

118

118

111

118

118

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
290

0

290

290

290

290

244

290

290

290

290

290

70

51

51

51

82

102

51

82

102

51

82

102

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
290

0

290

290

290

290

106

290

290

290

290

290

70

33

33

33

53

67

33

53

67

33

53

67

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
290

0

22

290

290

290

---

290

290

290

290

290

70

16

16

16

25

---

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

---

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
290

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

180

---

---

223

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

17

---

---

17

21

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

128A

---

---

128A

132A

290

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

12

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

160

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

49

75

106

78

45

10

106

97

106

106

106

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

32

49

83

51

29

117

85

63

125

119

97

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
290

0

28

28

28

290

290

28

290

290

28

290

70

15

28

28

24

14

28

41

30

28

57

47

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-124.7

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

11/2

50 psig

60 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

80 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

100 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

120 psig
18A4417
X012

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

101A/50

101A/60

101A/80

---

101A/100

---

101A/120

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

101A/50

101A/60

101A/80

---

101A/100

---

101A/120

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
290

88

230

270

223

270

290

270

70

88

132

132

213

132

213

132

213

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
290

12

134

169

128

169

290

169

70

12

28

28

45

28

45

28

45

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
161

---

42

58

39

58

158

58

70

---

13

13

21

13

21

13

21

FS Number(2)

---

104A

104A

108A

104A

108A

104A

108A

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

11/2

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

101B/50

101B/60

101B/80

---

101B/100

---

101B/120

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

101B/50

101B/60

101B/80

---

101B/100

---

101B/120

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
216

81

81

81

216

81

216

81

70

81

81

81

208

81

216

81

216

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
122

122

122

70

44

74

103

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
36

---

---

---

36

---

36

---

70

---

---

---

20

---

34

---

36

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

108B

---

108B

---

108B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-124.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 27
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4437 X012

18A4437 X012

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

109A/50

109A/60

109A/80

---

---

---

117A/120
740

11/2

80 psig

100 psig

120 psig

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

350

350

350

350

350

350

350

FS Number(2)

109A/50

109A/60

109A/80

---

---

---

117A/120
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

276

276

276

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

58

58

58

93

93

111

111

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

122

290

290

290

290

290

70

27

27

27

43

43

51

51

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

11/2

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

109B/50

109B/60

109B/80

---

---

---

117B/120
740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

350

350

350

350

350

350

350

FS Number(2)

109B/50

109B/60

109B/80

---

---

---

117B/120
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

268

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

57

86

111

90

111

111

111

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

122

122

122

290

290

290

70

26

39

51

42

51

51

51

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-124.9

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 75
Push-Down-to-Close (90 Degree Maximum Rotation)
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees
& FS #(2)

50 psig

60 psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
247
51
122A
116
33
123A
55
16
123A
8
8
124A

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
290
51
122A
237
33
123A
132
16
123A
32
11
124A

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
290
51
122A
285
33
123A
150
16
123A
41
11
124A

290
290
125A
290
111
125A
290
82
126A
232
53
127A
129
25
127A
31
17
128A

290
290
129A
290
118
129A
290
102
130A
65
65
131A
22
22
131A

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
290
51
122A
285
33
123A
150
16
123A
41
11
124A

290
290
125A
290
111
125A
290
82
126A
290
53
127A
150
25
127A
78
17
128A

290
290
129A
290
118
129A
290
102
130A
290
67
131A
150
32
131A
45
21
132A

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
290
51
122A
285
33
123A
150
16
123A
41
11
124A

290
290
125A
290
111
125A
290
82
126A
290
53
127A
150
25
127A
78
17
128A

290
290
129A
290
118
129A
290
102
130A
290
67
131A
150
32
131A
45
21
132A

290
290
125B
290
118
125B
290
106
126B
232
85
127B
129
41
127B
31
27
128B

290
290
129B
290
98
129B
290
97
130B
290
63
131B
150
30
131B
46
20
132B

290
290
121B
290
118
121B
250
106
122B
118
118
123B
56
56
123B
9
9
124B

290
290
125B
290
118
125B
290
106
126B
232
119
127B
129
41
127B
31
31
128B

290
290
129B
290
98
129B
290
97
130B
290
97
131B
150
30
131B
46
31
132B

80 psig

100 psig

---

120 psig

Push-Down-to-Open (90 Degree Maximum Rotation)


3

10

12

0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#

290
290
121B
290
106
121B
250
49
122B
118
32
123B
56
15
123B
9
9
124B

290
290
121B
290
118
121B
250
75
122B
118
49
123B
56
23
123B
9
9
124B

290
290
121B
290
118
121B
250
106
122B
118
83
123B
56
40
123B
9
9
124B

290
290
125B
290
118
125B
290
78
126B
232
51
127B
129
24
127B
31
16
128B

290
290
129B
290
98
129B
290
45
130B
290
29
131B
150
14
131B
46
9
132B

290
290
121B
290
118
121B
250
106
122B
118
117
123B
56
56
123B
9
9
124B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-124.10

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (non-lubricated)
Size 20

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

50 psig

60 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

80 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

100 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

120 psig
18A4417
X012

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
290

0

174

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

87

87

87

141

87

141

87

141

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
290

0

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

42

42

68

42

68

42

68

FS Number(2)

---

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
290

0

---

---

---

---

---

290

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

25

---

25

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

108A

---

108A

290

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

87

130

130

137

130

231

130

290

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
290

0

---

---

---

290

---

290

---

70

---

---

---

66

---

111

---

103

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

107B

---

107B

---

107B

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-125

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (lubricated)
Size 20

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

80 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

100 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

120 psig
18A4417
X012

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

87

87

87

141

87

141

87

141

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
290

0

265

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

42

42

42

68

42

68

42

68

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
290

0

---

161

258

145

258

290

258

70

---

15

15

25

15

25

15

25

FS Number(2)

---

104A

104A

108A

104A

108A

104A

108A

290

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

87

134

226

137

290

231

290

290

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
290

0

235

235

235

290

235

290

25

70

42

64

108

66

153

111

167

155

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
129

0

---

---

---

129

---

129

---

70

---

---

---

24

---

40

---

56

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

108B

---

108B

---

108B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-126

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (non-lubricated)
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4437 X012

18A4437 X012

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
290

80 psig

100 psig

120 psig

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

182

182

182

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

88

88

88

140

140

168

167

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

0

122

290

290

290

290

290

70

32

32

32

51

51

61

61

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

290

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

177

267

290

281

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

85

128

167

135

167

167

167

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

0

113

113

113

290

290

290

70

31

47

61

49

61

61

61

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-126.1

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (lubricated)
Size 27

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4437 X012

18A4437 X012

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
290

80 psig

100 psig

120 psig

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

182

182

182

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

88

88

88

140

140

167

167

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

32

32

32

51

51

61

61

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

290

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

177

267

290

281

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

85

128

167

135

167

167

167

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

31

47

61

49

61

61

61

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-126.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (non-lubricated)
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
290

10

12

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

100 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X0120
X012
X012
X012
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
290

0

290

290

290

290

244

290

290

290

290

290

70

61

61

61

96

121

61

96

121

61

96

121

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
290

0

---

255

290

240

---

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

34

34

54

---

34

54

68

34

54

68

FS Number(2)

---

123A

123A

127A

---

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
290

0

---

46

117

39

---

117

290

148

117

290

70

---

16

16

25

---

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

---

123A

123A

127A

---

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
182

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

112

---

---

136

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

17

---

---

17

21

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

128A

---

---

128A

132A

290

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

12

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

58

88

125

93

53

125

125

115

125

125

125

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
290

0

---

---

---

240

290

---

240

290

---

290

70

---

---

---

52

30

---

86

64

---

121

99

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

127B

131B

---

127B

131B

---

127B

131B
154

0

---

---

---

39

154

---

39

154

---

39

70

---

---

---

24

14

---

39

30

---

39

47

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

127B

131B

---

127B

131B

---

127B

131B

0

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-126.3

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Metal Seal (lubricated)
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
290

10

12

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

100 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X0120
X012
X012
X012
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

61

61

61

96

121

61

96

121

61

96

121

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
290

0

195

290

290

290

20

290

290

290

290

290

70

34

34

34

54

20

34

54

68

34

54

68

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
290

0

---

176

248

170

---

248

290

278

248

290

70

---

16

16

25

---

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

---

123A

123A

127A

---

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
290

0

---

15

60

11

---

60

236

79

60

259

70

---

11

11

11

---

11

17

21

11

17

21

FS Number(2)

---

124A

124A

128A

---

124A

128A

132A

124A

128A

132A

290

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

12

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
290

0

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

58

88

125

93

53

125

125

115

125

125

125

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
290

0

200

200

200

290

290

200

290

290

200

290

70

32

49

84

52

30

119

86

64

127

121

99

FS Number(2)

123B

12B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
285

0

---

---

---

170

285

---

170

285

---

170

70

---

---

---

24

14

---

41

30

---

57

47

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

127B

131B

---

127B

131B

---

127B

131B
84

0

---

---

---

11

84

---

11

84

---

11

70

---

---

---

11

---

11

20

---

11

31

FS Number(2)

---

---

---

128B

132B

---

128B

132B

---

128B

132B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-126.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

11/2

50 psig

60 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

80 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

100 psig
18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

120 psig
18A4417
X012

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

70

802

802

802

802

802

802

802

802

FS Number(2)

101B/50

101B/60

101B/80

---

101B/100

---

101B/120

---

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480
350

70

350

350

350

350

350

350

350

FS Number(2)

101B/50

101B/60

101B/80

---

101B/100

---

101B/120

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

132

132

132

213

132

213

132

213

FS Number(2)

103A

132A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

28

28

28

45

28

45

28

45

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
290

33

208

258

200

258

290

258

70

13

13

13

21

13

21

13

21

FS Number(2)

104A

104A

104A

108A

104A

108A

104A

108A

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

11/2

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

70

802

802

802

802

802

802

802

802

FS Number(2)

101A/50

101A/60

101A/80

---

101A/100

---

101A/120

---

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

1480
350

70

350

350

350

350

350

350

350

FS Number(2)

101A/50

101A/60

101A/80

---

101A/100

---

101A/120

---

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

132

203

290

208

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

28

43

72

44

102

74

111

103

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
192

25

25

25

192

25

192

25

70

13

20

25

20

25

34

25

48

FS Number(2)

104B

104B

104B

108B

104B

108B

104B

108B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-126.5

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 27
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air Signal to Actuator and Spring Part Number

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4435 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4436 X012

18A4437 X012

18A4437 X012

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

1480

1480

70

802

802

802

802

---

802

802

FS Number(2)

109A/50

109A/60

109A/80

---

---

117A/100

117A/120
1480

11/2

80 psig

100 psig

120 psig

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

1480

70

350

350

350

350

---

350

350

FS Number(2)

109A/50

109A/60

109A/80

---

---

117A/100

117A/120
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

276

276

276

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

58

58

58

93

93

111

111

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

27

27

27

43

43

51

51

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

1480

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

11/2

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

1480

70

802

802

802

802

---

802

802

FS Number(2)

109B/50

109B/60

109B/80

---

---

117B/100

117B/120
1480

1480

1480

1480

1480

---

1480

70

350

350

350

350

---

350

350

FS Number(2)

109B/50

109B/60

109B/80

---

---

117B/100

117B/120
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

268

290

290

290

290

290

290

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

57

86

111

90

111

111

111

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

26

39

51

42

51

51

51

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-126.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V150
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PTFE/S31600 Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 75
Push-Down-to-Close (90 Degree Maximum Rotation)
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees
& FS #(2)

50 psig

60 psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
290
51
122A
290
33
123A
230
16
123A
140
11
124A

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
290
51
122A
290
33
123A
290
16
123A
290
11
124A

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
290
51
122A
290
33
123A
290
16
123A
290
11
124A

290
290
125A
290
111
125A
290
51
122A
290
53
127A
290
25
127A
290
17
128A

290
290
129A
290
118
129A
290
102
130A
290
67
131A
113
32
131A
40
21
132A

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
290
51
122A
290
33
123A
290
16
123A
290
11
124A

290
290
125A
290
111
125A
290
51
122A
290
53
127A
290
25
127A
290
17
128A

290
290
129A
290
118
129A
290
102
130A
290
67
131A
290
32
131A
290
21
132A

290
290
121A
29
111
121A
290
51
122A
290
33
123A
290
16
123A
290
11
124A

290
290
125A
290
111
125A
290
51
122A
290
53
127A
290
25
127A
290
17
128A

290
290
129A
290
118
129A
290
102
130A
290
67
131A
290
32
131A
290
21
132A

290
290
125B
290
118
125B
290
106
126B
290
85
127B
290
41
127B
290
27
128B

290
290
129B
290
118
129B
290
97
130B
290
63
131B
290
30
131B
290
20
132B

290
290
121B
290
118
121B
290
106
122B
290
125
123B
233
60
123B
143
39
124B

290
290
125B
290
118
125B
290
106
126B
290
119
127B
290
57
127B
290
38
128B

290
290
129B
290
118
129B
290
97
130B
290
97
131B
290
47
131B
290
31
132B

80 psig

100 psig

120 psig

Push-Down-to-Open (90 Degree Maximum Rotation)


3

10

12

0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#
0
70
FS#

290
290
121B
290
106
121B
290
49
122B
290
32
123B
233
15
123B
143
10
124B

290
290
121B
290
118
121B
290
75
122B
290
49
123B
233
23
123B
143
15
124B

290
290
121B
290
118
121B
290
106
122B
290
83
123B
233
40
123B
143
26
124B

290
290
125B
290
118
125B
290
78
126B
290
51
127B
290
24
127B
290
16
128B

290
290
129B
290
98
129B
290
45
130B
290
29
131B
290
14
131B
290
9
132B

290
290
121B
290
118
121B
290
106
122B
290
117
123B
233
56
123B
143
37
124B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14

September 1998 Page C-126.7/C-126.8

V150, V200, V300


with 2052 Actuator
Catalog 14

PEEK/PTFE Bearing and TCM Seal


PushDownToOpen and PushDownToClose

November 2009 - Page C126.9

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1,2) for Forward Flow


Size 1, 2, and 3
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

2 barg / 30 Psig

4 barg / 60 Psig

2 barg / 30 Psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70_

48

698

52

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

205227A

---

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

305

42

610

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

205228A

205231A

205233A

205237A

---

0_

19

280

52

750

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

10

140

19

279

35

510

35

510

---

---

---

205231A

205233A

205232A

-------

70_

205228A

-----

21

---

-------

0_

---

---

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

70_

---

---

12

176

26

380

38

558

38

558

38

558

---

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

70_

---

---

2.6

37

5.5

80

8.1

118

8.1

118

8.1

118

---

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

---

---

17

242

52

750

52

750

52

750

70_

---

---

---

---

2.8

40

5.5

80

7.9

115

7.9

115

---

---

205235A

205239A

205242A

205248A

0_

---

---

---

---

7.1

103

43

622

52

750

52

750

70_

---

---

---

---

1.7

24

3.3

48

4.9

71

9.8

143

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

24

344

40

583

40

583

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.6

23

2.4

34

4.7

69

FS Number(3)
12

---

52

FS Number(3)
10

---

0_

FS Number(3)
8

205230A

70_

FS Number(3)
6

90_

psi

FS Number(3)
4

4 barg / 60 Psig

bar

FS Number(3)
3

Size 3

4 barg / 60 Psig

psi

FS Number(3)
2

Size 2

2 barg / 30 Psig
bar

FS Number(3)
1-1/2

Size 1

---

---

---

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

38

545

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.1

60

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

205250A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop based on trim. Consult the VeeBall product bulletn for pressure drop limitations of CL150 valve bodies.
3. FS numbers shown are for pushdowntoclose, righthand mounting. If pushdowntoopen construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

V150, V200, V300


with 2052 Actuator
Catalog 14

PEEK/ PTFE Bearing and Flat Metal Seal


PushDownToOpen and PushDownToClose

November 2009 - Page C126.10

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1,2) for Forward Flow


Size 1, 2, and 3
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1

2 barg / 30 Psig

4 barg / 60 Psig

2 barg / 30 Psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

-----

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

-------

70_

---

-----

---

---

-------

0_

0.8

12

11

166

21

300

21

300

21

300

21

300

70_

0.8

12

11

166

21

300

21

300

21

300

21

300

205229A

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

5.5

79

21

300

21

300

21

300

21

300

70_

---

---

2.6

37

5.5

80

8.1

118

8.1

118

8.1

118

---

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

---

---

10

149

21

300

21

300

21

300

70_

---

---

---

---

2.8

40

5.5

80

7.9

115

7.9

115

---

---

205235A

205239A

205242A

205248A

0_

---

---

---

---

4.4

64

14

201

21

300

21

300

70_

---

---

---

---

1.7

24

3.3

48

4.9

71

9.8

143

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

7.6

110

10

150

10

150

70_

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

1.6

23

2.4

34

4.7

69

FS Number(3)
12

---

---

FS Number(3)
10

---

---

FS Number(3)
8

---

0_

FS Number(3)
6

---

70_

FS Number(3)
4

90_

psi

FS Number(3)
3

4 barg / 60 Psig

bar

FS Number(3)
2

Size 3

4 barg / 60 Psig

FS Number(3)
1-1/2

Size 2

2 barg / 30 Psig

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

3.5

50

8.9

129

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

30

4.1

60

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

205244A

205250A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop based on trim. Consult the VeeBall product bulletn for pressure drop limitations of CL150 valve bodies.
3. FS numbers shown are for pushdowntoclose, righthand mounting. If pushdowntoopen construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

V150, V200, V300


with 2052 Actuator
Catalog 14

Metal Bearing and Flat Metal Seal


PushDownToOpen and PushDownToClose

November 2009 - Page C126.11

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1,2) for Forward Flow


Size 1, 2, and 3
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

Size 1

2 barg / 30 Psig

4 barg / 60 Psig

2 barg / 30 Psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

-----

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

-------

70_

---

-----

---

---

-------

0_

0.5

7.5

7.1

103

17

246

17

246

17

246

17

246

70_

0.5

7.5

7.1

103

17

246

17

246

17

246

17

246

205229A

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

2.6

38

10

146

10

146

10

146

10

146

70_

---

---

2.6

37

5.5

80

8.1

118

8.1

118

8.1

118

---

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

---

---

4.4

64

11

155

11

155

11

155

70_

---

---

---

---

2.8

40

5.5

80

7.9

115

7.9

115

---

---

205235A

205239A

205242A

205248A

0_

---

---

---

---

2.0

29

6.3

92

10

151

11

154

70_

---

---

---

---

1.7

24

3.3

48

4.9

71

9.8

143

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

0.5

7.1

2.4

35

4.3

62

5.9

85

70_

---

---

---

---

0.5

7.1

1.6

23

2.4

34

4.7

69

FS Number(3)
12

---

---

FS Number(3)
10

---

---

FS Number(3)
8

---

0_

FS Number(3)
6

---

70_

FS Number(3)
4

90_

psi

FS Number(3)
3

4 barg / 60 Psig

bar

FS Number(3)
2

Size 3

4 barg / 60 Psig

FS Number(3)
1-1/2

Size 2

2 barg / 30 Psig

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.2

32

5.5

80

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

30

4.1

60

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

205244A

205250A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop based on trim. Consult the VeeBall product bulletn for pressure drop limitations of CL150 valve bodies.
3. FS numbers shown are for pushdowntoclose, righthand mounting. If pushdowntoopen construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

V150, V200, V300


with 2052 Actuator
Catalog 14

PEEK/ PTFE Bearing and Flow Ring


PushDownToOpen and PushDownToClose

November 2009 - Page C126.12

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1,2) for Forward Flow


Size 1, 2, and 3
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

2 barg / 30 Psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

103

1500

103

1500

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70_

48

698

74

1073

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

205227A

---

---

---

103

1500

103

1500

103

1500

103

1500

---

---

---

21

305

42

610

77

1114

77

1114

---

---

---

205228A

205231A

205233A

205237A

---

0_

103

1500

103

1500

103

1500

103

1500

---

---

---

10

140

19

279

35

510

35

510

---

---

---

205231A

205233A

205237A

-------

70_

205228A

-----

0_

---

-------

0_

34

494

86

1254

103

1500

103

1500

103

1500

103

1500

70_

6.1

88

12

176

26

380

38

558

38

558

38

558

205229A

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

9.0

130

35

510

72

1050

72

1050

72

1050

72

1050

70_

1.3

19

2.6

37

5.5

80

8.1

118

8.1

118

8.1

118

205229A

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

---

---

36

529

75

1090

75

1090

75

1090

70_

---

---

---

---

2.8

40

5.5

80

7.9

115

7.9

115

---

---

205235A

205239A

205242A

205248A

0_

---

---

---

---

16

233

44

639

71

1023

74

1070

70_

---

---

---

---

1.7

24

3.3

48

4.9

71

9.8

143

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

112

29

423

40

587

40

587

70_

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

1.6

23

2.4

34

4.7

69

FS Number(3)
12

205230A

70_

FS Number(3)
10

90_

psi

FS Number(3)
8

4 barg / 60 Psig

bar

FS Number(3)
6

4 barg / 60 Psig

psi

FS Number(3)
4

2 barg / 30 Psig

bar

FS Number(3)
3

Size 3

4 barg / 60 Psig

psi

FS Number(3)
2

Size 2

2 barg / 30 Psig
bar

FS Number(3)
1-1/2

Size 1

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

38

547

38

547

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

30

4.1

60

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

205244A

205250A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop based on trim. Consult the VeeBall product bulletn for pressure drop limitations of CL150 valve bodies.
3. FS numbers shown are for pushdowntoclose, righthand mounting. If pushdowntoopen construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

V150, V200, V300


with 2052 Actuator
Catalog 14

Metal Bearing and Flow Ring


PushDownToOpen and PushDownToClose

November 2009 - Page C126.13

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1,2) for Forward Flow


Size 1, 2, and 3
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

2 barg / 30 Psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

74

1080

74

1080

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70_

48

698

74

1073

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

205227A

---

---

---

46

667

50

720

50

720

50

720

---

---

---

21

305

42

610

50

720

50

720

---

---

---

205228A

205231A

205233A

205237A

---

0_

21

302

27

388

27

388

27

388

---

---

---

10

140

19

279

27

388

27

388

---

---

---

205231A

205233A

205237A

-------

70_

205228A

-----

0_

---

-------

0_

8.5

123

19

273

19

273

19

273

19

273

19

273

70_

6.1

88

12

176

19

273

19

273

19

273

19

273

205229A

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

2.8

41

11

158

11

158

11

158

11

158

11

158

70_

1.3

19

2.6

37

5.5

80

8.1

118

8.1

118

8.1

118

205229A

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

---

---

10

144

11

163

11

163

11

163

70_

---

---

---

---

2.8

40

5.5

80

7.9

115

7.9

115

---

---

205235A

205239A

205242A

205248A

0_

---

---

---

---

4.3

63

11

161

11

161

11

161

70_

---

---

---

---

1.7

24

3.3

48

4.9

71

9.8

143

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

1.5

22

5.7

82

6.1

88

6.1

88

70_

---

---

---

---

0.8

12

1.6

23

2.4

34

4.7

69

FS Number(3)
12

205230A

70_

FS Number(3)
10

90_

psi

FS Number(3)
8

4 barg / 60 Psig

bar

FS Number(3)
6

4 barg / 60 Psig

psi

FS Number(3)
4

2 barg / 30 Psig

bar

FS Number(3)
3

Size 3

4 barg / 60 Psig

psi

FS Number(3)
2

Size 2

2 barg / 30 Psig
bar

FS Number(3)
1-1/2

Size 1

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

4.7

69

5.7

82

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.1

30

4.1

60

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

205244A

205250A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop based on trim. Consult the VeeBall product bulletn for pressure drop limitations of CL150 valve bodies.
3. FS numbers shown are for pushdowntoclose, righthand mounting. If pushdowntoopen construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

V150, V200, V300


with 2052 Actuator
Catalog 14

PEEK/ PTFE Bearing and HD Seal


PushDownToOpen and PushDownToClose

November 2009 - Page C126.14

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1,2) for Forward Flow


Size 1, 2, and 3
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

4 barg / 60 Psig

2 barg / 30 Psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70_

48

698

52

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

205227A

---

---

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

21

305

42

610

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

205228A

205231A

205233A

205237A

---

0_

27

397

52

750

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

18

256

35

512

52

750

52

750

---

---

---

205231A

205233A

205237A

-------

70_

205228A

-----

52

---

-------

0_

8.4

122

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

70_

4.1

59

8.2

118

18

255

26

374

26

374

26

374

205229A

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

42

607

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

70_

---

---

3.9

56

8.3

120

12

177

12

177

12

177

---

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

---

---

52

750

52

750

52

750

52

750

70_

---

---

---

---

3.0

44

6.0

88

8.6

125

8.6

125

---

---

205235A

205239A

205242A

205248A

0_

---

---

---

---

1.2

17

33

485

52

750

52

750

70_

---

---

---

---

1.2

17

3.4

49

5.0

73

10

145

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

8.5

124

22

316

41

593

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.3

19

1.9

28

3.8

55

FS Number(3)
12

---

0_

FS Number(3)
10

205230A

70_

FS Number(3)
8

90_

bar

FS Number(3)
6

4 barg / 60 Psig

psi

FS Number(3)
4

2 barg / 30 Psig

bar

FS Number(3)
3

Size 3

4 barg / 60 Psig

psi

FS Number(3)
2

Size 2

2 barg / 30 Psig
bar

FS Number(3)
1-1/2

Size 1

---

---

---

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7.1

103

33

480

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.6

23

3.1

46

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

205244A

205250A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop based on trim. Consult the VeeBall product bulletn for pressure drop limitations of CL150 valve bodies.
3. FS numbers shown are for pushdowntoclose, righthand mounting. If pushdowntoopen construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

V150, V200, V300


with 2052 Actuator
Catalog 14

Metal Bearing and HD Seal


PushDownToOpen and PushDownToClose

November 2009 - Page C126.15

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1,2) for Forward Flow


Size 1, 2, and 3
Actuator Size, Air-to-Diaphragm, Maximum Rotation
Valve
Size,
NPS

Angle
of
Opening

4 barg / 60 Psig

2 barg / 30 Psig

90_

90_

90_

90_

90_

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

bar

psi

0_

41

600

52

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70_

41

600

52

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

205227A

---

---

345

50

725

50

725

50

725

---

---

---

21

305

42

610

50

725

50

725

---

---

---

205228A

205231A

205233A

205237A

---

0_

6.8

99

22

318

26

373

26

373

---

---

---

6.8

99

22

318

26

373

26

373

---

---

---

205231A

205233A

205237A

-------

70_

205228A

-----

24

---

-------

0_

1.6

24

15

215

18

254

18

254

18

254

18

254

70_

1.6

24

8.2

118

18

254

18

254

18

254

18

254

205229A

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

7.6

111

11

160

11

160

11

160

11

160

70_

---

---

3.9

56

8.3

120

11

160

11

160

11

160

---

205232A

205234A

205238A

205241A

205247A

0_

---

---

---

---

7.6

110

11

158

11

158

11

158

70_

---

---

---

---

3.0

44

6.0

88

8.6

125

8.6

125

---

---

205235A

205239A

205242A

205248A

0_

---

---

---

---

0.3

4.1

7.9

115

11

163

11

163

70_

---

---

---

---

0.3

4.1

3.4

49

5.0

73

10

145

---

---

205236A

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

2.6

37

6.1

89

6.1

89

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.3

19

1.9

28

3.8

55

FS Number(3)
12

---

0_

FS Number(3)
10

205230A

70_

FS Number(3)
8

90_

bar

FS Number(3)
6

4 barg / 60 Psig

psi

FS Number(3)
4

2 barg / 30 Psig

bar

FS Number(3)
3

Size 3

4 barg / 60 Psig

psi

FS Number(3)
2

Size 2

2 barg / 30 Psig
bar

FS Number(3)
1-1/2

Size 1

---

---

---

205240A

205243A

205249A

0_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.8

26

5.7

83

70_

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1.6

23

3.1

46

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

205244A

205250A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop based on trim. Consult the VeeBall product bulletn for pressure drop limitations of CL150 valve bodies.
3. FS numbers shown are for pushdowntoclose, righthand mounting. If pushdowntoopen construction is desired, place a B instead of an A at the end of the FS number.

EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

V150, V200, V300


with 2052 Actuator
Catalog 14
November 2009 - Page C126.16

This page intentionally left blank

Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of
Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and
service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2009; All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

740

740

740

70

625

450

740

FS Number(4)

502A

505A

---

740

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

Size 60

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627 1K1628 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628


27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3)

40 psig

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

508A

49A

53A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
558

70

---

71

130

211

300

418

418

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

---

503A

509A

8A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A

---

---

---

---

270

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
118

70

---

15

27

44

63

88

88

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

---

503A

509A

8A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A

---

---

---

---

---

---

44

700

483

740

444

740

740

740

740

70

---

---

---

21

29

41

41

68

106

73

73

76

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

28A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A

135A

145A

--740

---

---

---

---

561

344

740

306

689

740

740

70

---

---

---

---

19

27

27

44

72

47

47

50

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A
290

---

---

---

---

283

67

290

28

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

13

13

21

35

23

23

24

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-127

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

740

513

740

70

587

513

740

FS Number(3)

502B

505B

---

---

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

18 psig

10B1522 10B1523 10B1524 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
27042

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628


27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(2)

40 psig

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

508B

49B

53A

50B

---

---

---

---

---

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

558

558

558

70

---

---

70

276

558

353

558

558

558

FS Number(3)

---

---

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

33 psig

92B

---

---

---

700

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

---

---

---

58

118

74

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

72

183

183

183

600

567

740

740
106

70

---

---

---

---

69

34

63

106

64

106

106

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

29B

30B

128B

132B

31B

---

34B

---

---

---

---

---

---

44

44

44

461

428

740

740

70

---

---

---

---

---

22

41

44

41

129

71

122

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

125B

129B

133B

17B

136B

26B

146B
290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

183

150

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

62

34

59

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17B

136B

26B

146B

10

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-128

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

285

300

300

70

258

300

300

FS Number(4)

502A

505A

---

133

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

Size 60

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627 1K1628 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628


27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3)

40 psig

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

508A

49A

53A

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

250

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
300

70

---

71

130

211

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(4)

---

503A

509A

8A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A

---

---

---

---

51

250

151

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
118

70

---

15

27

44

63

88

88

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

---

503A

509A

8A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A

---

---

---

---

---

---

50

300

269

300

250

300

300

300

300

70

---

---

---

21

29

41

41

68

106

73

106

76

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

28A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A

135A

145A

--300

---

---

---

12

185

128

300

118

219

300

300

70

---

---

---

12

19

27

27

44

72

47

72

50

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

124A

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A
150

---

---

---

---

99

63

150

56

121

150

150

70

---

---

---

---

13

13

21

35

23

35

24

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-128.1

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

298

70

298

FS Number(3)
0

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40

33 psig

Size 60
33 psig

40 psig

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

---

---

---

---

52

162

284

300

300

300

300

300
300

10B1523 10B1524
X012
X012

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

70

52

162

284

300

300

300

300

FS Number(3)

503B

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

---

---

76

180

297

297

300

300

300

70

---

---

58

118

74

118

118

118

118

FS Number(3)

---

---

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

---

---

---

14

64

119

119

300

300

300
106

70

---

---

14

64

34

63

64

106

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

29B

30B

128B

31B

34B

---

---

---

---

19

49

49

159

268

268

70

---

---

---

19

22

41

41

71

122

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

150B

125B

129B

17B

26B

146B
150

---

---

---

---

12

12

82

150

70

---

---

---

---

11

12

20

34

59

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

125B

129B

17B

26B

146B

10

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-128.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

740

740

70

383

276

FS Number(3)

502A

---

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524


X012
X012
X012

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

503

526

526

526

526

526

---

---

505A

508A

49A

50A

53A

---

---

---

---

465

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

---

47

86

139

276

198

276

276

368

368

FS Number(3)

---

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
740

---

168

740

676

412

740

740

740

740

70

---

23

41

67

133

95

133

133

177

177

FS Number(3)

---

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
740

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

70

---

---

---

---

---

35

48

48

80

125

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A
195

---

---

---

---

---

80

---

625

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

19

---

27

---

73

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

150A

---

133A

---

26A
20

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

207

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

13

---

20

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

133A

---

26A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-128.3

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

740

359

526

526

526

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

505B

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

652

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
368

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig 18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig 55 psig 18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

10B1522 10B1523 10B1524 1L2174 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1L2173 1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628 1K1628
X012
X012
X012
27042 27082 27042 27042 27042 27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2)

70

---

---

---

182

368

233

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

294

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
177

70

---

---

---

88

177

112

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

41

75

125

75

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

30B

128B

132B

31B

---

34B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

360

---

360

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

73

---

124

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

91

---

91

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

34

---

59

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-128.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

740

740

70

383

276

FS Number(3)

502A

13

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524


X012
X012
X012

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

503

526

526

526

526

526

---

---

505A

508A

49A

50A

53A

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

13

47

86

139

276

198

276

276

368

368

FS Number(3)

503A

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
740

---

462

740

740

412

740

740

740

740

70

---

23

41

67

133

95

133

133

177

177

FS Number(3)

---

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
740

---

---

---

210

65

740

740

740

740

70

---

---

---

24

48

35

48

48

80

125

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

28A

30A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A
545

---

---

---

---

---

430

235

740

200

70

---

---

---

---

---

19

27

27

45

73

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A
150

---

---

---

---

---

100

15

290

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

13

13

---

20

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

150A

---

133A

---

26A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-128.5

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

526

359

526

526

526

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

505B

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

83

378

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
368

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig 18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig 55 psig 18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

10B1522 10B1523 10B1524 1L2174 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1L2173 1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628 1K1628
X012
X012
X012
27042 27082 27042 27042 27042 27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2)

70

---

61

185

182

368

233

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS Number(4)

---

503B

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

109

588

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
177

70

---

---

89

88

177

112

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

---

---

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

613

613

613

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

---

---

---

---

82

41

75

125

75

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

29B

30B

128B

132B

31B

---

34B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

340

310

710

195

710

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

42

132

73

149

124

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B
222

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

61

48

222

---

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

48

34

---

59

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17B

136B

26B

---

146B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-128.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

750

740

70

625

450

FS Number(3)

502A

---

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524


X012
X012
X012

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

505A

508A

49A

50A

53A

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

---

71

130

211

418

300

418

418

558

558

FS Number(3)

---

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
750

---

428

750

717

567

750

750

750

750

70

---

15

27

44

88

63

88

88

118

118

FS Number(3)

---

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

---

48A

92A
750

---

---

---

233

---

750

750

750

750

70

---

---

---

21

---

29

41

41

68

106

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

28A

---

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A
691

---

---

---

---

---

591

422

750

391

70

---

---

---

---

---

19

27

27

44

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A
290

---

---

---

---

---

290

257

290

233

70

---

---

---

---

---

13

133

21

35

FS Number(3)

---

---

---

---

---

150A

---

133A

17A

26A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-128.7

Design V200
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

70

750

587

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

505B

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

690

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
558

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig 18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig 55 psig 18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

10B1522 10B1523 10B1524 1L2174 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1L2173 1K1627 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628 1K1628
X012
X012
X012
27042 27082 27042 27042 27042 27082 27082(2) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2)

70

---

---

281

276

558

353

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

---

---

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

500

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
118

70

---

---

---

58

118

74

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

8B

11B

14B

126B

---

48B

---

92B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

442

442

442

750

750

750

750

750
106

70

---

---

---

---

---

34

63

106

64

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

30B

128B

132B

31B

---

34B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

187

187

187

513

487

750

387

750

70

---

---

---

---

---

22

41

82

41

129

71

147

122

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

125B

129B

133B

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B
290

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

230

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

62

34

71

59

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051- for size 33 or 1051K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-128.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

4.9

90

90

90

90

90

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

740
740
62A
740
332
63A
740
70
63A
740
32
65A
672
21
435A
290
10
435A

740
740
--740
308
--740
65
--740
30
444A
740
20
445A
290
9
445A

740
740
--740
384
446A
740
81
446A
740
37
448A
740
24
449A
290
12
449A

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1524 10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1L2174
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042
2

10

0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

333
217
203A
-------------------------------

740
267
204A
-------------------------------

740
367
420A
-------------------------------

613
613
---------------------------------

740
607
1173A
200
96
1174A
-------------------------

740
505
1169A
740
80
1176A
600
17
1176A
-------------------

740
740
1178A
740
146
1179A
740
31
1179A
-------------------

740
740
1184A
740
137
1181A
740
29
1181A
-------------------

740
740
1182A
740
199
1183A
740
42
1183A
-------------------

740
740
431A
740
234
432A
740
49
432A
150
23
433A
11
11
434A
-------

55 psig

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.5

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N9337
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1N9373
27082

1P2702
27042

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

740
558
450A
740
118
450A
740
66
452A
161
43
453A
-------

740
558
66A
740
118
66A
740
59
68A
740
39
69A
290
19
69A

740
558
454A
740
118
454A
740
91
456A
740
59
457A
290
28
457A

740
558
--740
118
--740
77
458A
740
50
459A
290
24
459A

740
558
--740
118
--740
73
--740
48
74A
290
23
74A

740
558
--740
118
--740
91
464A
490
59
465A
290
28
465A

------------------740
62
262A
290
30
262A

------------------740
65
266A
290
31
266A

------------------740
135
270A
290
65
270A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-128.9

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Valve
Size,
Inches

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

33 psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

40 psig 55 psig
6

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1523 10B1524 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1L2174 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173 1N8440 1L2173 1N8440
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042 27082 27082 27042 27082 27042 27082

10

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

67
67
201B
-------------------------------

533
533
202B
-------------------------------

533
533
320B
-------------------------------

740
677
1173B
-------------------------------

740
283
1130B
560
45
1131B
-------------------------

740
740
1134B
550
300
1135B
-------------------------

740
740(2)
1137B
740
145(2)
1138B
740
31(2)
1138B
-------------------

740
740
1139B
740
306
1140B
600
65
1140B
-------------------

740
740
33B
740
339
331B
740
72
331B
11
11
333B
-------------

740
740
8B
740
163
9B
740
34
9B
128
16
11B
-------------

740
740
284B
740
558
14B
740
118
14B
128
78
16B
-------------

740
740
336B
740
479
337B
740
101
337B
294
47
339B
156
30
340B
-------

740
740(2)
343B
740
213(2)
--740
45(2)
--740
21(2)
346B
456
14(2)
347B
178
6(2)
347B

740
740
--740
558
348B
740
118
348B
294
76
350B
156
49
351B
-------

740
740
--740
558
--740
118
--139
106
353B
-------------

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

14.7

10.1

10.1

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

90

1K1627
27082
740
558
17B
740
118
17B
628
81
19B
489
53
20B
211
25
20B

1N9373
27082
740
558
--740
118
--578
106
--439
145
385B
161
70
385B

1K1628
27082
740
558
22B
740
118
22B
740
106
24B
740
79
25B
290
38
25B

1P2702
27042
740
308(2)
363B
740
65(2)
363B
740
30(2)
--740
20(2)
366B
290
9(2)
366B

1K1628
27082
740
558
--740
118
--740
106
--740
130
31B
290
62
31B

1R6760
27082
------------------------290
44
250B

1R6760
27082
------------------------290
32(2)
378B

1R6760
27082
------------------------290
78
254B

1R6760
27082
------------------------290
79
258B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-128.10

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

4.9

90

90

90

90

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

300
300
62A
300
300
63A
300
70
63A
300
32
65A
215
21
435A
118
10
435A

300
300
--300
300
441A
300
75
441A
300
35
442A
147
23
443A
75
11
443A

300
300
--300
300
--300
65
--300
30
444A
262
20
445A
148
9
445A

300
300
--300
300
446A
300
81
446A
300
37
448A
300
24
449A
150
12
449A

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042
2

10

0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

75
75
203A
-------------------------------

300
267
204A
-------------------------------

300
300
420A
-------------------------------

300
300
1173A
61
61
1174A
-------------------------

300
300
1169A
155
80
1176A
70
17
1176A
-------------------

300
300
1178A
300
146
1179A
283
31
1179A
-------------------

300
300
1184A
300
137
1181A
300
29
1181A
-------------------

300
300
1182A
300
199
1183A
300
42
1183A
-------------------

300
300
431A
300
234
432A
262
49
432A
103
23
433A
40
15
434A
7
7
434A

40 psig

55 psig

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.5

3.1

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N3937
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1N9373
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

300
300
450A
300
118
450A
178
66
452A
79
43
453A
32
21
453A

300
300
66A
300
118
66A
300
59
68A
241
39
69A
135
19
69A

300
300
454A
300
118
454A
300
91
456A
201
59
457A
110
28
457A

300
300
--300
118
--300
77
458A
300
50
459A
150
24
459A

300
300
--300
118
--300
73
--300
48
74A
150
23
74A

300
300
--300
118
--300
91
464A
300
59
465A
150
28
465A

300
300
--300
118
--300
79
--490
52
81A
150
25
81A

------------------300
62
262A
150
30
262A

------------------300
65
266A
150
31
266A

------------------300
135
270A
150
65
270A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1999;
All Rights Reserved

September 1999

Catalog 14
Page C-129

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

3.9

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

1P6371
27082

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

300
300
8B
300
163
9B
238
34
9B
92
16
11B
34
10
335B
3
3
335B

300
300
284B
300
300
14B
238
118
14B
92
78
16B
34
34
341B
3
3
341B

300
300
336B
300
300
337B
300
101
337B
175
47
339B
78
30
340B
13
15
340B

300
300(2)
343B
300
213(2)
--300
45(2)
--300
21(2)
346B
157
14(2)
347B
82
6(2)
347B

300
300
--300
300
348B
300
118
348B
175
76
350B
78
49
351B
31
24
351B

300
300
--300
300
--250
118
--97
97
353B
37
37
--5
5
---

16A4660 16A4659 10B1523 10B1524 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042

10

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

-------------------------------------

150
150
202B
-------------------------------

300
300
1271B
31
31
1128B
-------------------------

300
283
1130B
85
45
1131B
9
9
1131B
-------------------

300
300
1134B
84
84
1135B
9
9
1135B
-------------------

300
300(2)
1137B
300
145(2)
1138B
195
31(2)
1138B
-------------------

300
300
1139B
155
155
1140B
70
65
1140B
-------------------

300
300
330B
209
209
331B
116
72
331B
33
33
333B
3
3
334B
-------

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Valve
Size,
Inches

10

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

11.4

10.1

14.7

10.1

10.1

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

90

1K1627
27082
300
300
17B
300
118
17B
300
81
19B
166
53
20B
87
25
20B

1K1628
27082
300
300
22B
300
118
22B
300
106
24B
300
79
25B
150
38
25B

1P2702
27042
300
300(2)
363B
300
65(2)
363B
300
30(2)
--300
20(2)
366B
150
9(2)
366B

1K1628
27082
300
300
--300
118
--300
106
--300
130
31B
150
62
31B

1R6760
27082
------------------300
92
250B
150
44
250B

1R6760
27082
------------------300
68(2)
378B
150
32(2)
378B

1R6760
27082
------------------300
162
254B
150
78
254B

1R6760
27082
------------------300
164
258B
150
79
258B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-130

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Valve
Size,
Inches

0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

2
3
3
4

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig 40 psig 55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

4.9

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

40 psig 55 psig
3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A4660
X012

16A4659
X012

740
133
203A
-------------------------------

740
163
204A
-------------------------------

16A4659 10B1524 10B1523 10B1522 10B1525 10B1525 10B1525 1P6371 1L2174 1N8440 1P6371 1N8440 1N8440
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27082 27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082

740
224
420A
-------------------------------

740
407
1173A
-------------------------------

740
371
1173A
-------------------------------

740
309
1169A
609
53
1176A
265
25
1176A
-------------------

740
526
1178A
740
97
1179A
740
46
1179A
-------------------

740
526
1184A
740
90
1181A
740
43
1181A
-------------------

740
526
1182A
740
131
1183A
740
63
1183A
-------------------

740
526
--348
170
58A
88
82
58A
-------------------

740
526
431A
740
155
432A
740
74
432A
194
27
433A
740
15
434A
-------

740
526
--740
234
436A
740
113
436A
------740
23
439A
-------

740
526
62A
740
219
63A
740
105
63A
740
38
65A
740
21
435A
13
10
435A

740
526
--740
234
441A
740
113
441A
740
41
442A
740
23
443A
-------

740
526
--740
253
446A
740
122
446A
740
44
448A
740
25
449A
290
12
449A

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

18 psig

Size 70
33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N9373 27082

1K1627 27082

1P2702 27042

1R6760 27082

1R6760 27082

1R6760
27082

740
368
450A
740
177
450A
629
78
452A

740
368
66A
740
177
66A
740
70
68A
270
39
69A
52
19
69A

740
368
454A
740
177
454A
740
108
456A
135
60
457A

------------------740
63
262A
290
30
262A

------------------740
66
266A
290
31
266A

------------------740
137
270A
290
65
270A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-130.1

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

18 psig

Size 33

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

Size 40
40
psig

33 psig

55
psig

18 psig

40
psig

33 psig

55
psig

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A4660
X012

16A4659
X012

-------------------------

740
378
202B
-------------------

16A4659 10B152 10B152410B152410B152510B152510B1525 1L2174


X012
3 X012 X012 4 X012 X012
X012 27082 27042
740
526
320A
-------------------

740
414
1271B
-------------------

740
173
1130B
157
30
1131B
-------------

740
526
1134B
152
152
1135B
-------------

740
526(2)
1137B
740
95(2)
1138B
740
42)
1138B
-------

740
526
1139B
609
202
1140B
265
97
1140B
-------

740
526
--609
368
1143B
265
177
1143B
-------

740
526
330B
740
224
331B
500
108
331B
-------

1P637 1P637
1N844
1N844
1L2173
1L2173
1
1
0
0
27042
27082
27082 27082
27082
27082
740
526
8B
740
108
9B
740
52
9B
129
19
11B

740
526
284B
704
368
14B
740
177
14B
129
925
16B

740
526
336B
740
316
337B
740
152
337B
613
55
339B

740
526(2)
343B
740
141(2)
--740
68(2)
--740
25(2)
346B

740
526
--740
368
348B
740
77
348B
613
89
350B

740
526
--740
368
--740
177
--161
125
353B

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

10.1

14.7

10.1

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

740
368

740
368

740
368

740
368

740
368(2)

-----

-----

-----

-----

17B

---

22B

---

372B

---

---

---

---

740
177

740
177

740
177

740
177

740
177(2)

-----

-----

-----

-----

17B

---

22B

---

372B

---

---

---

---

740
96

740
125

740
125

740
125

740
125(2)

-----

-----

-----

-----

19B

---

24B

---

47B

---

---

---

---

15
15

-----

740
81

740
132

740
75(2)

740
94

740
165

740
144(2)

740
166

20B

---

25B

31B

---

250B

254B

382B

258B

-----

-----

259
38

259
62

290
35(2)

290
44

290
78

290
68(2)

290
79

---

---

25B

31B

---

250B

254B

382B

258B

1R6760
27082

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-130.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with 1052 Actuator
PEEK Bearings, HD Seal (lubricated)
PushDowntoClose
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

18
psig

33
psig

Size 33
40
psig

Size 40

33
psig

18 psig

40
psig

55
psig

18 psig

40
psig

33 psig

55
psig

4.9

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A466 16A465 16A465 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 1P6371 1L2174 1N8440 1P6371 1N8440 1N8440
2X012 4X012 5X012 527082 27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
0X012 9X012 9X012 4X012 3X012

10

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

133

163

224

407

371

309

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS
Number(2)

203A

204A

420A

1173A

1169A

1178A

1184A

1182A

431A

62A

0

435

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

63

53

97

90

131

170

155

234

219

234

253

FS
Number(2)

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A
740

0

147

559

740

740

740

382

740

740

740

740

70

30

25

46

43

63

82

74

113

105

113

122

FS
Number(2)

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A
740

0

516

290

740

740

70

27

41

38

41

44

FS
Number(2)

433A

438A

65A

442A

448A
740

0

530

300

70

21

23

25

FS
Number(2)

435A

443A

449A

0

143

43

290

70

10

11

12

FS
Number(2)

435A

443A

449A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 130.3

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK Bearings, HD Seal (lubricated)
PushDowntoClose
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 60
Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Valve
Size,
Inches

Size 70

18 psig

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

740

740

740

70

368

368

368

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

454A

0

740

740

740

70

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

454A

0

740

740

740

70

78

70

108

FS Number(2)

452A

68A

456A

0

70

620

485

740

740

740

70

44

39

60

63

66

137

FS Number(2)

453A

69A

457A

262A

266A

270A
290

0

183

124

290

290

70

19

28

30

31

65

FS Number(2)

69A

457A

262A

266A

270A

10

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C 130.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1994, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK Bearings, HD Seal (lubricated)
PushDowntoOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

18
psig

33
psig

Size 33
40
psig

18 psig

33 psig

Size 40
40
psig

55
psig

18 psig

40
psig

33 psig

55
psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A46 16A46 16A46 10B15 10B15 10B1 10B15 10B15 10B15


1L2174 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173 1N8440 1L2173 1N8440
60
59
59
23
24
524
25
25
25
27042 27082 27082 27042 27082 27042 27082
X012
X012 X012 X012 X012 X012
X012 X012 X012

10

0

600

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

204

378

526

414

173

526

526(2)

526

526

526

526

526

526

526(2)

526

526

FS
Number(3)

201B

202B

320A

330B

8B

284B

336B

343B

0

243

591

587

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

70

30

198

95(2)

202

368

224

108

368

316

141(2)

368

368

FS
Number(3)

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

1271B 1130B 1134B 1137B 1139B

1128B 1131B 1135B 1138B 1140B 1143B

0

18

253

250

740

559

559

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

18

14

95

46(2)

97

177

108

52

177

152

68(2)

177

177

FS
Number(3)

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

1128B 1131B 1135B 1138B 1140B 1143B

0

113

452

452

740

740

740

484

70

39

19

92

55

25(2)

89

125

FS
Number(3)

333B

11B

16B

339B

346B

350B

353B

0

65

335

65

70

31

14(2)

50

FS
Number(3)

340B

347B

351B

0

59

70

6(2)

FS
Number(3)

347B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 130.5

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

10.1

14.7

10.1

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

368

368

368

368

368(2)

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

372B

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

177

177

177

177

177(2)

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

372B

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

96

125

125

125

125(2)

FS Number(3)

19B

24B

47B

0

365

320

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

54

147

81

132

75(2)

94

165

144(2)

166

FS Number(3)

20B

385B

25B

31B

250B

254B

382B

258B
290

0

72

52

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

25

52

38

62

35(2)

44

78

68(2)

79

FS Number(3)

20B

385B

25B

31B

250B

254B

382B

258B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C 130.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Valve
Size,
Inches

Size 33

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

4.9

90

90

90

90

90

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

40 psig 55 psig
3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1524 10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525 1P6371 1L2174 1N8440 1P6371 1N8440 1N8440
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
27082 27042 27082 27082 27082 27082
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

10

750
217
203A
-------------------------------

750
267
204A
-------------------------------

750
367
420A
-------------------------------

750
665
--750
105
1171A
37
22
1171A
-------------------

750
607
1173A
733
96
1174A
250
20
1174A
-------------------

750
505
1169A
750
80
1176A
483
17
1176A
-------------------

750
750
1178A
750
146
1179A
750
31
1179A
-------------------

750
750
1184A
750
137
1181A
750
29
1181A
-------------------

750
750
1182A
750
199
1183A
750
42
1183A
-------------------

750
750
--750
258
58A
383
54
58A
67
25
60A
-------------

750
750
431A
750
234
432A
750
49
432A
750
23
433A
161
15
439A
57
7
434A

750
750
--750
355
436A
750
75
436A
275
35
438A
100
23
435A
10
10
439A

750
750
62A
750
332
63A
750
70
63A
750
32
65A
750
21
443A
290
10
435A

750
750
--750
355
441A
750
75
441A
750
35
442A
750
23
449A
290
11
443A

750
750
--750
384
446A
750
81
446A
750
37
448A
750
24
290
12
449A

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)
0
70
FS Number(2)

Size 60
18 psig

Size 70
33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N3973 27082

1K1627 27082

1P2702 27042

1R6760 27082

1R6760 27082

1R6760 27082

750
558
450A
750
118
450A
617
66
452A
278
43
453A
147
21
453A

750
558
66A
750
118
66A
750
59
68A
750
39
69A
290
19
69A

750
558
--750
118
--750
91
456A
639
59
457A
290
28
457A

------------------750
62
262A
290
30
262A

------------------750
65
266A
290
31
266A

------------------750
135
270A
290
65
270A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-130.7

Design V200
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, & 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33

18 psig 33 psig 40 psig

18 psig

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig 55 psig

18 psig

40
psig

33 psig

55
psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

1L217 1P637 1P637 1L217 1N844 1L217 1N844


16A466 16A465 16A465 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152 10B152
42704
1
1
3
0
3
0
0 X012 9 X012 9 X012 3 X012 4 X012 4 X012 5 X012 5 X012 5 X012
2
27082 27082 27042 27082 27042 27082

10

0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)
0
70
FS
Number(2)

400
333

750
617

750
750

750
677

750
283

750
750

750
750(2)

750
750

750
750

750
750

750
750

750
750

750
750

750
750(2)

201B

202B

320B

1271B

1130B

1134B

1137B

-----

-----

-----

587
107

750
45

750
750

750
145(2)

1139B

---

750
750

750
750

---

---

---

1128B

1131B

1135B

-----

-----

-----

177
23

310
9

308
63

1138B

1140B

1143B

750
31(2)

483
65

483
118

---

---

---

1128B

1131B

1135B

1138B

1140B

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

---

---

---

-----

-----

-----

---

---

---

-----

-----

-----

---

---

-----

-----

---

---

---

-----

-----

-----

---

---

---

---

---

750
750

750
750

330B

8B

284B

336B

343B

---

---

750
339

750
163

750
750

750
479

750
213(2)

750
558

750
558

331B

9B

14B

337B

---

348B

---

617
72

750
34

750
118

750
101

750
45(2)

750
118

750
118

1143B

331B

9B

14B

337B

---

348B

---

-----

-----

183
33

750
16

358
78

750
47

750
21(2)

608
76

375
106

---

---

---

333B

11B

16B

339B

346B

350B

353B

-----

-----

-----

52
22

143
10

143
51

274
30

750
14(2)

274
49

152
83

---

---

---

---

334B

335b

341B

340B

347B

351B

---

-----

-----

-----

-----

-----

43
5

43
24

143
15

290
6(2)

143
24

50
40

---

---

---

---

---

335b

341B

340B

347B

351B

---

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)
0
70
FS Number(3)

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

10.1

14.7

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

750
558
17B
750
118
17B
750
81
19B
535
53
20B
290
25
20B

750
558
--750
118
--750
106
--496
145
385B
290
70
385B

750
558
22B
750
118
22B
750
106
24B
750
79
25B
290
38
25B

750
558
--750
118
--750
106
--750
130
31B
290
62
31B

750
558(2)
372B
750
118(2)
372B
750
106(2)
47B
750
74(2)
--290
35(2)
---

------------------750
92
250B
290
44
250B

------------------750
162
254B
290
78
254B

------------------750
189(2)
382B
290
68(2)
382B

------------------750
164
258B
290
79
258B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 or 1052K- for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-130.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

10.1

Design V200
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

10

Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
558

70

505

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
118

70

107

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

556

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
106

70

49

66

82

98

106

106

106

106

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

417

694

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

32

43

53

64

85

107

128

128

164

164

164

164

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

139

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-131

Design V200
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
118

70

107

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
106

70

49

66

82

98

106

106

106

106

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

147

221

294

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

32

43

53

64

85

107

128

128

164

164

164

164

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
150

75

122

150

150

150

150

150

150

150

150

150

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B

10

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-132

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

10

Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
368

70

333

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
177

70

160

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

58

78

97

116

125

125

125

125

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

---

200

450

700

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

---

43

54

65

87

108

130

130

166

166

166

166

FS Number(4)

---

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

---

22

130

239

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

---

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-132.1

Design V200
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

10

Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
368

70

333

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
177

70

160

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

58

78

97

116

125

125

125

125

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

300

550

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

33

43

54

65

87

108

130

130

166

166

166

166

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

43

152

261

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-132.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

10

Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
558

70

505

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
118

70

107

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
106

70

49

66

82

98

106

106

106

106

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

478

696

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

32

43

53

64

85

107

128

128

164

164

164

164

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

290

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14

September 1998 Page C-132.3/C-132.4

Design V200
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
558

10
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

263

395

526

526

526

526

526

526

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
118

70

56

83

111

111

111

111

111

111

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

167

389

611

740

740

611

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
106

70

26

38

51

51

51

51

51

51

98

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

64

96

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-132.5

Design V200
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
300

10
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

263

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

279

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
118

70

56

83

111

111

111

111

111

111

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

111

222

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
106

70

26

38

51

51

51

51

51

51

98

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

64

96

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

150

150

150

150

150

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-132.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
368

10
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

174

260

347

347

347

347

347

347

368

368

368

368

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
177

70

83

125

167

167

167

167

167

167

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

242

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

30

45

61

61

61

61

61

61

116

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

700

740

740

740

740
127

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

65

98

127

127

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

239

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-132.7

Design V200
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
368

10
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

174

260

347

347

347

347

347

347

368

368

368

368

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
177

70

83

125

167

167

167

167

167

167

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

565

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

30

45

61

61

61

61

61

61

116

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740
127

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

65

98

127

127

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-132.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

70

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
558

10
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

263

395

526

526

526

526

526

526

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
118

70

56

83

111

111

111

111

111

111

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

417

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
106

70

26

38

51

51

51

51

51

51

98

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

64

96

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

290

290

290

290

290

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14

September 1998 Page C-132.9/C-132.10

Design V200 & V300


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Size 20
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
740

0

600

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

132

132

132

213

132

213

132

213

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

28

28

45

28

45

28

45

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
267

0

28

61

22

61

261

61

70

13

13

21

13

21

13

21

FS Number(2)

104A

104A

108A

104A

108A

104A

108A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
740

0

500

500

500

740

500

740

500

70

132

203

342

208

484

350

500

489

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
740

0

740

740

70

44

74

103

FS Number(2)

107B

107B

107B
17

0

17

17

70

17

17

17

FS Number(2)

108B

108B

108B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 133

Design V200 & V300


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

276

276

276

442

442

526

526

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

58

58

58

93

93

111

111

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
740

0

122

350

372

356

740

517

70

27

27

27

43

43

51

51

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

268

405

526

426

526

526

526

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

57

86

111

90

111

111

111

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
522

0

122

122

122

361

361

522

70

26

39

51

42

51

51

51

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C134

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200 & V300


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK Bearings, TCM Seal
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

526

526

526

558

558

526

558

558

526

558

558

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

10

12

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

0

439

740

740

740

244

740

740

740

740

740

70

51

51

51

82

102

51

82

102

51

82

102

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
740

0

300

740

740

739

106

740

740

740

740

740

70

33

33

33

53

67

33

53

67

33

53

67

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
740

0

22

478

661

461

661

740

739

661

740

70

16

16

16

25

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
308

0

180

223

70

17

17

21

FS Number(2)

128A

128A

132A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

12

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

500

558

558

558

463

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

444

444

444

740

740

444

740

740

444

740

70

49

75

106

78

45

106

106

97

106

106

106

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
740

0

306

306

306

739

740

306

739

740

306

739

70

32

49

83

51

29

117

85

63

125

119

97

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
740

0

28

28

28

461

740

28

461

740

28

461

70

15

23

28

24

14

28

41

30

28

57

47

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

0

70

FS Number(2)

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 134.1

Design V200 & V300


with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Size 20
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
300

0

88

230

270

223

270

300

270

70

88

132

132

213

132

213

132

213

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
300

0

12

134

169

128

169

300

169

70

12

28

28

45

28

45

28

45

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
161

0

42

58

39

58

158

58

70

13

13

21

13

21

13

21

FS Number(2)

104A

104A

108A

104A

108A

104A

108A

300

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
216

0

81

81

81

216

81

216

81

70

81

81

81

208

81

216

81

216

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
122

0

122

122

70

44

74

103

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
36

0

36

36

70

20

34

36

FS Number(2)

108B

108B

108B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C134.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
300

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

276

276

276

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
300

0

233

300

300

300

300

300

70

58

58

58

93

93

111

111

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
300

0

89

203

214

206

300

286

70

27

27

27

43

43

51

51

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

300

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
300

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

268

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
300

0

233

233

233

300

300

300

70

57

86

111

90

111

111

111

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
289

0

89

89

89

208

208

289

70

26

39

51

42

51

51

51

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-134.3

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
300

10

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
300

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
300

0

247

300

300

300

150

300

300

300

300

300

70

51

51

51

82

102

51

82

102

51

82

102

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
300

0

116

237

285

232

65

285

300

300

285

300

70

33

33

33

53

65

33

53

67

33

53

67

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
150

0

55

132

150

129

22

150

150

150

150

150

70

16

16

16

25

22

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

300

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
300

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
300

0

250

250

250

300

300

250

300

300

250

300

70

49

75

106

78

45

106

106

97

106

106

106

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
300

0

118

118

118

232

300

118

232

300

118

232

70

32

49

83

51

29

117

85

63

118

119

97

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
150

0

56

56

56

129

150

56

129

150

56

129

70

15

23

40

24

14

56

41

30

56

57

47

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-134.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non lubricated)
Size 20
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

510

510

510

526

510

526

510

526

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
740

0

174

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

87

87

87

141

87

141

87

141

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
740

0

588

740

559

740

740

740

70

42

42

68

42

68

42

68

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
532

0

516

70

25

25

FS Number(2)

108A

108A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

510

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
740

0

130

130

130

740

130

740

130

70

87

130

130

137

130

231

130

323

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
529

0

529

529

70

66

111

155

FS Number(2)

107B

107B

107B

0

70

FS Number(2)

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 134.5

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (nonlubricated)
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

182

182

182

292

292

347

347

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

88

88

88

140

140

167

167

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
740

0

113

740

740

740

740

740

70

32

32

32

51

51

61

61

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

177

267

347

281

347

347

347

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

85

128

167

135

167

167

167

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
740

0

113

113

113

740

740

740

70

31

47

61

49

61

61

61

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C134.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non lubricated)
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

347

347

347

368

368

347

368

368

347

368

368

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

10

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

0

740

740

740

740

468

740

740

740

740

740

70

61

61

61

96

121

61

96

121

61

96

121

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
740

0

255

420

240

420

740

490

420

740

70

34

34

54

34

54

68

34

54

68

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

127A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
290

0

46

117

39

117

290

148

117

290

70

16

16

25

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

127A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

330

368

368

368

306

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

58

88

125

93

53

125

125

115

125

125

125

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
505

0

240

505

240

505

240

70

52

30

86

64

121

99

FS Number(2)

127B

131B

127B

131B

127B

131B
154

0

39

154

39

154

39

70

24

14

39

30

39

47

FS Number(2)

127B

131B

127B

131B

127B

131B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 134.7

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Size 20
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

510

510

510

526

510

526

510

526

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
740

0

609

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

87

87

87

141

87

141

87

141

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
740

0

265

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

42

42

42

68

42

68

42

68

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
740

0

161

258

145

258

740

258

70

15

15

25

15

25

15

25

FS Number(2)

104A

104A

108A

104A

108A

104A

108A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

510

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
740

0

565

565

565

740

565

740

565

70

87

134

226

137

319

231

347

323

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
740

0

235

235

235

740

235

740

235

70

42

64

108

66

153

111

167

155

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
129

0

129

129

70

24

40

56

FS Number(2)

108B

108B

108B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C134.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

182

182

182

292

292

347

347

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

88

88

88

140

140

167

167

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
740

0

435

740

740

740

740

740

70

32

32

32

51

51

61

61

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

177

267

347

281

347

347

347

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

85

128

167

135

167

167

167

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
740

0

435

435

435

740

740

740

70

31

47

61

49

61

61

61

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR . Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 134.9

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

347

347

347

368

368

347

368

368

347

368

368

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

10

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

61

61

61

96

121

61

96

121

61

96

121

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
740

0

195

605

740

590

20

740

740

740

740

740

70

34

34

34

54

20

34

54

68

34

54

68

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
290

0

176

248

170

248

290

278

248

290

70

16

16

25

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

127A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

330

368

368

368

306

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

58

88

125

93

53

125

125

115

125

125

125

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
740

0

200

200

200

590

740

200

590

740

200

590

70

32

49

84

52

30

119

86

64

127

121

99

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
285

0

170

285

170

285

170

70

24

14

41

30

57

47

FS Number(2)

127B

131B

127B

131B

127B

131B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C 134.10

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Size 20
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

FS Number(2)

102A

102A

102A

106A

102A

106A

102A

106A
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

132

132

132

213

132

213

132

213

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
750

0

317

667

750

650

750

750

750

70

28

28

28

45

28

45

28

45

FS Number(2)

103A

103A

103A

107A

103A

107A

103A

107A
567

0

33

208

258

200

258

558

258

70

13

13

13

21

13

21

13

21

FS Number(2)

104A

104A

104A

108A

104A

108A

104A

108A

750

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


2

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

FS Number(2)

102B

102B

102B

106B

102B

106B

102B

106B
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

132

203

342

208

484

350

526

489

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
633

0

300

300

300

633

300

633

300

70

28

43

72

44

102

74

111

103

FS Number(2)

103B

103B

103B

107B

103B

107B

103B

107B
192

0

25

25

25

192

25

192

25

70

13

20

25

20

25

34

25

48

FS Number(2)

104B

104B

104B

108B

104B

108B

104B

108B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-134.11

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Size 27
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

FS Number(2)

110A

110A

110A

114A

114A

118A

118A
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

276

276

276

442

442

526

526

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

58

58

58

93

93

111

111

FS Number(2)

111A

111A

111A

115A

115A

119A

119A
750

0

350

692

725

700

750

750

70

27

27

27

43

43

51

51

FS Number(2)

112A

112A

112A

116A

116A

120A

120A

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

FS Number(2)

110B

110B

110B

114B

114B

118B

118B
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

268

405

526

426

526

526

526

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

57

86

111

90

111

111

111

FS Number(2)

111B

111B

111B

115B

115B

119B

119B
750

0

350

350

350

708

708

750

70

26

39

51

42

51

51

51

FS Number(2)

112B

112B

112B

116B

116B

120B

120B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-134.12

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V200
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

526

526

526

558

558

526

558

558

526

558

558

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
750

10

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
750

0

750

750

750

750

533

750

750

750

750

750

70

51

51

51

82

102

51

82

102

51

82

102

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
750

0

387

743

750

730

235

750

750

750

750

750

70

33

33

33

53

67

33

53

67

33

53

67

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
290

0

230

290

290

290

113

290

290

290

290

290

70

16

16

16

25

32

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

750

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

500

558

558

558

463

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

49

75

106

78

45

106

106

97

106

106

106

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
750

0

391

391

391

730

750

391

730

750

391

730

70

32

49

83

51

29

117

85

63

125

119

97

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
290

0

233

233

233

290

290

233

290

290

233

290

70

15

23

40

24

14

56

41

30

60

57

47

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14

September 1998 . . Page C-134.13/C-134.14

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM BallSeal
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 33

Size 40

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

740

740

740

70

625

450

740

FS Number(4)

502A

505A

0

70

10

12

18 psig

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

508A

49B

53B

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

71

130

211

300

418

418

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

503A

509A

8A

11A

126A

48A

92A

0

270

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

15

27

44

63

88

88

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

503A

509A

8A

11A

126A

48A

92A

0

44

700

483

740

444

740

740

740

740

70

21

29

41

41

68

106

73

106

76

FS Number(4)

28A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A

135A

145A

740

0

561

344

740

306

689

740

740

70

19

27

27

44

72

47

72

50

FS Number(4)

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A
740

0

283

67

740

28

411

740

740

70

13

13

21

35

23

35

24

FS Number(4)

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A
635

0

478

340

70

15

23

16

FS Number(4)

137A

147A

142A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 135

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees
0

513

740

740

70

513

587

740

FS Number(3)

502B

505B

0

70

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

18 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
27042

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

508B

49B

53B

50B

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

276

558

353

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(3)

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

0

700

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

58

118

74

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(3)

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

0

72

183

183

183

600

567

740

740

70

69

34

63

106

64

106

106

106

FS Number(3)

29B

30B

128B

132B

31B

34B

0

44

44

44

461

428

740

740

70

22

41

44

41

129

71

122

FS Number(3)

125B

129B

133B

17B

136B

26B

146B
594

0

183

150

594

70

20

62

34

59

FS Number(3)

17B

136B

26B

146B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C136

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Spring Part Number
Size 33

Size 40

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

300

258

300

70

300

258

300

FS Number(4)

502A

505A

0

133

70

10

12

18 psig

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174


X012
X012
X012
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

508A

49A

53B

300

250

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

71

130

211

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(4)

506A

509A

8A

11A

126A

48A

92A

0

51

250

151

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

15

27

44

63

88

88

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

506A

509A

8A

11A

126A

48A

92A

0

50

300

269

300

250

300

300

300

300

70

21

29

41

41

68

106

73

106

76

FS Number(4)

28A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A

135A

145A

300

0

12

185

128

300

118

219

300

300

70

12

19

27

27

44

72

47

72

50

FS Number(4)

124A

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A
150

0

99

63

150

56

121

150

150

70

13

13

21

35

23

35

24

FS Number(4)

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A

136A

146A

141A
130

0

28

112

96

70

23

15

23

16

FS Number(4)

18A

27A

137A

147A

142A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 136.1

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

10

12

Size 33

Size 40

18 psig

33 psig

18 psig

10B1523
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

0

298

300

300

70

298

300

300

FS Number(3)

502B

508B

0

70

Size 60

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

300

300

300

300

300

300

49B

53B

50B

52

162

284

300

300

300

300

300

52

162

284

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(3)

503B

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

0

76

180

297

297

300

300

300

70

58

118

74

118

118

118

118

FS Number(3)

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

0

14

64

119

119

300

300

300

70

14

64

34

63

64

106

106

FS Number(3)

29B

30B

128B

31B

34B

0

19

49

49

159

268

268

70

19

22

41

41

71

122

FS Number(3)

150B

125B

129B

17B

26B

146B
150

0

12

12

82

150

70

11

12

20

34

59

FS Number(3)

125B

129B

17B

26B

146B
38

0

17

38

70

13

23

38

FS Number(3)

18B

27B

147B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C136.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non lubricated)
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

10B1523
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1K2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

383

276

503

526

526

526

526

526

FS Number(3)

502A

505A

508A

49A

50A

53A

0

465

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

47

86

139

276

198

276

276

368

368

FS Number(3)

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

48A

92A
740

0

168

740

676

412

740

740

740

740

70

23

41

67

133

95

133

133

177

177

FS Number(3)

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

48A

92A
740

0

740

740

740

740

70

35

48

48

80

125

FS Number(3)

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A
195

0

80

625

70

19

27

73

FS Number(3)

150A

133A

26A
20

0

207

70

13

20

FS Number(3)

133A

26A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 136.3

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (nonlubricated)
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

10B1522
X012

10B1523
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

1K1628
27082(2)

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

526

359

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS Number(4)

505B

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

0

652

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

182

368

233

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS Number(4)

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

0

294

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

88

177

112

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

8B

11B

14B

126B

0

290

290

290

740

740

740

740

740

70

41

75

125

75

125

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

30B

128B

0

360

360

70

73

124

FS Number(4)

0

91

91

70

34

59

FS Number(4)

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C136.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

10B1523
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

383

276

503

526

526

526

526

526

FS Number(3)

502A

505A

508A

49A

50A

53A

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

47

86

139

276

198

276

276

368

368

FS Number(3)

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

48A

92A
740

0

462

740

740

706

740

740

740

740

70

23

41

67

133

95

133

133

177

177

FS Number(3)

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

48A

92A
740

0

210

65

740

740

740

740

70

24

48

35

48

48

80

125

FS Number(3)

28A

30A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A
545

0

430

235

740

200

70

19

27

27

45

73

FS Number(3)

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A
150

0

100

15

337

70

13

13

35

FS Number(3)

150A

133A

26A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 136.5

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
In.

10

12

Size 33

Angle

of
Opening

18 psig

Size 40

33 psig

10B1522 10B1523 10B1524


X012
X012
X012

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

40 psig

33 psig

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

1K1628
27082(2)

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

526

359

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS
Number(4)

505B

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

0

83

378

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

61

185

182

368

233

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS
Number(4)

503B

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

0

109

588

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

89

88

177

112

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS
Number(4)

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

0

290

613

613

613

740

740

740

740

740

70

82

41

75

125

75

125

125

125

125

FS
Number(4)

29B

30B

128B

132B

31B

34B

0

340

310

710

195

710

70

42

132

73

149

124

FS
Number(4)

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B

0

61

48

222

222

70

20

48

34

59

FS
Number(4)

17B

136B

26B

146B

0

44

44

70

23

39

FS
Number(4)

27B

147B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C136.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

10

Size 33
18 psig

Size 40
33 psig

18 psig

33 psig

Size 60
40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

10B1523
X012

10B1522
X012

10B1524
X012

1L2174
27042

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082(2)

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

625

450

750

750

750

750

750

750

FS Number(3)

502A

505A

508A

49A

50A

53A

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

71

130

211

418

300

418

418

558

558

FS Number(3)

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

48A

92A
750

0

428

750

717

567

750

750

750

750

70

15

27

44

88

63

88

88

118

118

FS Number(3)

506A

509A

8A

14A

11A

126A

48A

92A
750

0

233

750

750

750

750

70

21

29

41

41

68

106

FS Number(3)

28A

29A

128A

132A

31A

34A
691

0

591

422

750

391

70

19

27

27

44

72

FS Number(3)

150A

129A

133A

17A

26A
463

0

387

257

750

233

70

13

13

21

35

FS Number(3)

150A

133A

17A

26A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 136.7

Design V300
with Type 1051 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
In.

10

Size 33

Angle

of
Opening

18 psig

Size 40

33 psig

10B1522 10B1523 10B1524


X012
X012
X012

Size 60

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1L2173
27042

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(2)

1K1628
27082(3)

1K1628
27082(2)

40 psig

33 psig

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

750

587

750

750

750

750

750

750

FS
Number(4)

505B

502B

508B

49B

53B

50B

0

690

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

281

276

558

353

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS
Number(4)

509B

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

0

500

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

58

118

74

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS
Number(4)

8B

11B

14B

126B

48B

92B

750

0

442

442

442

750

750

750

750

70

34

63

106

64

106

106

106

106

FS
Number(4)

125B

129B

133B

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B

0

187

187

187

513

487

750

387

750

70

22

41

82

41

129

71

147

122

FS
Number(4)

125B

129B

133B

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B

0

327

307

573

230

573

70

20

62

34

71

59

FS
Number(4)

17B

136B

26B

141B

146B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 or 1051K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C136.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 33

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

4.9

90

90

90

90

90

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1524 10B1523


X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
2

10

Size 40

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

10B1522 10B1524 10B1525 10B1525


X012
X012
X012
X012

55 psig

0

333

740

740

613

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

217

267

367

613

607

505

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

FS Number(2)

203A

204A

420A

1173A

1169A

1178A

1184A

1182A

431A

62A

0

200

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

96

80

146

137

199

234

332

308

384

FS Number(2)

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

432A

63A

446A
740

0

600

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

17

31

29

42

49

70

65

81

FS Number(2)

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

432A

63A

446A
740

0

150

740

740

70

23

32

30

37

FS Number(2)

433A

65A

444A

448A
740

0

11

672

740

70

11

21

20

24

FS Number(2)

434A

435A

445A

449A

0

70

FS Number(2)

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 137

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
PushDownToClose
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

18 psig

Size 70

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.5

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27082

1K1628
27082

1N9373
27082

1P2702
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

454A

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

454A

0

300

740

740

740

740

740

70

66

59

91

77

73

91

FS Number(2)

452A

68A

456A

458A

464A

0

161

740

622

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

43

39

59

50

48

59

62

65

135

FS Number(2)

453A

69A

457A

459A

74A

465A

262A

266A

270A
740

0

494

344

740

740

740

740

740

70

19

28

24

23

28

30

31

65

FS Number(2)

69A

457A

459A

74A

465A

262A

266A

270A
740

10

0

290

470

308

680

740

70

16

15

19

19

20

43

FS Number(2)

460A

75A

466A

263A

267A

271A

12

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C138

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number

Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size
20

Size
20

Size
20

Size
33

Size
33

18
psig

33
psig

40
psig

18
psig

18
psig

10

Size
33

Size
33

Size
40

33 psig

33
psig

40
psig

18
psig

Size 40 Size 40 Size 40 Size 40 Size 40 Size 40


18
psig

33
psig

33
psig

33
psig

40
psig

55
psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A466 16A465 16A465 10B152 10B152


0
9
9
3
4
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

Size 33

10B152
4
X012

10B152 10B152
1L2174 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173 1N8440 1L2173 1N8440
5
5
27042 27082 27082 27042 27082 27042 27082
X012
X012

0

67

533

533

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

67

533

533

677

283

740

740(2)

740

740

740

740

740

740(2)

740

740

FS
Number(3)

201B

202B

320B

1271B

1130B

1134B

1137B

1139B

330B

8B

284B

336B

343B

0

560

550

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

45

300

145(2)

306

72

163

558

479

213(2)

558

558

FS
Number(3)

1131B

1135B

1138B

1140B

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

740

600

11

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

31(2)

65

11

34

118

101

45(2)

118

118

FS
Number(3)

1138B

1140B

333B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

128

128

294

594

294

139

70

16

78

47

21(2)

76

106

FS
Number(3)

11B

16B

339B

346B

350B

353B

0

156

456

156

70

30

14(2)

49

FS
Number(3)

340B

347B

351B

0

178

70

6(2)

FS
Number(3)

347B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 138.1

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

14.7

10.1

10.1

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

558

558

558

308(2)

558

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

363B

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

118

118

118

65(2)

118

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

363B

0

628

578

740

740

740

70

81

106

106

30(2)

106

FS Number(3)

19B

24B

0

489

439

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

53

145

79

20(2)

130

92

68(2)

162

164

FS Number(3)

20B

385B

25B

366B

31B

250B

378B

254B

258B
740

0

211

161

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

25

70

38

9(2)

62

44

32(2)

78

79

FS Number(3)

20B

385B

25B

366B

31B

250B

378B

254B

258B
453

0

23

510

23

453

740

453

70

23

9(2)

23

29

21(2)

51

63

FS Number(3)

26B

367B

32B

251B

379B

255B

259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C138.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 20

Size 20

Size 20

Size 33

Size 33

Size 33

Size 33

Size 33

Size 40

Size 40

Size 40

Size 40

Size 40

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

18 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

18 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

55 psig

4.9

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1L2174
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

16A4660 16A4659 16A4659 10B1523 10B1522


X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
2

10

10B1524 10B1525 10B1525


X012
X012
X012

0

75

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

75

267

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

203A

204A

420A

1173A

1169A

1178A

1184A

1182A

431A

62A

0

61

155

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

61

80

146

137

199

234

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

432A

63A

441A

446A
300

0

70

283

300

300

262

300

300

300

70

17

31

29

42

49

70

75

65

81

FS Number(2)

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

432A

63A

441A

446A
300

0

103

300

300

300

70

23

32

35

30

37

FS Number(2)

433A

65A

442A

444A

448A
300

0

40

215

147

262

70

15

21

23

20

24

FS Number(2)

434A

435A

443A

445A

449A
150

0

118

75

148

70

10

11

12

FS Number(2)

434A

435A

443A

445A

449A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 138.3

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
PushDownToClose
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

18 psig

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.5

3.1

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1N9373
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

454A

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

454A

0

178

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

66

59

91

77

73

91

79

FS Number(2)

452A

68A

456A

458A

464A

0

79

241

201

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

43

39

59

50

48

59

52

62

65

135

FS Number(2)

453A

69A

457A

459A

74A

465A

81A

262A

266A

270A
150

0

32

135

110

150

150

150

150

150

150

70

21

19

28

24

23

28

25

30

31

65

FS Number(2)

453A

69A

457A

459A

74A

465A

81A

262A

266A

270A
150

0

33

25

90

111

92

150

135

150

70

12

19

16

15

19

16

19

20

43

FS Number(2)

70A

474A

460A

75A

466A

82A

263A

267A

271A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C138.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

18
psig

33
psig

Size 33
18
psig

18
psig

33
psig

10

40
psig

18
psig

18
psig

33
psig

33
psig

33
psig

40
psig

55
psig

3.9

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A466 16A465 10B152 10B152 10B152


0
9
3
4
4
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

Size 40
33 psig

10B152
5
X012

10B152
1L2174 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173 1N8440 1L2173 1N8440
5
27042
27082
27082
27042
27082
27042
27082
X012

0

150

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

150

300

283

300

300(2)

300

300

300

300

300

300(2)

300

300

FS
Number(3)

202B

1271B

1130B

1134B

1137B

1139B

330B

8B

284B

336B

343B

0

31

85

84

300

155

209

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

31

45

84

145(2)

155

209

163

300

300

213(2)

300

300

FS
Number(3)

1128B

1131B

1135B

1138B

1140B

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

195

70

116

238

238

300

300

300

250

70

31(2)

65

72

34

118

101

45(2)

118

118

FS
Number(3)

1131B

1135B

1138B

1140B

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

33

92

92

175

300

175

97

70

33

16

78

47

21(2)

76

97

FS
Number(3)

333B

11B

16B

339B

346B

350B

353B

0

34

34

78

157

78

37

70

10

34

30

14(2)

49

37

FS
Number(3)

334B

335B

341B

340B

347B

351B

0

31

82

31

70

15

6(2)

24

FS
Number(3)

335B

341B

340B

347B

351B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 138.5

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 70

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

11.4

10.1

14.7

10.1

10.1

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

90

1K1627
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300(2)

300

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

363B

0

300

300

300

300

70

118

118

65(2)

118

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

363B

0

300

300

300

300

70

81

106

30(2)

106

FS Number(3)

19B

24B

0

166

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

53

79

20(2)

130

92

68(2)

162

164

FS Number(3)

20B

25B

366B

31B

250B

378B

254B

258B
150

0

87

150

150

150

150

150

150

70

25

38

9(2)

62

44

32(2)

78

79

FS Number(3)

20B

25B

366B

31B

250B

378B

254B

258B
109

0

18

60

115

60

109

150

109

70

17

25

6(2)

41

29

21(2)

51

63

FS Number(3)

21B

26B

367B

32B

251B

379B

255B

259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C138.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non lubricated)
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

18
psig

33
psig

Size 33
40
psig

18 psig

10

40
psig

55
psig

18
psig

18
psig

33
psig

33
psig

40
psig

55
psig

4.9

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A466 16A465 16A465 10B152 10B152


0
9
9
4
3
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

Size 40

33
psig

10B152
2
X012

10B152 10B152 10B152


1P6371 1L2174 1N8440 1P6371 1N8440 1N8440
4
5
5
27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
X012
X012
27082

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

133

163

224

407

371

309

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS
Number(2)

203A

204A

420A

1173A

1169A

1178A

1184A

1182A

431A

62A

740

0

609

740

740

740

348

740

740

740

740

70

53

97

90

131

170

155

234

219

234

253

FS
Number(2)

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A
740

0

265

740

740

740

88

740

740

740

740

70

25

46

43

63

82

74

113

105

113

122

FS
Number(2)

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A

0

194

740

740

740

70

27

38

41

44

FS
Number(2)

433A

65A

442A

448A

0

180

740

70

21

25

FS
Number(2)

435A

449A

0

13

300

70

10

12

FS
Number(2)

435A

449A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 138.7

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non lubricated)
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 60
Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Valve Size,
Inches

Size 70

18 psig

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

740

740

740

70

368

368

368

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

0

740

740

740

70

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

0

629

740

740

70

78

70

108

FS Number(2)

452A

68A

456A

0

270

135

740

740

740

70

39

60

63

66

137

FS Number(2)

69A

457A

262A

266A

270A
740

0

52

740

740

70

19

30

31

65

FS Number(2)

69A

262A

266A

270A
740

10

0

386

740

70

19

20

43

FS Number(2)

263A

267A

271A

12

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C 138.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non lubricated)
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

18
psig

33
psig

Size 33
40
psig

18
psig

18
psig

33
psig

Size 40
40
psig

55
psig

18
psig

18
psig

33
psig

33
psig

33
psig

40
psig

55
psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A46 16A46 16A46 10B15 10B15


60
59
59
23
24
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

33
psig

10B1
524
X012

10B15 10B15 10B15


1N844
1N844
1L2174 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173
1L2173
25
25
25
0
0
27042 27082 27082 27042
27042
X012
X012
X012
27082
27082

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

378

526

414

173

526

526(2)

526

526

526

526

526

526

526(2)

526

526

FS
Number(3)

202B

320A

1271B

330B

8B

284B

336B

343B

0

157

152

740

609

609

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

30

152

95(2)

202

368

224

108

368

316

141(2)

368

368

FS
Number(3)

1143B

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

740

265

265

500

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

46(2)

97

177

108

52

177

152

68(2)

177

177

FS
Number(3)

1143B

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

129

129

613

740

613

161

70

19

92

55

25(2)

89

125

FS
Number(3)

11B

16B

339B

346B

350B

353B

1130B 1134B

1131B 1135B

1137B 1139B

1138B 1140B

1138B 1140B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 138.9

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (nonlubricated)
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

10.1

14.7

10.1

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

368

368

368(2)

368

368(2)

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

372B

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

177

177

177(2)

177

177(2)

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

372B

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

96

125

125(2)

125

125(2)

FS Number(3)

19B

24B

47B

0

15

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

15

81(2)

132

75(2)

94

165

144(2)

166

FS Number(3)

20B

25B

31B

250B

254B

382B

258B
633

0

259

259

683

633

633

740

70

38(2)

62

35(2)

44

78

68(2)

79

FS Number(3)

25B

31B

250B

254B

382B

258B
262

0

26

26

293

262

262

564

70

25(2)

26

23(2)

29

51

45(2)

63

FS Number(3)

26B

32B

251B

255B

259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C138.10

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

18
psig

33
psig

Size 33
40
psig

10

40
psig

55
psig

18
psig

18
psig

33
psig

33
psig

40
psig

55
psig

4.9

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A466 16A465 16A465 10B152 10B152


0
9
9
4
3
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

Size 40

33
psig

18 psig

10B152
2
X012

10B152 10B152 10B152


1P6371 1L2174 1N8440 1P6371 1N8440 1N8440
4
5
5
27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
X012
X012
27082

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

133

163

224

407

371

309

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

FS
Number(2)

203A

204A

420A

1173A

1169A

1178A

1184A

1182A

431A

62A

0

435

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

63

53

97

90

131

170

155

234

219

234

253

FS
Number(2)

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A

0

147

559

740

740

740

382

740

740

740

740

740

70

30

25

46

43

63

82

74

113

105

113

122

FS
Number(2)

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A

0

516

290

740

740

740

70

27

41

38

41

44

FS
Number(2)

433A

438A

65A

442A

448A

0

530

300

740

70

21

23

25

FS
Number(2)

435A

443A

449A

0

143

43

430

70

10

11

12

FS
Number(2)

435A

443A

449A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 138.11

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
PushDownToClose
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 60
Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Valve
Size,
Inches

Size 70

18 psig

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

740

740

740

70

368

368

368

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

454A

0

740

740

740

70

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

454A

0

740

740

740

70

78

70

108

FS Number(2)

452A

68A

456A

0

70

620

485

740

740

740

70

44

39

60

63

66

137

FS Number(2)

453A

69A

457A

262A

266A

270A
740

0

183

124

740

740

70

19

28

30

31

65

FS Number(2)

69A

457A

262A

266A

270A
740

10

0

19

510

740

70

12

19

20

43

FS Number(2)

70A

263A

267A

271A

12

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C138.12

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

18
psig

33
psig

Size 33
40
psig

18
psig

18
psig

10

33
psig

Size 40
40
psig

55
psig

18
psig

18
psig

33
psig

33
psig

33
psig

40
psig

55
psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A46 16A46 16A46 10B15 10B15


60
59
59
23
24
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

33
psig

10B1
524
X012

10B15 10B15 10B15


1N844
1N844
1L2174 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173
1L2173
25
25
25
0
0
27042 27082 27082 27042
27042
X012
X012
X012
27082
27082

0

600

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

204

378

526

414

173

526

526(2)

526

526

526

526

526

526

526(2)

526

526

FS
Number(3)

201B

202B

320A

1271B

330B

8B

284B

336B

343B

0

243

591

587

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

70

30

198

95(2)

202

368

224

108

368

316

141(2)

368

368

FS
Number(3)

1128B

1143B

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

18

253

250

740

559

559

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

18

14

95

46(2)

97

177

108

52

177

152

68(2)

177

177

FS
Number(3)

1128B

1143B

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

113

452

452

740

740

740

484

70

39

19

92

55

25(2)

89

125

FS
Number(3)

333B

11B

16B

339B

346B

350B

353B

1130B 1134B

1131B 1135B

1131B 1135B

1137B 1139B

1138B 1140B

1138B 1140B

0

65

335

65

70

31

14(2)

50

FS
Number(3)

340B

347B

351B

0

59

70

6(2)

FS
Number(3)

347B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 138.13

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
PushDownToOpen
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

10.1

14.7

10.1

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

368

368

368

368

368(2)

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

372B

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

177

177

177

177

177(2)

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

372B

0

740

740

740

740

740

70

96

125

125

125

125(2)

FS Number(3)

19B

24B

47B

0

365

320

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

54

147

81

132

75(2)

94

165

144(2)

166

FS Number(3)

20B

385B

25B

31B

250B

254B

382B

258B
740

0

72

52

389

389

740

740

740

740

70

25

52

38

62

35(2)

44

78

68(2)

79

FS Number(3)

20B

385B

25B

31B

250B

254B

382B

258B
385

0

149

149

416

385

385

688

70

25

41

23(2)

29

51

45(2)

63

FS Number(3)

26B

32B

251B

255B

259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C138.14

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
Catalog 14

PEEK/PTFE Bearings and Flow Ring Construction


Push-Down-To-Close

December 2005 - Page C-138.15

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

18
psig

33
psig

Size 33
40
psig

10

40
psig

55
psig

18
psig

18
psig

33
psig

33
psig

40
psig

55
psig

4.9

2.7

4.9

3.5

6.3

4.3

3.5

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

90

16A466 16A465 16A465 10B152 10B152


0
9
9
4
3
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

Size 40

33
psig

18 psig

10B152
2
X012

10B152 10B152 10B152


1P6371 1L2174 1N8440 1P6371 1N8440 1N8440
4
5
5
27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
X012
X012
27082

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

217

267

367

665

607

505

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

FS
Number(2)

203A

204A

420A

1173A

1169A

1178A

1184A

1182A

431A

62A

0

307

733

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

105

96

80

146

137

199

258

234

355

332

355

384

FS
Number(2)

1171A

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A

0

37

250

483

750

750

750

383

750

750

750

750

750

70

22

20

17

31

29

42

54

49

75

70

75

81

FS
Number(2)

1171A

1174A

1176A

1179A

1181A

1183A

58A

432A

436A

63A

441A

446A

0

67

392

275

750

750

750

70

25

23

35

32

35

37

FS
Number(2)

60A

433A

438A

65A

442A

448A

0

161

100

678

478

750

70

15

23

21

23

24

FS
Number(2)

434A

439A

435A

443A

449A

0

57

10

453

300

750

70

10

10

11

12

FS
Number(2)

434A

439A

435A

443A

449A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher Controls International LLC 1989, 2005; All Rights Reserved Printed in USA

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
Catalog 14

PEEK/PTFE Bearings and Flow Ring Construction


Push-Down-To-Close

September 1998 - Page C-138.16

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 60
Valve Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 70

18 psig

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.3

10.1

90

90

90

90

90

90

1N9373
27082

1K1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

750

750

750

70

558

558

558

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

0

750

750

750

70

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

450A

66A

0

617

750

750

70

66

59

91

FS Number(2)

452A

68A

456A

0

278

750

639

750

750

750

70

43

39

59

62

65

135

FS Number(2)

453A

69A

457A

262A

266A

270A
750

0

147

513

423

750

750

70

21

19

28

30

31

65

FS Number(2)

453A

69A

457A

262A

266A

270A
750

0

69

383

306

750

750

70

14

12

19

19

20

43

FS Number(2)

70A

474A

263A

267A

271A

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052- for size 20 or 33 and 1052K for all others. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher is a mark owned by Fisher Controls International LLC, a member of the Emerson Process Management
business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks
of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

www.Fisher.com
Fisher Controls International LLC 1989, 2005; All Rights Reserved Printed in USA

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 20, 33, 40
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Size 20
Valve
Size,
In.

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

18
psig

33
psig

Size 33
40
psig

18 psig

10

Size 40
40
psig

55
psig

18 psig

40
psig

33 psig

55
psig

3.9

6.8

6.8

3.7

4.9

4.9

9.7

6.3

6.3

4.3

4.3

9.2

4.4

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

16A46 16A46 16A46 10B15 10B15


60
59
59
23
24
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

33 psig

10B1
524
X012

10B15 10B15 10B15


1L2174 1P6371 1P6371 1L2173 1N8440 1L2173 1N8440
25
25
25
27042 27082 27082 27042 27082 27042 27082
X012
X012
X012

0

400

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

333

617

750

677

283

750

750(2)

750

750

750

750

750

750

750(2)

750

750

FS
Number(3)

201B

202B

320B

33B

8B

284B

336B

0

587

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

107

45

300

145(2)

306

558

339

163

558

479

213(2)

558

558

FS
Number(3)

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

177

310

308

750

483

483

617

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

23

63

31(2)

65

118

72

34

118

101

45(2)

118

118

FS
Number(3)

331B

9B

14B

337B

348B

0

183

358

358

608

750

608

375

70

33

16

78

47

21(2)

76

106

FS
Number(3)

333B

11B

16B

339B

346B

350B

353B

1271B 1130B 1134B 1137B 1139B

1128B 1131B 1135B 1138B 1140B 1143B

1128B 1131B 1135B 1138B 1140B 1143B

0

52

143

143

274

509

274

152

70

22

10

51

30

14(2)

49

83

FS
Number(3)

334B

335B

341B

340B

347B

351B

0

43

43

143

290

143

50

70

24

15

6(2)

24

40

FS
Number(3)

335B

341B

340B

347B

351B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 138.17

Design V300
with Type 1052 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
Size 60, 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

10

12

Angle
of
Opening,
Degrees

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 60

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

Size 70

18 psig

33 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

33 psig

40 psig

40 psig

55 psig

3.7

3.5

11.4

10.1

10.1

14.7

10.1

90

90

90

90

60

90

90

60

90

1K1627
27082

1N9373
27082

1K1628
27082

1K1628
27082

1P2702
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0

750

750

750

750

750

70

558

558

558

558

558(2)

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

372B

0

750

750

750

750

750

70

118

118

118

118

118(2)

FS Number(3)

17B

22B

372B

0

750

750

750

750

750

70

81

106

106

106

106(2)

FS Number(3)

19B

24B

47B

0

535

496

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

53

145

79

130

74(2)

92

162

142(2)

164

FS Number(3)

20B

385B

25B

31B

250B

254B

382B

258B
750

0

343

313

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

25

70

38

62

35(2)

44

78

68(2)

79

FS Number(3)

20B

385B

25B

31B

250B

254B

382B

258B
750

0

237

211

654

654

750

750

750

750

70

17

46

25

41

23(2)

29

51

45(2)

63

FS Number(3)

21B

386B

26B

32B

251B

255B

259B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. Maximum allowable pressure drop when limited to 60 degrees rotation.
3. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 for size 33 or 1052K for all others. Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C 138.18

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
558

10

12

70

505

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
118

70

107

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

556

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
106

70

49

66

82

98

106

106

106

106

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

417

694

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

32

43

53

64

85

107

128

128

164

164

164

164

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
740

139

417

694

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
740

---

---

---

250

500

740

740

740

740

740

70

---

---

---

27

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

109B

109B

109B

109B

113B

113B

113B

203B

203B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-139

Design V300
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
118

70

107

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
106

70

49

66

82

98

106

106

106

106

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

147

221

294

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

32

43

53

64

85

107

128

128

164

164

164

164

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
150

75

122

150

150

150

150

150

150

150

150

150

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
150

10

---

---

---

57

86

114

143

143

150

150

150

70

---

---

---

20

27

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B

12

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-140

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

70

333

368

368

368

368

368

368

368

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

70

160

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

70

58

78

97

116

125

125

125

125

125

125

---

---

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

---

200

450

700

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

70

---

43

54

65

87

108

130

130

166

166

---

---

FS Number(4)

---

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

---

---

---

22

130

239

457

674

740

740

740

740

740

740

10

12

70

---

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

---

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
740

---

---

---

14

151

288

425

425

699

740

740

70

---

---

---

14

27

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

109B

109B

109B

109B

113B

113B

113B

203B

203B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-140.1

Design V300
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

333

368

368

368

368

368

368

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

160

177

177

177

177

177

177

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

70

58

78

97

116

125

125

125

125

125

125

---

---

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

300

550

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

10

12

70

33

43

54

65

87

108

130

130

166

166

166

166

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
740

43

152

261

370

587

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

150B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
740

---

---

---

137

274

411

548

548

740

740

740

70

---

---

---

20

29

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

109B

109B

109B

109B

113B

113B

113B

203B

203B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-140.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1061 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 30

Size 40

Size 60

Size 68

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

60
psig

80
psig

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

70

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

102B

102B

102B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

70

505

558

558

558

558

558

558

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

70

107

118

118

118

118

118

118

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

103B

103B

103B

135B

135B

135B

135B

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

70

49

66

82

98

106

106

106

106

106

106

---

---

FS Number(4)

115B

115B

115B

117B

117B

117B

117B

119B

119B

119B

---

---

478

696

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

10

12

70

32

43

53

64

85

107

128

128

164

164

164

164

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
750

300

467

633

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

15

20

26

31

41

51

61

61

79

79

79

79

FS Number(4)

105B

105B

105B

108B

108B

108B

108B

112B

112B

112B

202B

202B
750

---

---

---

629

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

---

---

---

20

27

34

40

40

54

63

63

63

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

109B

109B

109B

109B

113B

113B

113B

203B

203B

1. These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner. When a
positioner is used, supply pressure to the positioner should be 5 psi greater than the supply pressure shown in the table.
2. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
3. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-140.3

Design V300
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & TCM Ball Seal
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
558

10

12
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

263

395

526

526

526

526

526

526

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
118

70

56

83

111

111

111

111

111

111

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

167

389

611

740

740

611

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
106

70

26

38

51

51

51

51

51

51

98

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

64

96

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

375

740

740

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

30

39

39

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

8B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-140.4

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
300

10

12
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

263

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

279

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
118

70

56

83

111

111

111

111

111

111

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

111

222

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300
106

70

26

38

51

51

51

51

51

51

98

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

300

300

300

300

300
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

- - -- - -

---

---

64

96

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

150

150

150

150

150

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
150

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

57

100

143

150

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

30

39

39

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

8B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-140.5

Design V300
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non-lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
368

10

12
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

174

260

347

347

347

347

347

347

368

368

368

368

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
177

70

83

125

167

167

167

167

167

167

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

242

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

30

45

61

61

61

61

61

61

116

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

700

740

740

740

740
127

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

65

98

127

127

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

239

565

740

740

740

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
630

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

14

219

425

630

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

14

30

39

39

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

8B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-140.6

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

---

---

---

---

---

70

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

526

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
368

10

12
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

174

260

347

347

347

347

347

347

368

368

368

368

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
177

70

83

125

167

167

167

167

167

167

177

177

177

177

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

565

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740
125

70

30

45

61

61

61

61

61

61

116

125

125

125

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

740

740

740

740

740
127

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

65

98

127

127

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

370

696

740

740

740

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
740

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

137

342

548

740

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

30

39

39

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

8B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-140.7

Design V300
with Type 1066 Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Push-Down-To-Close or Push-Down-To-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(2) for Forward Flow
Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(3) (90_ Maximum Rotation)
Size 20

Size 27

Size 75

Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle of
Opening,
Degrees

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

40
psig

50
psig

60
psig

40
psig

60
psig

80
psig

100
psig

120
psig

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

70

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

---

---

---

---

---

FS Number(4)

2B

2B

2B

2B

2B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
558

10

12
1.
2.
3.
4.

70

263

395

526

526

526

526

526

526

558

558

558

558

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
118

70

56

83

111

111

111

111

111

111

118

118

118

118

FS Number(4)

3B

3B

3B

3B

3B

46B

46B

46B

5B

5B

5B

5B

5B

417

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750
106

70

26

38

51

51

51

51

51

51

98

106

106

106

FS Number(4)

4B

4B

4B

4B

4B

47B

47B

47B

6B

6B

6B

6B

6B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750
125

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

64

96

125

125

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

750

750

750

750

750

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

31

46

60

60

60

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

7B

7B

7B

7B

7B
750

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

629

750

750

750

70

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

20

30

39

39

39

FS Number(4)

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

8B

8B

8B

8B

8B

These tables provide pressure drop values according to actuator size and cylinder pressure.
At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place an A instead of a B at the end of the FS number.
When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C-140.8

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & All Seals

The Design V300 with a Type 1066SR actuator, sizes 20 and 27, will have the same values as the Design V200 with a Type
1066SR actuator, sizes 20 and 27. See pages C 133 through C 134.13/.14. The values for the Type 1066SR size 75 actua
tor with a TCM Ball Seal are the same for both Designs V300 and V200 (see page C 134.1). However, values for a 1066SR
actuator size 75 with the Flat Metal Seal, HD Seal, and Flow Ring Construction differ between the Design V300 and V200
(see following pages for V300 values).


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 141

Design V300
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flat Metal Seal
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
300

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
300

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
300

0

247

300

300

300

150

300

300

300

300

300

70

51

51

51

82

102

51

82

102

51

82

102

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
300

0

116

237

285

232

65

285

300

300

285

300

70

33

33

33

53

65

33

53

67

33

53

67

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
150

0

55

132

150

129

22

150

150

150

150

150

70

16

16

16

25

22

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
92

10

0

32

41

31

41

78

45

41

83

70

11

11

17

11

17

21

11

17

21

FS Number(2)

124A

124A

124A

128A

124A

128A

132A

124A

128A

132A

300

12

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
300

0

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
300

0

250

250

250

300

300

250

300

300

250

300

70

49

75

106

78

45

106

106

97

106

106

106

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
300

0

118

118

118

232

300

118

232

300

118

232

70

32

49

83

51

29

117

85

63

118

119

97

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
150

0

56

56

56

129

150

56

129

150

56

129

70

15

23

40

24

14

56

41

30

56

57

47

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
46

10

0

31

46

31

46

31

70

16

27

20

31

31

FS Number(2)

124B

124B

124B

128B

132B

124B

128B

132B

124B

128B

132B

12

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR . Right hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C 142

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (non lubricated)
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

347

347

347

368

368

347

368

368

347

368

368

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

10

12

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

0

740

740

740

740

468

740

740

740

740

740

70

61

61

61

96

121

61

96

121

61

96

121

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
740

0

255

420

240

420

740

490

420

740

70

34

34

54

34

54

68

34

54

68

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

127A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
507

0

46

117

39

117

396

148

117

433

70

16

16

25

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

127A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
182

0

112

136

70

17

17

21

FS Number(2)

128A

128A

132A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

12

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

330

368

368

368

306

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

58

88

125

93

53

125

125

115

125

125

125

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
505

0

240

505

240

505

240

70

52

30

86

64

121

99

FS Number(2)

127B

131B

127B

131B

127B

131B
154

0

39

154

39

154

39

70

24

14

39

30

39

47

FS Number(2)

127B

131B

127B

131B

127B

131B

0

70

FS Number(2)

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C 142.1

Design V300
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & HD Seal (lubricated)
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

347

347

347

368

368

347

368

368

347

368

368

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

10

12

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

61

61

61

96

121

61

96

121

61

96

121

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
740

0

195

605

740

590

20

740

740

740

740

740

70

34

34

34

54

20

34

54

68

34

54

68

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
637

0

176

248

170

248

526

278

248

563

70

16

16

25

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

127A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
305

0

15

60

11

60

236

79

60

259

70

11

11

11

11

17

21

11

17

21

FS Number(2)

124A

124A

128A

124A

128A

132A

124A

128A

132A

740

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

12

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

330

368

368

368

306

368

368

368

368

368

368

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

158

177

177

177

147

177

177

177

177

177

177

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
740

0

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

740

70

58

88

125

93

53

125

125

115

125

125

125

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
740

0

200

200

200

590

740

200

590

740

200

590

70

32

49

84

52

30

119

86

64

127

121

99

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
285

0

170

285

170

285

170

70

24

14

41

30

57

47

FS Number(2)

127B

131B

127B

131B

127B

131B
84

0

11

84

11

84

11

70

11

11

20

11

31

FS Number(2)

128B

132B

128B

132B

128B

132B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR. Righthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
Page C142.2

September 1998

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

Design V300
with Type 1066SR Actuator
PEEK/PTFE Bearings & Flow Ring Construction
Size 75
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow
PushDownToClose (90 Maximum Rotation)
Cylinder Pressure and Spring Part Number
Valve
Size,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening
0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

526

526

526

558

558

526

558

558

526

558

558

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
750

10

12

50 psig

60 psig

80 psig

80 psig

80 psig

100 psig

100 psig

100 psig

120 psig

120 psig

120 psig

18A4451 18A4451 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453 18A4451 18A4452 18A4453
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121A

121A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A

121A

125A

129A
750

0

750

750

750

750

533

750

750

750

750

750

70

51

51

51

82

102

51

82

102

51

82

102

FS Number(2)

122A

122A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A

122A

126A

130A
750

0

387

743

750

730

235

750

750

750

750

750

70

33

33

33

53

67

33

53

67

33

53

67

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
750

0

230

503

613

493

113

613

750

660

613

750

70

16

16

16

25

32

16

25

32

16

25

32

FS Number(2)

123A

123A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A

123A

127A

131A
750

0

140

374

469

366

40

469

750

509

469

750

70

11

11

11

17

21

11

17

21

11

17

21

FS Number(2)

124A

124A

124A

128A

132A

124A

128A

132A

124A

128A

132A

750

PushDownToOpen (90 Maximum Rotation)


3

10

12

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

500

558

558

558

463

558

558

558

558

558

558

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

106

118

118

118

98

118

118

118

118

118

118

FS Number(2)

121B

121B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B

121B

125B

129B
750

0

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

70

49

75

106

78

45

106

106

97

106

106

106

FS Number(2)

122B

122B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B

122B

126B

130B
750

0

391

391

391

730

750

391

730

750

391

730

70

32

49

83

51

29

117

85

63

125

119

97

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
670

0

233

233

233

493

670

233

493

670

233

493

70

15

23

40

24

14

56

41

30

60

57

47

FS Number(2)

123B

123B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B

123B

127B

131B
517

0

143

143

143

366

517

143

366

517

143

366

70

10

15

26

16

37

27

20

39

38

31

FS Number(2)

124B

124B

124B

128B

132B

124B

128B

132B

124B

128B

132B

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 70 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Right-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1989, 1998;
All Rights Reserved

September 1998

Catalog 14
Page C-142.3 thru C-144

Design V500 with Type 1051 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (DP)(1) for Reverse Flow
Body
Size,
Inch

1-1/2

Shaft
Diameter,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
5/8 x
60
1/2(3)
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
5/8
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
5/8
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1 x 3/4(3)
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1-1/4
90
FS Number(2)
0
1-1/2 x
60
(3)
1-1/4
90
FS Number(2)
1/2

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 33
Size 40
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig 3-30 Psig 0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig 0-55 Psig
3-30 Psig
10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 10B1524 1L2174 1L2173 1P6371 1L2173 1L2173 1L2173 1P6371
X012
X012
X012
X012
27042
27042
27082
27042
27042
27042
27082
1192
1192
1192
520D

1500
1500
1500
523D
634
634
634
523D
634
634
634
524D
323
323
323
524D
75
75
75
525D

1500
1500
1500
526D
964
964
964
526D
1500
1244
1244
527D
998
694
598
527D
231
142
142
528D

1500
1500
1500

964
794
533

1248
794
522

694
443
200

161
91
58

1500
1500
1500
45D
964
964
964
45D
1500
1500
1500
7D
935
935
935
7D
340
236
236
8D
340
236
236
28D
135
135
111
124D

1500
1500
1500
47D
964
964
964
47D
1459
1459
1459
13D
680
680
380
13D
247
247
247
14D
247
247
247
30D
68
68
68
125D

1500
1500
1500
46D
964
964
964
46D
1500
1500
1500
10D
1500
1203
1203
10D
744
333
333
11D
744
333
333
29D
303
194
156
150D
43
43
18
150D

1500
1500
1500

964
964
964

1500
1500
1500

1500
1203
1203

854
479
479
126D
1155
479
479
128D
501
279
205
129D
15
15
15
129D

1500
1500
1500

964
964
964

1500
1500
1500

1500
1203
1203

854
479
479

1064
479
479
132D
446
279
205
133D
93
93
24
133D

128
128
128

1500
1500
1500

964
964
667

1500
1500
667

1500
1012
250

571
207
73

571
207
73

225
121
30

16
16
3.4

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS nuber shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and 1051K for size 40. Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spine diameter.

Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Diameter,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 60
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
3-15 Psig
3-30 Psig
1N9373 1K1627 1K1628 1K1628 1N9373 1N9373 1K1628 1K1628 1K1627 1K1628 1N9373
27082(2) 27082 27082(3) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2)
27082 27082(3) 27082(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

619
505
505

619
619
509

338
338
207

854
505
505
480D
1082
760
760
31D
677
443
390
17D
4.0
4.0
4.0
17D
4.0
4.0
4.0
18D
3.9
3.9
3.9
18D

854
505
505
92D
1500
888
888
34D
1195
751
573
26D
113
113
67
26D
113
113
67
27D
112
112
72
27D

854
505
505

1500
888
782

1200
551
319

301
201
37

301
201
37

171
88
40

854
505
505

1500
845
845
135D
922
493
375
136D
260
179
44
136D
260
179
44
137D
121
79
47
137D

854
505
505

1500
619
509

777
361
207

209
131
24

209
131
24

98
58
26

854
505
505

1500
888
888
145D
1200
751
573
146D
443
273
67
146D
443
273
67
147D
207
120
72
147D

854
505
505

1500
888
782

1200
551
319
141D
367
201
37
141D
367
201
37
142D
171
88
40
142D

31
31
31

31
31
31

742
505
505

742
742
612

429
429
249

854
505
127

1500
510
127

714
297
52

187
108
6.0

187
108
6.0

87
48
6.5

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
4. When ordering, the FS nuber shown must be preceded by1051K . Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
5. Shaft diameter x spine diameter.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls In
ternational, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are
the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
August 1996
Page C-145

Design V500 with Type 1051 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim
Push Down To Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Body
Size,
Inch

1-1/2

Shaft
Diameter,
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
5/8 x
60
1/2(3)
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
5/8
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
5/8
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1 x 3/4(3)
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1-1/4
90
FS Number(2)
1/2

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 33
Size 40
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig 0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig 0-55 Psig
10B1523 10B1522 10B1524 1L2174
1L2173
1P6371
1L2173
1L2173
X012
X012
X012
27042
27042
27082
27042
27042
1397
1397
1397
520C

603
603
603
523C

1500
1500
1500
526C
362
362
362
526C
362
362
362
527C
105
105
105
527C
38
38
38
528C

1500
1500
1500
45C
964
964
964
45C
1243
1243
1243
7C
567
567
567
7C
206
206
206
8C
206
206
206
28C
38
38
38
124C

1500
1500
1500
47C
964
964
964
47C
1500
1500
1500
13C
1500
1203
1021
13C
598
417
297
14C
598
417
297
30C
323
243
121
125C

1500
1500
1500
46C
964
964
964
46C
1500
1500
1500
10C
1076
1076
1076
10C
392
392
392
11C
392
392
392
29C
173
173
173
150C

1500
1500
1500

964
964
964

1500
1500
1500

1500
1203
1203

598
505
505
126C
598
598
598
128C
323
323
323
129C

1500
1500
1500

964
964
964

1500
1500
1500

1500
1203
1203

598
505
505

598
598
598
132C
323
323
323
133C

3-30 Psig
1L2173
1P6371
27042
27082
1500
1500
1500

541
541
541

541
541
541

198
198
198

72
72
72

72
72
72

128
128
128

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS nuber shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and 1051K for size 40. Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spine diameter.

Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Diameter,
Inch

1 x 3/4(5)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(5)
6
1-1/2

1-1/2

Angle
of
Opening
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

1N9373
27082(2)

0-18 Psig
1N9373
27082(3)

608
505
505

608
608
515

331
331
210

854
448
42

1309
448
42

842
261
17

39
39
2.0

39
39
2.0

38
38
2.2

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 60
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
1K1627
1K1628
1K1628
1N9373
1N9373
1K1628
1K1628
27082
27082(3) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2) 27082(3) 27082(2)
854
505
505
48C
1371
726
726
31C
887
424
321
17C
48
48
37
17C
48
48
37
18C
48
48
40
18C

854
505
505
92C
1500
888
888
34C
1200
757
491
26C
166
166
57
26C
166
166
57
27C
163
121
62
27C

854
505
505

1072
888
888

669
669
669

2.4
2.4
2.4

2.4
2.4
2.4

2.3
2.3
2.3

854
505
505

1309
888
888
135C
842
842
842
136C
39
39
39
136C
39
39
39
137C
38
38
38
137C

608
505
505

608
608
608

331
331
331

854
505
505

1500
888
888
145C
1200
1150
1077
146C
166
166
125
146C
166
166
125
147C
163
163
135
147C

854
505
505

1072
888
888

669
669
669
141C
2.4
2.4
2.4
141C
2.4
2.4
2.4
142C
2.3
2.3
2.3
142C

3-30 Psig
1K1628
27082(3)
784
505
505

784
784
588

459
459
240

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449X012.
4. When ordering, the FS nuber shown must be preceded by1051K . Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
5. Shaft diameter x spine diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-146

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1051 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim
Push Down to Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

Size 33
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
10B1523
10B1522
10B1524
X012
X012
X012
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
520D
523D
526D

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 40
3-30 Psig 0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
10B1524
1L2174
1L2173
1P6371
1L2173
X012
27042
27042
27082
27042
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

45D
47D
46D

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1x
3/4(5)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(5)
6
1-1/2

1-1/2

3-30 Psig
1L2173
1P6371
27042
27082
128
1000
128
1000
128
1000

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

634
634
634
523D
634
634
634
524D
323
323
323
524D

800
800
800
526D
800
800
800
527D
600
600
598
527D

800
794
533

800
794
533

600
443
200

800
800
800
45D
800
800
800
7D
600
600
600
7D

800
800
800
47D
800
800
800
13D
600
600
600
13D

800
800
800
46D
800
800
800
10D
600
600
600
10D

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
667

800
800
667

600
600
250

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

75
75
75
525D

231
142
142
528D

161
91
58

340
236
236
8D
340
236
236
28D
135
135
111
124D

247
247
247
14D
247
247
247
30D
68
68
68
125D

600
333
333
11D
600
333
333
29D
303
194
156
150D

600
479
479
126D
600
479
479
128D
501
279
205
129D

600
479
479

600
479
479
132D
446
279
205
133D

571
207
73

571
207
73

225
121
30

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

43
43
18
150D

15
15
15
129D

93
93
24
133D

16
16
3.4

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and

Body
Size,
Inches

0-55 Psig
1L2173
27042
1000
1000
1000

Angle
of
Opening
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

0-18 Psig
1N9373
1K1627
27082(2)
27082
600
600
505
505
505
505

48D
600
600
600
600
509
600

31D
338
600
338
443
207
390

17D

1K1628
27082(3)
600
505
505
92D
600
600
600
34D
600
600
573
26D

1051K for size 40. Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 60
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
1K1628
1N9373
1N9373
1K1628
1K1628
(2)
(3)
(2)
27082
27082
27082
27082(3)
27082(2)
600
600
600
600
600
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
509
600
600

135D

145D

600
600
600
600
600
551
493
361
600
551
319
375
207
573
319

136D

146D
141D

3-15 Psig
1K1627
27082
31
31
31

31
31
31

3-30 Psig
1K1628
1N9373
27082(3)
27082(3)
600
600
505
505
505
127

600
600
600
510
600
127

429
600
429
297
249
52

0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

4.0
4.0
4.0
17D
4.0
4.0
4.0
18D

113
113
67
26D
113
113
67
27D

301
201
37

301
201
37

260
179
44
136D
260
179
44
137D

209
131
24

209
131
24

443
273
67
146D
443
273
67
147D

367
201
37
141D
367
201
37
142D

187
108
6.0

187
108
6.0

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

3.9
3.9
3.9
18D

112
112
72
27D

171
88
40

121
79
47
137D

98
58
26

207
120
72
147D

171
88
40
142D

87
48
6.5

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K . Left hand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
5. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C 147

Design V500 with Type 1051 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim
Push Down to Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow

Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

Size 33
0-18 Psig
10B1523
10B1522
X012
X012
1000
603
1000
603
1000
603
520C
523C

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 40
0-30 Psig
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig
10B1524
1L2174
1L2173
1P6371
1L2173
1L2173
X012
27042
27042
27082
27042
27042
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
526C
45C
47C
46C

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

362
362
362
526C
362
362
362
527C
105
105
105
527C

800
800
800
45C
800
800
800
7C
567
567
567
7C

800
800
800
47C
800
800
800
13C
600
600
600
13C

800
800
800
46C
800
800
800
10C
600
600
600
10C

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

541
541
541

541
541
541

198
198
198

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

38
38
38
528C

206
206
206
8C
206
206
206
28C
38
38
38
124C

598
417
297
14C
598
417
297
30C
323
243
121
125C

392
392
392
11C
392
392
392
29C
173
173
173
150C

598
505
505
126C
598
598
598
128C
323
323
323
129C

598
505
505

598
598
598
132C
323
323
323
133C

72
72
72

72
72
72

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33

Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1x
3/4(5)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(5)
6
1-1/2

1-1/2

3-30 Psig
1L2173
1P6371
27042
27082
1000
128
1000
128
1000
128

Angle
of
Opening

and 1051K for size 40. Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 60
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
1K1627
1K1628
1K1628
1N9373
1N9373
1K1628
1K1628
(3)
(2)
(3)
(2)
(3)
27082
27082
27082
27082
27082
27082
27082(2)
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
48C
92C

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
31C
34C

135C

145C

600
600
600
600
331
600
600
424
600
600
600
331
600
600
321
491
600
600
331
600
600
17C
26C

136C

146C
141C

0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

1N9373
27082(2)
600
505
505

600
600
515

331
331
210

0-18 Psig
1N9373
27082(3)
600
448
42

600
448
42

600
261
17

0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

39
39
2.0

39
39
2.0

48
48
37
17C
48
48
37
18C

166
166
57
26C
166
166
57
27C

2.4
2.4
2.4

2.4
2.4
2.4

39
39
39
136C
39
39
39
137C

166
166
125
146C
166
166
125
147C

2.4
2.4
2.4
141C
2.4
2.4
2.4
142C

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

38
38
2.2

48
48
40
18C

163
121
62
27C

2.3
2.3
2.3

38
38
38
137C

163
163
135
147C

2.3
2.3
2.3
142C

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective
or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.

3-30 Psig
1K1628
27082(3)
600
505
505

600
600
588

459
459
240

4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K.


Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
5. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C 148

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1051 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
Push Down to Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

Size 33
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
10B1523
10B1522
10B1524
X012
X012
X012
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
520D
523D
526D

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 40
3-30 Psig 0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
10B1524
1L2174
1L2173
1P6371
1L2173
X012
27042
27042
27082
27042
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

45D
47D
46D

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1x
3/4(5)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(5)
6
1-1/2

1-1/2

3-30 Psig
1L2173
1P6371
27042
27082
128
1000
128
1000
128
1000

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

634
634
634
523D
634
634
634
524D
323
323
323
524D

800
800
800
526D
800
800
800
527D
600
600
598
527D

800
794
533

800
794
533

600
443
200

800
800
800
45D
800
800
800
7D
600
600
600
7D

800
800
800
47D
800
800
800
13D
600
600
600
13D

800
800
800
46D
800
800
800
10D
600
600
600
10D

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
667

800
800
667

600
600
250

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

75
75
75
525D

231
142
142
528D

161
91
58

340
236
236
8D
340
236
236
28D
135
135
111
124D

247
247
247
14D
247
247
247
30D
68
68
68
125D

600
333
333
11D
600
333
333
29D
303
194
156
150D

600
479
479
126D
600
479
479
128D
501
279
205
129D

600
479
479

600
479
479
132D
446
279
205
133D

571
207
73

571
207
73

225
121
30

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

43
43
18
150D

15
15
15
129D

93
93
24
133D

16
16
3.4

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33 and

Body
Size,
Inches

0-55 Psig
1L2173
27042
1000
1000
1000

Angle
of
Opening
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

0-18 Psig
1N9373
1K1627
27082(2)
27082
600
600
505
505
505
505

48D
600
600
600
600
509
600

31D
338
600
338
443
207
390

17D

1K1628
27082(3)
600
505
505
92D
600
600
600
34D
600
600
573
26D

1051K for size 40. Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 60
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
1K1628
1N9373
1N9373
1K1628
1K1628
(2)
(3)
(2)
27082
27082
27082
27082(3)
27082(2)
600
600
600
600
600
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
509
600
600

135D

145D

600
600
600
600
600
551
493
361
600
551
319
375
207
573
319

136D

146D
141D

3-15 Psig
1K1627
27082
31
31
31

31
31
31

3-30 Psig
1K1628
1N9373
27082(3)
27082(3)
600
600
505
505
505
127

600
600
600
510
600
127

600

297

52

0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

4.0
4.0
4.0
17D
4.0
4.0
4.0
18D

113
113
67
26D
113
113
67
27D

301
201
37

301
201
37

260
179
44
136D
260
179
44
137D

209
131
24

209
131
24

300
273
67
146D
300
273
67
147D

367
201
37
141D
300
201
37
142D

187
108
6.0

187
108
6.0

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

3.9
3.9
3.9
18D

112
112
72
27D

171
88
40

121
79
47
137D

98
58
26

207
120
72
147D

171
88
40
142D

87
48
6.5

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K. Lefthand


actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
5. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C 149

Design V500 with Type 1051 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
PushDowntoOpen

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow

Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

Size 33
0-18 Psig
10B1523
10B1522
X012
X012
1000
603
1000
603
1000
603
520C
523C

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 40
0-33 Psig
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig
10B1524
1L2174
1L2173
1P6371
1L2173
1L2173
X012
27042
27042
27082
27042
27042
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
526C
45C
47C
46C

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

362
362
362
526C
362
362
362
527C
105
105
105
527C

800
800
800
45C
800
800
800
7C
567
567
567
7C

800
800
800
47C
800
800
800
13C
600
600
600
13C

800
800
800
46C
800
800
800
10C
600
600
600
10C

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

541
541
541

541
541
541

198
198
198

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

38
38
38
528C

206
206
206
8C
206
206
206
28C
38
38
38
124C

598
417
297
14C
598
417
297
30C
323
243
121
125C

392
392
392
11C
392
392
392
29C
173
173
173
150C

598
505
505

598
598
598
128C
323
323
323
129C

598
505
505

598
598
598
132C
323
323
323
133C

72
72
72

72
72
72

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051 for size 33

Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1x
3/4(5)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(5)
6
1-1/2

1-1/2

3-30 Psig
1L2173
1P6371
27042
27082
1000
128
1000
128
1000
128

Angle
of
Opening

and 1051K for size 40. Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, and Spring Part Number


Size 60
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
1K1627
1K1628
1K1628
1N9373
1N9373
1K1628
1K1628
(3)
(2)
(3)
(2)
(3)
27082
27082
27082
27082
27082
27082
27082(2)
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
48C
92C

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
31C
34C

135C

145C

600
600
600
600
331
600
600
424
600
600
600
331
600
600
321
491
600
600
331
600
600
17C
26C

136C

146C
141C

0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

1N9373
27082(2)
600
505
505

600
600
515

331
331
210

0-18 Psig
1N9373
27082(3)
600
448
42

600
448
42

600
261
17

0
60
90
FS Number(4)
0
60
90
FS Number(4)

39
39
2.0

39
39
2.0

48
48
37
17C
48
48
37
18C

166
166
57
26C
166
166
57
27C

2.4
2.4
2.4

2.4
2.4
2.4

39
39
39
136C
39
39
39
137C

166
166
125
146C
166
166
125
147C

2.4
2.4
2.4
141C
2.4
2.4
2.4
142C

0
60
90
FS Number(4)

38
38
2.2

48
48
40
18C

163
121
62
27C

2.3
2.3
2.3

38
38
38
137C

163
163
135
147C

2.3
2.3
2.3
142C

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective
or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. This spring uses spring seat 12A9448 X012.
3. This spring uses spring seat 12A9449 X012.

3-30 Psig
1K1628
27082(3)
600
505
505

600
600
588

459
459
240

4. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1051K.


Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
5. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C150

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim
Push Down To Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow
Size 33
Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Diameter,
Inch

1/2

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)

Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig
3-30 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
2.7 Psig
3.0 Psig
4.9 Psig
3.5 Psig
6.3 Psig
4.9 Psig
90 Maximum Rotation
10B1524
10B1523
10B1522
10B1525
10B1524
10B1525
10B1525
10B1524
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
795
795
795
1185D

1500
1500
1500
1187D

1500
1500
1500
1190D

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500
1193D

1500
1500
1500
1196D

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500

432
432
432
1187D

719
719
719
1190D

964
964
964

964
964
964
1193D

964
964
964
1196D

964
964
964

964
938
806

432
432
432
1188D

719
719
719
1191D

1500
1298
1278

1500
1383
1383
1194D

1500
1388
1388
1197D

1500
1500
1500
1199D

1415
938
806

142
142
142
1188D

375
375
375
1191D

1139
724
479

1099
772
698
1194D

1438
774
542
1197D

1500
1067
917
1199D

795
523
302

52
52
52
1189D

87
86
86
1192D

318
148
139

254
158
158
1195D

333
159
158
1198D

418
219
219
1200D

184
107
88

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by1052. Lefthand actuator mounting FS number are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls In


ternational, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are
the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-151

Size 40
Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Diameter,
Inch

1/2

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/4

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)
0
60
90
FS Number (2)

Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig 3-30 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
4.3 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.5 Psig
4.3 Psig
90 Maximum Rotation
1P6371
1L2174
1N8440
1L2173
1P6371
1N8440
1L2173
1N8440
1P6371
27082
27042
27082
27042
27082
27082
27042
27082
27082
1500
1500
1500
56D

1500
1500
1500
430D

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500
61D

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500

865
865
865
56D

964
964
964
430D

964
964
964

964
964
964

964
964
964
61D

964
964
964

964
964
964

964
964
964

964
964
964

865
865
865

1500
1500
1500
431D

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500
62D

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1500

1500
1500
1222

368
368
368

1473
1203
1083
431D

1076
1076
1076

1500
1203
1083

1500
1203
1203
62D

1500
1203
1083

1500
1203
1083

1500
1203
1203

1500
1163
458

134
134
134
58D

516
257
257
432D

392
392
315
436D

854
371
315

781
367
367
63D

854
443
315
441D

854
371
315

854
471
364
446D

607
238
133

134
134
134
60D

516
257
257
433D

392
392
315
438D

1027
371
315

781
367
367
65D

1289
443
315
442D

1027
371
315
444D

1384
471
364
448D

607
238
133

200
150
128
434D

173
173
128
439D

429
217
128

319
214
180
435D

573
258
128
443D

429
217
128
445D

589
275
148
449D

241
139
54

21
21
15

49
49
21
435D

36
36
15
443D

88
79
15
445D

143
100
17
449D

22
22
6.3

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by1052K. Lefthand actuator mounting FS number are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim
Push Down To Close

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop ('P)(1) for Forward Flow

Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Body
Shaft
Size, Diameter,
Inch
Inch

Size 70

0-33 Psig

0-40 Psig

3-30 Psig 0-33 Psig 0-40 Psig 0-55 Psig

3.0 Psig 3.0 Psig 3.0 Psig 3.0 Psig 3.5 Psig 3.0 Psig 3.1 Psig 3.5 Psig

3.0 Psig 3.3 Psig 10.1 Psig

90 Maximum Rotation


1N9373
27082

1L1627
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1N9373
27082

1P2702
27042

1K1628
27082

1N9373
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

814
505
505
450D

854
505
505
66D

854
505
505
454D

854
505
505
475D

854
505
505

854
505
505

854
505
505

854
505
127

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

814
776
776
452D

1500
676
676
68D

1500
888
806
456D

1500
888
806
458D

1500
848
848

1500
888
806
464D

1500
888
836

1500
512
127

1-1/4

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

481
453
328
453D

669
394
328
69D

1105
682
328
457D

1200
557
328
459D

916
494
380
74D

1200
682
328
465D

1200
568
341
81D

710
299
52

1200
701
353
262D

1200
729
390
266D

1200
1150
1150
270D

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

137
137
38
69D

94
94
38
457D

366
203
38
459D

258
180
44
74D

469
248
38
465D

370
207
40
81D

185
109
6.0

525
255
41
262D

535
265
45
266D

610
492
138
270D

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

137
137
38
70D

94
94
38
474D

366
203
38
460D

258
180
44
75D

469
248
38
466D

370
207
40
82D

185
109
6.0

525
255
41
263D

535
265
45
267D

750
492
138
271D

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

80
63
41
70D

93
93
41
474D

171
89
41
460D

120
79
48
75D

240
109
41
466D

173
91
43
82D

86
48
6.5

245
112
44
263D

250
117
49
267D

350
217
149
271D

0-18 Psig

1x
3/4(3)
3

Angle
of
Opening

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by1052K. Lefthand actuator mounting FS number are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-152

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim
Push-Down-to-Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow
Size 33
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
5/8 x 1/2(3)
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
5/8
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
5/8
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1 x 3/4(3)
90
FS Number(2)

1/2

1-1/2

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 33
0-18 psig
0-33 psig
0-40 psig
0-55 psig
3-30 psig
4.9 psig
3.7 psig
2.7 psig
6.3 psig
4.9 psig
6.3 psig
6.3 psig
4.9 psig
90 Maximum Rotation
10B1524
10B1523
10B1522
10B1525
10B1524
10B1525
10B1525
10B1524
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
1500
1500
949
1500
1500
1500
1500
449
1500
1500
949
1500
1500
1500
1500
449
567
1500
949
1500
1500
1500
1500
449
1153C
1151C
----1156C
------627
195
--964
622
964
964
--542
195
--964
622
964
964
--189
195
--964
622
964
964
--1153C
1151C
----1156C
------627
195
--1189
622
1189
1189
--542
195
--1189
622
1189
1189
--189
195
--1189
622
1189
1189
--1154C
------1157C
1162C
----244
17
--538
241
538
538
--244
17
--538
241
538
538
--71
17
--538
241
538
538
--1154C
------1157C
1162C
----89
6.2
--196
88
196
196
--62
6.2
--196
88
196
196
--21
6.2
--196
88
196
196
--1155C
1152C
----1158C
1163C
1165C
---

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052-. Left-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Size 40
Body
Size,
Inches

1-1/2

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
5/8 x
60
1/2(3)
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
5/8
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
5/8
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1 x 3/4(3)
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1-1/4
90
FS Number(2)
1/2

Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
0-18 psig
0-33 psig
0-40 psig
0-55 psig
3-30 psig
4.3 psig 3.0 psig 4.4 psig 6.0 psig 4.3 psig 4.4 psig 6.0 psig 4.4 psig 6.0 psig 4.3 psig
90 Maximum Rotation
1P6371
1L2174
1N8440
1L2173
1P6371
1N8440
1L2173
1N8440
1L2173
1P6371
27082
27042
27082
27042
27082
27082
27042
27082
27042
27082
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1410
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1410
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1410
--329C
--388C
------------964
964
964
964
964
964
964
964
964
--964
964
964
964
964
964
964
964
964
--888
964
964
964
964
964
964
964
964
----329C
--388C
------------1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
--1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
--889
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
--8C
330C
--336C
284C
----------1300
765
1416
1500
1360
1416
1500
1416
765
--1012
765
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
765
--333
765
792
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
765
--8C
330C
--336C
284C
----------495
278
515
804
495
515
804
515
278
--207
278
462
505
495
505
505
505
278
--97
278
230
505
495
505
505
505
278
--9C
331C
--337C
14C
--348C
------495
278
515
804
495
515
804
515
278
--207
278
462
540
495
515
804
515
278
--97
278
230
527
495
515
804
515
278
--11C
333C
--339C
16C
--350C
353C
----248
90
263
474
284
263
474
263
90
--121
90
263
315
248
263
474
263
90
--40
90
94
215
248
263
432
263
90
--335C
334C
--340C
341C
--351C
-------

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052-. Left-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1994;
All Rights Reserved

August 1994

Catalog 14
Page C-153

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim
Push-Down-to-Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops, ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Size 60 & 70
Shaft
Body
DiaSize,
meter,
Inches
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1-1/4
90
FS Number(2)
0
1-1/2 x
60
(3)
1-1/4
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1-1/2
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
1-1/2
90
FS Number(2)
1x
3/4(3)

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Size 70
3-15
3-30
0-33
0-40
0-55
3-30
0-18 psig
0-33 psig
0-40 psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
3.5
3.7
6.8
7.0
3.5
6.8
7.0
3.7
9.0
10.1
10.1
10.1
10.1
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
90 Maximum Rotation
1N9373 1K1627 1P2702 1K1628 1N9373 1P2702 1K1628 1K1627 1K1628 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760
27082 27082 27042 27082 27082 27042 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082 27082
854
854
854
854
854
854
854
52
854
--------505
505
505
505
505
505
505
52
505
--------497
505
103
505
505
505
505
52
505
----------17C
--22C
------------------1330
1423
1500
1500
1330
1500
1500
52
1500
--------686
888
888
888
888
888
888
52
888
--------497
888
103
888
888
888
888
52
818
----------19C
--24C
------------------857
925
1200
1200
857
1200
1200
--1030
1200
1200
1200
1200
400
525
553
826
1150
1006
1150
--633
988
1150
1150
722
202
452
42
583
1150
622
1150
--333
553
1150
1150
215
--20C
--25C
385C
--31C
----250C
254C
258C
--42
56
274
288
42
274
288
--79
561
561
561
334
42
56
201
288
42
274
288
--79
359
496
496
263
24
53
4.9
68
42
72
135
--39
64
156
282
25
--20C
--25C
385C
--31C
----250C
254C
258C
--42
56
274
288
42
274
288
--79
561
561
561
334
42
56
201
288
42
274
288
--79
359
561
561
263
24
53
4.9
68
42
72
135
--39
64
156
345
25
--21C
--26C
386C
--32C
----251C
255C
259C
--41
55
269
283
41
269
283
--77
323
350
350
275
41
55
88
132
41
161
205
--77
158
257
267
116
25
55
5.3
73
41
78
146
--42
70
169
267
27
--21C
--26C
386C
--32C
----251C
255C
259C
---

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K-. Left-hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
Page C-154

December 1989

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim
Push Down to Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow
Size 33

Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 33
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig
3-30 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
2.7 Psig
3.0 Psig
4.9 Psig
3.5 Psig
6.3 Psig
4.9 Psig
90 Maximum Rotation
10B1524
10B1524
10B1523
10B1522
10B1525
10B1524
10B1525
10B1525
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

0
795
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
60
795
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
90
795
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
FS Number(2)
1185D
1187D
1190D

1193D
1196D
0

432
719
800
800
800
5/8 x
60

432
719
800
800
800
1/2(3)
90

432
719
800
800
800
FS Number(2)

1187D
1190D

1193D
1196D
1-1/2
0

432
719
800
800
800
60

432
719
800
800
800
5/8
90

432
719
800
800
800
FS Number(2)

1188D
1191D

1194D
1197D
0

142
375
600
600
600
60

142
375
600
600
600
2
5/8
90

142
375
479
600
542
FS Number(2)

1188D
1191D

1194D
1197D
0

52
87
318
254
333
1x
60

52
86
148
158
159
3
3/4(3)
90

52
86
139
158
158
FS Number(2)

1189D
1192D

1195D
1198D
1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052. Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
1

1/2

1000
1000
1000

800
800
800

800
800
800
1199D
600
600
600
1199D
418
219
219
1200D

1000
1000
1000

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
523
302

184
107
88

Size 40
Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
0-18 Psig
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1/2

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/4

Angle
of
Opening

3.0 Psig

0-33 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.0 Psig

0-40 Psig
4.3 Psig

3.0 Psig

0-55 Psig

3-30 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.5 Psig

4.3 Psig

90 Maximum Rotation


1P6371
27082

1L2174
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1P6371
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
56D

1000
1000
1000
430D

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000
61D

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
56D
800
800
800

368
368
368

800
800
800
430D
800
800
800
431D
600
600
600
431D

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800
61D
800
800
800
62D
600
600
600
62D

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
458

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

134
134
134
58D
134
134
134
60D

516
257
257
432D
516
257
257
433D
200
150
128
434D

392
392
315
436D
392
392
315
438D
173
173
128
439D

600
371
315

600
371
315

429
217
128

600
367
367
63D
600
367
367
65D
319
214
180
435D

600
443
315
441D
600
443
315
442D
573
258
128
443D

600
371
315

600
371
315
444D
429
217
128
445D

600
471
364
446D
600
471
364
448D
589
275
148
449D

600
238
133

600
238
133

241
139
54

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

21
21
15

49
49
21
435D

36
36
15
443D

88
79
15
445D

143
100
17
449D

22
22
6.3

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K. Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1993;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
September 1993
Page C 155

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim
PushDowntoClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Size 60 & 70
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)
6
1-1/2

1-1/2

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Size 70
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
3-30 Psig 0-33 Psig 0-40 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.5 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.1 Psig
3.5 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.3 Psig
90 Maximum Rotation
1N9373
1K1627
1P2702
1K1628
1N9373
1P2702
1K1628
1N9373
1R6760
1R6760
27082
27082
27042
27082
27082
27042
27082
27082
27082
27082
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505

505
505
505
505
505
505
505
127

450D
66D
454D
475D

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
512

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
127

452D
68D
456D
458D

464D

0-55 Psig
10.1 Psig
1R6760
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

481
453
328
453D

600
394
328
69D

600
600
328
457D

600
557
328
459D

600
494
380
74D

600
600
328
465D

600
568
341
81D

600
299
52

600
600
353
262D

600
600
390
266D

600
600
600
270D

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

137
137
38
69D
137
137
38
70D
80
63
41
70D

94
94
38
457D
94
94
38
474D
93
93
41
474D

366
203
38
459D
366
203
38
460D
171
89
41
460D

258
180
44
74D
258
180
44
75D
120
79
48
75D

469
248
38
465D
469
248
38
466D
240
109
41
466D

370
207
40
81D
370
207
40
82D
173
91
43
82D

185
109
6.0

185
109
6.0

86
48
6.5

525
255
41
262D
525
255
41
263D
245
112
44
263D

535
265
45
266D
535
265
45
267D
250
117
49
267D

600
492
138
270D
600
492
138
271D
350
217
149
271D

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K. Lefthand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C156

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim
Push Down To Open
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow

Size 33
Body
Size,
Inch

Shaft
Diameter,
Inch

1/2

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig
3-30 Psig
4.9 Psig
3.7 Psig
2.7 Psig
6.3 Psig
4.9 Psig
6.3 Psig
6.3 Psig
4.9 Psig
90 Maximum Rotation
10B1524
10B1523
10B1522
10B1525
10B1524
10B1525
10B1525
10B1524
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
1000
1000
949
1000
1000
1000
1000
449
1000
1000
949
1000
1000
1000
1000
449
567
1000
949
1000
1000
1000
1000
449
1153C
1151C

1156C

627
542
189
1153C

195
195
195
1151C

800
800
800

622
622
622
1156C

800
800
800

800
800
800

627
542
189
1154C

195
195
195

800
800
800

622
622
622
1157V

800
800
800
1162C

800
800
800

244
244
71
1154C

17
17
17

538
538
538

241
241
241
1157C

538
538
538
1162C

538
538
538

89
62
21
1155C

6.0
6.2
6.2
1152C

196
196
196

88
88
88
1158C

196
196
196
1163C

196
196
196
1165C

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by1052. Lefthand actuator mounting FS number are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Size 40
Body
Size,
Inch

1-1/2

Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig
3-30 Psig
Shaft
Angle
4.3 Psig 3.0 Psig 4.4 Psig 6.0 Psig 4.3 Psig 4.4 Psig 6.0 Psig 4.4 Psig 6.0 Psig 4.3 Psig
Diameter,
of
90 Maximum Rotation
Inch
Opening
1P6371
1L2174
1N8440
1L2173
1P6371
1N8440
1L2173
1N8440
1L2173
1P6371
27082
27042
27082
27042
27082
27082
27042
27082
27042
27082
0
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
60
1/2
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
90
(2)

329C

388C

FS Number
0
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800

5/8 x
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800

60
(3)
1/2
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800

90

329C

388C

FS Number(2)
0
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800

60
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800

5/8
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800

90
8C
330C

336C
284C

FS Number(2)
0
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

60
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

5/8
333
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

90
(2)
8C
330C

336C
284C

FS Number
0
495
278
515
600
495
515
600
515
278

1x
60
207
278
462
505
495
505
505
505
278

3/4(3)
97
278
230
505
495
505
505
505
278

90
9C
331C

337C
14C

348C

FS Number(2)
0
495
278
515
600
495
515
600
515
278

60
207
278
462
540
495
515
600
515
278

1
97
278
230
527
495
515
600
515
278

90
(2)
11C
333C

339C
16C

350C
353C

FS Number
0
248
90
263
474
248
263
474
263
90

60
121
90
263
315
248
263
474
263
90

1-1/4
40
90
94
215
248
263
432
263
90

90
335C
334C

340C
341C

351C

FS Number(2)

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by1052K. Lefthand actuator mounting FS number are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls In


ternational, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are
the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1996;
All Rights Reserved

Catalog 14
December 1996
Page C-157

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim
Push Down To Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Size 60 & 70
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Body
Shaft
Size, Diameter,
Inch
Inch

Angle
of
Opening

0-18 Psig

0-33 Psig

Size 70
0-40 Psig

3-15
Psig

3-30
Psig

3.5 Psig 3.7 Psig 6.8 Psig 7.0 Psig 3.5 Psig 6.8 Psig 7.0 Psig 3.7 Psig 7.0 Psig

0-33
Psig

0-40
Psig

0-55
Psig

3-30
Psig

10.1
Psig

10.1
Psig

10.1
Psig

10.1
Psig

90 Maximum Rotation


1N9373 1K1627 1P2702 1K1628 1N9373 1P2702 1K1628 1L1627 1K1628 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760 1R6760
27082 27082
27042 27082
27082
27042 27082
27082 27082
27082 27082
27082 27082
1x
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

600
505
497

600
505
505
17C

600
505
103

600
505
505
22C

600
505
505

600
505
505

600
505
505

52
52
52

600
505
505

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

600
600
497

600
600
600
19C

600
600
103

600
600
600
24C

600
600
600

600
600
600

600
600
600

52
52
52

600
600
600

1-1/4

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

600
400
202

600
525
452
20C

600
553
42

600
600
583
25C

600
600
600
385C

600
600
600

600
600
600
31C

600
600
333

600
600
553
250C

600
600
600
254C

600
600
600
258C

600
600
215

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

42
42
24

56
56
53
20C

274
201
4.9

288
288
68
25C

42
42
42
385C

274
274
72

288
288
135
31C

79
79
39

561
359
64
250C

561
496
156
254C

561
496
282
258C

334
263
25

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

42
42
24

56
56
53
21C

274
201
4.9

288
288
68
26C

42
42
42
386C

274
274
72

288
288
135
32C

79
79
39

561
359
64
251C

561
561
156
255C

561
561
345
259C

334
263
25

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

41
41
25

55
55
55
21C

269
88
5.3

283
132
73
26C

41
41
41
386C

269
161
78

283
205
146
32C

77
77
42

323
158
70
251C

350
257
169
255C

350
267
267
259C

275
116
27

1. At 0 degrees, use maximum actual shutoff pressure drop. At 20, 60, or 90 degrees, use maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by1052K. Lefthand actuator mounting FS number are shown.
3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-158

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
Push Down to Close
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow
Size 33
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 33
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig
3-30 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
2.7 Psig
3.0 Psig
4.9 Psig
3.5 Psig
6.3 Psig
4.9 Psig
90 Maximum Rotation
10B1524
10B1524
10B1523
10B1522
10B1525
10B1524
10B1525
10B1525
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

795
795
795
1185D

1000
1000
1000
1187D

1000
1000
1000
1190D

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000
1193D

1000
1000
1000
1196D

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

432
432
432
1187D
432
432
432
1188D

719
719
719
1190D
719
719
719
1191D

800
800
800

800
800
800

800
800
800
1193D
800
800
800
1194D

800
800
800
1196D
800
800
800
1197D

800
800
800

800
800
800
1199D

800
800
800

800
800
800

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

142
142
142
1188D

375
375
375
1191D

600
600
479

600
600
600
1194D

600
600
542
1197D

600
600
600
1199D

600
523
302

1x
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

52
52
52
1189D

87
86
86
1192D

318
148
139

254
158
158
1195D

333
159
158
1198D

418
219
219
1200D

184
107
88

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052. Lefthand

Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1993;
All Rights Reserved

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
September 1993
Page C 159

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
PushDowntoClose
Size 40
Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
0-18 Psig
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1/2

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/4

Angle
of
Opening

3.0 Psig

0-33 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.0 Psig

0-40 Psig
4.3 Psig

3.0 Psig

0-55 Psig

3-30 Psig

3.0 Psig

3.5 Psig

4.3 Psig

90 Maximum Rotation


1P6371
27082

1L2174
27042

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1P6371
27082

1N8440
27082

1L2173
27042

1N8440
27082

1P6371
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
56D

1000
1000
1000
430D

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000
61D

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
56D
800
800
800

368
368
368

800
800
800
430D
800
800
800
431D
600
600
600
431D

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800
61D
800
800
800
62D
600
600
600
62D

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
458

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

134
134
134
58D
134
134
134
60D

516
257
257
432D
516
257
257
433D
200
150
128
434D

392
392
315
436D
392
392
315
438D
173
173
128
439D

600
371
315

600
371
315

429
217
128

600
367
367
63D
600
367
367
65D
319
214
180
435D

600
443
315
441D
600
443
315
442D
573
258
128
443D

600
371
315

600
371
315
444D
429
217
128
445D

600
471
364
446D
600
471
364
448D
589
275
148
449D

600
238
133

600
238
133

241
139
54

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

21
21
15

49
49
21
435D

36
36
15
443D

88
79
15
445D

143
100
17
449D

22
22
6.3

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K. Lefthand

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C160

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
PushDowntoClose

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Size 60 & 70
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)
6
1-1/2

1-1/2

Angle
of
Opening

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Size 70
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
3-30 Psig 0-33 Psig 0-40 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.5 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.1 Psig
3.5 Psig
3.0 Psig
3.3 Psig
90 Maximum Rotation
1N9373
1K1627
1P2702
1K1628
1N9373
1P2702
1K1628
1N9373
1R6760
1R6760
27082
27082
27042
27082
27082
27042
27082
27082
27082
27082
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505

505
505
505
505
505
505
505
127

450D
66D
454D
475D

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
512

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
127

452D
68D
456D
458D

464D

0-55 Psig
10.1 Psig
1R6760
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

481
453
328
453D

600
394
328
69D

600
600
328
457D

600
557
328
459D

600
494
380
74D

600
600
328
465D

600
568
341
81D

600
299
52

600
600
353
262D

600
600
390
266D

600
600
600
270D

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

137
137
38
69D
137
137
38
70D
80
63
4.1
70D

94
94
38
457D
94
94
38
474D
93
93
41
474D

300
203
38
459D
300
203
38
460D
171
89
41
460D

258
180
44
74D
258
180
44
75D
120
79
48
75D

300
248
38
465D
300
248
38
466D
220
109
41
466D

300
207
40
81D
300
207
40
82D
173
91
43
82D

185
109
6.0

185
109
6.0

86
48
6.5

300
255
41
262D
300
255
41
263D
220
112
44
263D

300
265
45
266D
300
265
45
267D
220
117
49
267D

300
300
138
270D
300
300
138
271D
220
217
149
21D

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K. Lefthand

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C160

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
Push Down to Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Size 33
Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 33
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig
3-30 Psig
4.9 Psig
3.7 Psig
2.7 Psig
6.3 Psig
4.9 Psig
6.3 Psig
6.3 Psig
4.9 Psig
90 Maximum Rotation
10B1524
10B1524
10B1523
10B1522
10B1525
10B1524
10B1525
10B1525
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012
X012

Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
567
1153C

1000
1000
1000
1151C

949
949
949

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000
1156C

1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

449
449
449

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

627
542
189
1153C
627
542
189
1154C

195
195
195
1151C
195
195
195

800
800
800

800
800
800

622
622
622
1156C
622
622
622
1157C

800
800
800

800
800
800
1162C

800
800
800

800
800
800

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

244
244
71
1154C

17
17
17

538
538
538

241
241
241
1157C

538
538
538
1162C

538
538
538

1x
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

89
62
21
1155C

6.2
6.2
6.2
1152C

196
196
196

88
88
88
1158C

196
196
196
1163C

196
196
196
1165C

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052 . Left hand

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Size 40
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1/2

5/8 x
1/2(3)
1-1/2
5/8

5/8

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

Angle
of
Opening

Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
0-55 Psig
3-30 Psig
4.4 Psig
6.0 Psig
4.3 Psig
4.4 Psig
6.0 Psig
4.4 Psig
6.0 Psig
4.3 Psig
90 Maximum Rotation
1L2174
1N8440
1L2173
1P6371
1N8440
1L2173
1N8440
1L2173
1P6371
27042
27082
27042
27082
27082
27042
27082
27042
27082
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
392C

388C

0-18 Psig
4.3 Psig
3.0 Psig

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1P6371
27082
1000
1000
1000

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800

800
800
800
8C
600
600
333
8C

800
800
800
329C
800
800
800
330C
600
600
600
330C

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800
388C
800
800
800
336C
600
600
600
336C

800
800
800

800
800
800
284C
600
600
600
284C

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

800
800
800

800
800
800

600
600
600

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

495
207
97
9C
495
207
97
11C

278
278
278
331C
278
278
278
333C

515
462
230

515
462
230

600
505
505
337C
600
540
527
339C

495
495
495
14C
495
495
495
16C

515
505
505

515
515
515

600
505
505
348C
600
600
600
350C

515
505
505

515
515
515
353C

278
278
278

278
278
278

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

248
121
40
335C

90
90
90
334C

263
263
94

474
315
215
340C

248
248
248
341C

263
263
263

474
474
474
351C

263
263
263

90
90
90

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K .
Fisher, and Fisher Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls Inter
national, Inc. or Fisher Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1993;
All Rights Reserved

Left hand actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
September 1993
Page C 161

Design V500 with Type 1052 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
Push Down to Open

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Size 60 & 70

Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

1x
3/4(3)
3
1

1-1/4

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)
6
1-1/2

1-1/2

Angle
of
Opening

Actuator Size, Air to Diaphragm, Initial Compression, Maximum Rotation, and Spring Part Number
Size 60
Size 70
3-15
3-30
0-33
0-40
0-55
0-18 Psig
0-33 Psig
0-40 Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
10.1
3.5
3.7
6.8
7.0
3.5
6.8
7.0
3.7
7.0
10.1
10.1
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig
Psig

1N9373
27082
0
600
60
505
497
90

FS Number(2)
0
600
60
600
90
497
(2)
FS Number

1K1627
27082
600
505
505
17C
600
600
600
19C

1P2702
27042
600
505
103

600
600
103

1K1628
27082
600
505
505
22C
600
600
600
24C

1N9373
27082
600
505
505

600
600
600

90 Maximum Rotation


1P2702 1K1628 1K1627
27042
27082
27082
600
600
52
505
505
52
505
505
52

600
600
52
600
600
52
600
600
52

3-30
Psig
10.1
Psig

1K1628
27082
600
505
505

600
600
600

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

1R6760
27082

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

600
400
202

600
525
452
20C

600
553
42

600
600
583
25C

600
600
600
385C

600
600
600

600
600
600
31C

600
600
333

600
600
553
250C

600
600
600
254C

600
600
600
258C

600
600
215

0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)
0
60
90
FS Number(2)

42
42
24

42
42
24

41
41
25

56
56
53
20C
56
56
53
21C
55
55
55
21C

274
201
4.9

274
201
4.9

220
88
5.3

288
288
68
25C
288
288
68
26C
220
132
73
26C

42
42
42
385C
42
42
42
386C
41
41
41
386C

274
274
72

274
274
72

220
161
78

288
288
135
31C
288
288
135
32C
220
205
146
32C

79
79
39

79
79
39

77
77
42

300
300
64
250C
300
300
64
251C
220
158
70
251C

300
300
156
254C
300
300
156
255C
220
220
169
255C

300
300
282
258C
300
300
300
259C
220
220
220
259C

300
263
25

300
263
25

220
116
27

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1052K . Left hand

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C 162

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1061 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

Size 68

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

1500
1500
1500
101C

1500
1500
1500
101C

1500
1500
1500
101C

5/8 x
1/2(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

964
964
964
101C

964
964
964
101C

964
964
964
101C

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

1500
1500
1500
102C

1500
1500
1500
102C

1500
1500
1500
102C

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

1500
1203
1203
102C

1500
1203
1203
102C

1500
1203
1203
102C

1x
3/4(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

571
486
486
103C

799
505
505
103C

854
505
505
103C

854
505
505
135C

854
505
505
135C

854
505
505
135C

854
505
505
135C

854
505
505

854
505
505

854
505
505

854
505
505

854
505
505

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

571
486
486
115C

799
648
648
115C

1027
810
810
115C

1256
888
888
117C

1500
888
888
117C

1500
888
888
117C

1500
888
888
117C

1500
888
888
119C

1500
888
888
119C

1500
888
888
119C

1500
888
888

1500
888
888

1-1/4

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

225
225
225
105C

327
327
327
105C

429
429
429
105C

532
532
532
108C

736
736
736
108C

941
941
941
108C

1145
1133
1133
108C

1145
1142
1142
112C

1200
1150
1150
112C

1200
1150
1150
112C

1200
1150
1150
202C

1200
1150
1150
202C

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

16
16
16
105C

52
52
52
105C

88
88
72
105C

123
123
86
108C

195
195
115
108C

266
266
144
108C

338
338
172
108C

338
338
172
112C

480
480
230
112C

610
496
282
112C

595
496
276
202C

610
496
282
202C

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

123
123
86
109C

195
195
115
109C

266
266
144
109C

338
338
172
109C

338
338
172
113C

480
480
230
113C

623
606
287
113C

595
595
276
203C

750
606
345
203C

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

58
58
58
109C

91
91
91
109C

124
124
124
109C

158
158
158
109C

158
158
158
113C

224
224
224
113C

291
267
267
113C

278
267
267
203C

350
267
267
203C

Size 60

80
Psig

Size 40

60
Psig

1-1/2

Size 30

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a D instead of a C at the end of
the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a
Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used,

supply pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure
shown above.
4. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
5. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K-. Left-hand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.

Catalog 14

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990;
All Rights Reserved

May 1990
Page C-162.1

Design V500 with Type 1061 Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

Size 68

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

1000
1000
1000
101C

1000
1000
1000
101C

1000
1000
1000
101C

5/8 x
1/2(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

800
800
800
101C

800
800
800
101C

800
800
800
101C

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

800
800
800
102C

800
800
800
102C

800
800
800
102C

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

600
600
600
102C

600
600
600
102C

600
600
600
102C

1x
3/4(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

571
486
486
103C

600
505
505
103C

600
505
505
103C

600
505
505
135C

600
505
505
135C

600
505
505
135C

600
505
505
135C

600
505
505

600
505
505

600
505
505

600
505
505

600
505
505

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

571
486
486
115C

600
600
600
115C

600
600
600
115C

600
600
600
117C

600
600
600
117C

600
600
600
117C

600
600
600
117C

600
600
600
119C

600
600
600
119C

600
600
600
119C

600
600
600

600
600
600

1-1/4

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

225
225
225
105C

327
327
327
105C

429
429
429
105C

532
532
532
108C

600
600
600
108C

600
600
600
108C

600
600
600
108C

600
600
600
112C

600
600
600
112C

600
600
600
112C

600
600
600
202C

600
600
600
202C

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

16
16
16
105C

52
52
52
105C

88
88
72
105C

123
123
86
108C

195
195
115
108C

266
266
144
108C

338
338
172
108C

338
338
172
112C

480
480
230
112C

300
496
282
112C

595
496
276
202C

610
496
282
202C

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

123
123
86
109C

195
195
115
109C

266
266
144
109C

338
338
172
109C

338
338
172
113C

480
480
230
113C

600
600
287
113C

595
595
276
203C

600
600
345
203C

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

58
58
58
109C

91
91
91
109C

124
124
124
109C

158
158
158
109C

158
158
158
113C

224
224
224
113C

291
267
267
113C

278
267
267
203C

350
267
267
203C

Size 60

80
Psig

Size 40

60
Psig

1-1/2

Size 30

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a D instead of a C at the end of
the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a
Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used,

supply pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure
shown above.
4. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
5. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K-. Left-hand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
May 1990
Page C-162.2

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1061 Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Open or Push-Down-To-Close(2)
Actuator Size and Cylinder Pressure(3)
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

Size 68

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

120
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

100
Psig

60
Psig

80
Psig

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

1000
1000
1000
101C

1000
1000
1000
101C

1000
1000
1000
101C

5/8 x
1/2(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

800
800
800
101C

800
800
800
101C

800
800
800
101C

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

800
800
800
102C

800
800
800
102C

800
800
800
102C

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

600
600
600
102C

600
600
600
102C

600
600
600
102C

1x
3/4(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

571
486
486
103C

600
505
505
103C

600
505
505
103C

600
505
505
135C

600
505
505
135C

600
505
505
135C

600
505
505
135C

600
505
505

600
505
505

600
505
505

600
505
505

600
505
505

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

571
486
486
115C

600
600
600
115C

600
600
600
115C

600
600
600
117C

600
600
600
117C

600
600
600
117C

600
600
600
117C

600
600
600
119C

600
600
600
119C

600
600
600
119C

600
600
600

600
600
600

1-1/4

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

225
225
225
105C

327
327
327
105C

429
429
429
105C

532
532
532
108C

600
600
600
108C

600
600
600
108C

600
600
600
108C

600
600
600
112C

600
600
600
112C

600
600
600
112C

600
600
600
202C

600
600
600
202C

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(4)

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

16
16
16
105C

52
52
52
105C

88
88
72
105C

123
123
86
108C

195
195
115
108C

266
266
144
108C

300
300
172
108C

300
300
172
112C

300
300
230
112C

300
300
282
112C

300
300
276
202C

300
300
282
202C

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

123
123
86
109C

195
195
115
109C

266
266
144
109C

300
300
172
109C

300
300
172
113C

300
300
230
113C

300
300
287
113C

300
300
276
203C

300
300
300
203C

1-1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(5)

58
58
58
109C

91
91
91
109C

124
124
124
109C

158
158
158
109C

158
158
158
113C

220
220
220
113C

220
220
220
113C

220
220
220
203C

220
220
220
203C

Size 60

80
Psig

Size 40

60
Psig

1-1/2

Size 30

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. If the push-down-to-close construction is desired, place a D instead of a C at the end of
the FS number.
3. Cylinder pressure equals supply pressure for an actuator without a positioner or for a
Type 3610JP positioner and actuator combination. When another positioner is used,

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1990;
All Rights Reserved

supply pressure to the positioner should be 10% greater than the cylinder pressure
shown above.
4. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.
5. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1061K-. Left-hand
actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.

Catalog 14
May 1990
Page C-162.3/162.4

Design V500 with Type 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim
Size 20

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air to Diaphragm and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1500
1500
1500
101D/50

1500
1500
1500
101D/60

1500
1500
1500
101D/80

1500
1500
1500
105D/80

1500
1500
1500
101D/100

1500
1500
1500
105D/100

1500
1500
1500
101D/120

1500
1500
1500
105D/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

649
649
649
101D/50

964
964
964
101D/60

964
964
964
101D/80

964
964
964
105D/80

964
964
964
101D/100

964
964
964
105D/100

964
964
964
101D/120

964
964
964
105D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

649
649
649
102D/50

1275
1208
1208
102D/60

1275
1208
1208
102D/80

1500
1500
1500
106D/80

1275
1208
1208
102D/100

1500
1500
1500
106D/100

1275
1208
1208
102D/120

1500
1500
1500
106D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

255
255
255
102D/50

710
674
674
102D/60

710
674
674
102D/80

822
822
822
106D/80

710
674
674
102D/100

1440
1081
1081
106D/100

710
674
674
102D/120

1440
1081
1081
106D/120

1X
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

93
93
93
103D/50

164
138
138
103D/60

164
138
138
103D/80

299
221
221
107D/80

164
138
138
103D/100

333
221
221
107D/100

164
138
138
103D/120

333
221
221
107D/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

93
93
93
104D/50

164
138
138
104D/60

164
138
138
104D/80

299
221
221
108D/80

164
138
138
104D/100

333
221
221
108D/100

164
138
138
104D/120

333
221
221
108D/120

1-1/2

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1500
1500
1500
101C/50

1500
1500
1500
101C/60

1500
1500
1500
101C/80

1500
1500
1500
105C/80

1500
1500
1500
101C/100

1500
1500
1500
105C/100

1500
1500
1500
101C/120

1500
1500
1500
105C/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

595
595
595
101C/50

595
595
595
101C/60

595
595
595
101C/80

1500
1073
1073
105C/80

595
595
595
101C/100

1500
1073
1073
105C/100

595
595
595
101C/120

1500
1073
1073
105C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

595
595
595
102C/50

595
595
595
102C/60

595
595
595
102C/80

1500
1500
1500
106C/80

595
595
595
102C/100

1500
1500
1500
106C/100

595
595
595
102C/120

1500
1500
1500
106C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

227
227
227
102C/50

227
227
227
102C/60

227
227
227
102C/80

793
793
793
106C/80

227
227
227
102C/100

793
793
793
106C/100

227
227
227
102C/120

793
793
793
106C/120

1x
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

82
82
82
103C/50

82
82
82
103C/60

82
82
82
103C/80

289
219
219
107C/80

82
82
82
103C/100

289
289
289
107C/100

82
82
82
103C/120

289
289
289
107C/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

82
82
82
104C/50

82
82
82
104C/60

82
82
82
104C/80

289
219
219
108C/80

82
82
82
104C/100

289
289
289
108C/100

82
82
82
104C/120

289
289
289
108C/120

1-1/2

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Left-hand

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-163

Design V500 with Type 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim
Size 27

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air to Diaphragm and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1500
1500
1500
109D/50

1500
1500
1500
109D/60

1500
1500
1500
109D/80

1500
1500
1500
113D/80

1500
1500
1500
113D/100

1500
1500
1500
117D/100

1500
1500
1500
117D/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

964
964
964
109D/50

964
964
964
109D/60

964
964
964
109D/80

964
964
964
113D/80

964
964
964
113D/100

964
964
964
117D/100

964
964
964
117D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1500
1500
1500
110D/50

1500
1500
1500
110D/60

1500
1500
1500
110D/80

1500
1500
1500
114D/80

1500
1500
1500
114D/100

1500
1500
1500
118D/100

1500
1500
1500
118D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1331
1203
1203
110D/50

1500
1203
1203
110D/60

1500
1203
1203
110D/80

1500
1203
1203
114D/80

1500
1203
1203
114D/100

1500
1203
1203
118D/100

1500
1203
1203
118D/120

3/4

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

420
281
281
111D/50

420
281
281
111D/60

420
281
281
111D/80

740
450
450
115D/80

740
450
450
115D/100

799
476
476
119D/100

799
476
476
119D/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

420
281
281
112D/50

420
281
281
112D/60

420
281
281
112D/80

740
450
450
116D/80

740
450
450
116D/100

799
476
476
120D/100

799
476
476
120D/120

1-1/2

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1500
1500
1500
109C/50

1500
1500
1500
109C/60

1500
1500
1500
109C/80

1500
1500
1500
113C/80

1500
1500
1500
113C/100

1500
1500
1500
117C/100

1500
1500
1500
117C/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1500
1073
1073
109C/50

1500
1073
1073
109C/60

1500
1073
1073
109C/80

1500
1073
1073
113C/80

1500
1073
1073
113C/100

1500
1073
1073
117C/100

1500
1073
1073
117C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1500
1500
1500
110C/50

1500
1500
1500
110C/60

1500
1500
1500
110C/80

1500
1500
1500
114C/80

1500
1500
1500
114C/100

1500
1500
1500
118C/100

1500
1500
1500
118C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1331
1203
1203
110C/50

1331
1203
1203
110C/60

1331
1203
1203
110C/80

1500
1203
1203
114C/80

1500
1203
1203
114C/100

1500
1203
1203
118C/100

1500
1203
1203
118C/120

1x
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

485
274
274
111C/50

485
407
407
111C/60

485
476
476
111C/80

928
438
438
115C/80

928
476
476
115C/100

1227
476
476
119C/100

1227
476
476
119C/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

485
274
274
112C/50

485
407
407
112C/60

485
476
476
112C/80

928
438
438
116C/80

928
476
476
116C/100

1227
476
476
120C/100

1227
476
476
120C/120

1-1/2

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Left-hand

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-164

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 2 or 3 Trim
Size 75

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Forward Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air to Diaphragm and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4451
X012

1x
3/4(3)

0
854
60
505
505
90
FS Number(2) 121D/50

854
505
505
121D/60

854
505
505
121D/80

854
505
505
125D/80

854
854
854
854
854
854
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
121D/80 125D/100 129D/100 121D/120 125D/120 129D/120

0
1000
60
545
545
90
FS Number(2) 122D/50

1000
545
545
122D/60

1000
545
545
122D/80

1500
871
871
126D/80

1000
1500
1500
1000
1500
1500
545
871
888
545
871
888
545
871
888
545
871
888
122D/80 126D/100 130D/100 122D/120 126D/120 130D/120

1-1/4

0
417
60
318
318
90
FS Number(2) 123D/50

417
318
318
123D/60

417
318
318
123D/80

714
508
508
127D/80

417
714
916
417
714
916
318
508
638
318
508
638
318
508
638
318
508
638
123D/80 127D/100 131D/100 123D/120 127D/120 131D/120

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

0
2.4
60
2.4
2.4
90
FS Number(2) 123D/50

83
83
37
123D/60

83
83
37
123D/80

128
128
60
127D/80

83
187
209
83
187
258
83
185
209
83
185
232
37
60
75
37
60
75
123D/80 127D/100 131D/100 123D/120 127D/120 131D/120

1-1/2

0
2.4
2.4
60
2.4
90
FS Number(2) 124D/50

83
83
37
124D/60

83
83
37
124D/80

128
128
60
128D/80

83
187
209
83
187
258
83
185
209
83
185
232
37
60
75
37
60
75
124D/80 128D/100 132D/100 124D/120 128D/120 132D/120

1-1/2

0
2.3
2.3
60
2.3
90
FS Number(2) 124D/50

39
39
39
124D/60

39
39
39
124D/80

87
81
65
128D/80

39
87
120
39
87
120
39
81
102
39
81
102
39
65
81
39
65
81
124D/80 128D/100 132D/100 124D/120 128D/120 132D/120

Angle
of
Opening

80 Psig

100 Psig
18A4452
X012

120 Psig
18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


1x
3/4(3)

0
1082
60
505
505
90
FS Number(2) 121C/50

1082
505
505
121C/60

1082
505
505
121C/80

1500
1082
1500
1500
1082
1500
1500
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
125C/80 121C/100 125C/100 129C/100 121C/120 125C/120 129C/120

0
1082
60
524
524
90
FS Number(2) 122C/50

1082
783
783
122C/60

1082
888
888
122C/80

1500
843
843
126C/80

1082
1500
1500
1082
1500
1500
888
888
888
888
888
888
888
888
888
888
888
888
122C/80 126C/100 130C/100 122C/120 126C/120 130C/120

1-1/4

0
677
60
306
306
90
FS Number(2) 123C/50

677
457
457
123C/60

677
677
677
123C/80

1200
492
492
127C/80

677
1200
1200
677
1200
1200
677
793
611
677
1042
912
677
793
611
677
1042
912
123C/80 127C/100 131C/100 123C/120 127C/120 131C/120

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

0
4.0
60
4.0
4.0
90
FS Number(2) 123C/50

4.0
4.0
4.0
123C/60

4.0
4.0
4.0
123C/80

128
128
60
127C/80

4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
4.0
107
74
4.0
128
122
123C/80 127C/100 131C/100 123C/120 127C/120 131C/120

1-1/2

0
4.0
60
4.0
4.0
90
FS Number(2) 124C/50

4.0
4.0
4.0
124C/60

4.0
4.0
4.0
124C/80

128
128
60
128C/80

4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
4.0
107
74
4.0
128
122
124C/80 128C/100 132C/100 124C/120 128C/120 132C/120

1-1/2

0
3.9
60
3.9
3.9
90
FS Number(2) 124C/50

3.9
3.9
3.9
124C/60

3.9
3.9
3.9
124C/80

126
79
65
128C/80

3.9
126
208
3.9
126
208
3.9
126
98
3.9
126
146
3.9
116
80
3.9
126
131
124C/80 128C/100 132C/100 124C/120 128C/120 132C/120

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Left-hand

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-165

Design V500 with Type 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim
Size 20

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air to Diaphragm and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
101D/50

1000
1000
1000
101D/60

1000
1000
1000
101D/80

1000
1000
1000
105D/80

1000
1000
1000
101D/100

1000
1000
1000
105D/100

1000
1000
1000
101D/120

1000
1000
1000
105D/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

649
649
649
101D/50

800
800
800
101D/60

800
800
800
101D/80

800
800
800
105D/80

800
800
800
101D/100

800
800
800
105D/100

800
800
800
101D/120

800
800
800
105D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

649
649
649
102D/50

800
800
800
102D/60

800
800
800
102D/80

800
800
800
106D/80

800
800
800
102D/100

800
800
800
106D/100

800
800
800
102D/120

800
800
800
106D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

255
255
255
102D/50

600
600
600
102D/60

600
600
600
102D/80

600
600
600
106D/80

600
600
600
102D/100

600
600
600
106D/100

600
600
600
102D/120

600
600
600
106D/120

1X
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

93
93
93
103D/50

164
138
138
103D/60

164
138
138
103D/80

299
221
221
107D/80

164
138
138
103D/100

333
221
221
107D/100

164
138
138
103D/120

333
221
221
107D/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

93
93
93
104D/50

164
138
138
104D/60

164
138
138
104D/80

299
221
221
108D/80

164
138
138
104D/100

333
221
221
108D/100

164
138
138
104D/120

333
221
221
108D/120

1-1/2

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
101C/50

1000
1000
1000
101C/50

1000
1000
1000
101C/80

1000
1000
1000
105C/80

1000
1000
1000
101C/100

1000
1000
1000
105C/100

1000
1000
1000
101C/120

1000
1000
1000
105C/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

595
595
595
101C/50

595
595
595
101C/50

595
595
595
101C/80

800
800
800
105C/80

595
595
595
101C/100

800
800
800
105C/100

595
595
595
101C/120

800
800
800
105C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

595
595
595
102C/50

595
595
595
102C/50

595
595
595
102C/80

800
800
800
106C/80

595
595
595
102C/100

800
800
800
106C/100

595
595
595
102C/120

800
800
800
106C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

227
227
227
102C/50

227
227
227
102C/50

227
227
227
102C/80

600
600
600
106C/80

227
227
227
102C/100

600
600
600
106C/100

227
227
227
102C/120

600
600
600
106C/120

1x
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

82
82
82
103C/50

82
82
82
103C/50

82
82
82
103C/80

289
219
219
107C/80

82
82
82
103C/100

289
289
289
107C/100

82
82
82
103C/120

289
289
289
107C/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

82
82
82
104C/50

82
82
82
104C/50

82
82
82
104C/80

289
219
219
108C/80

82
82
82
104C/100

289
289
289
108C/100

82
82
82
104C/120

289
289
289
108C/120

1-1/2

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Left-hand

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-166

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim
Size 27

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air to Diaphragm and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
109D/50

1000
1000
1000
109D/60

1000
1000
1000
109D/80

1000
1000
1000
113D/80

1000
1000
1000
113D/100

1000
1000
1000
117D/100

1000
1000
1000
117D/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
109D/50

800
800
800
109D/60

800
800
800
109D/80

800
800
800
113D/80

800
800
800
113D/100

800
800
800
117D/100

800
800
800
117D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
110D/50

800
800
800
110D/60

800
800
800
110D/80

800
800
800
114D/80

800
800
800
114D/100

800
800
800
118D/100

800
800
800
118D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

600
600
600
110D/50

600
600
600
110D/60

600
600
600
110D/80

600
600
600
114D/80

600
600
600
114D/100

600
600
600
118D/100

600
600
600
118D/120

1X
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

420
281
281
111D/50

420
281
281
111D/60

420
281
281
111D/80

600
450
450
115D/80

600
450
450
115D/100

600
476
476
119D/100

600
476
476
119D/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

420
281
281
112D/50

420
281
281
112D/60

420
281
281
112D/80

600
450
450
116D/80

600
450
450
116D/100

600
476
476
120D/100

600
476
476
120D/120

1-1/2

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
109C/50

1000
1000
1000
109C/60

1000
1000
1000
109C/80

1000
1000
1000
113C/80

1000
1000
1000
113C/100

1000
1000
1000
117C/100

1000
1000
1000
117C/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
109C/50

800
800
800
109C/60

800
800
800
109C/80

800
800
800
113C/80

800
800
800
113C/100

800
800
800
117C/100

800
800
800
117C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
110C/50

800
800
800
110C/60

800
800
800
110C/80

800
800
800
114C/80

800
800
800
114C/100

800
800
800
118C/100

800
800
800
118C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

600
600
600
110C/50

600
600
600
110C/60

600
600
600
110C/80

600
600
600
114C/80

600
600
600
114C/100

600
600
600
118C/100

600
600
600
118C/120

1x
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

485
274
274
111C/50

485
407
407
111C/60

485
476
476
111C/80

600
438
438
115C/80

600
476
476
115C/100

600
476
476
119C/100

600
476
476
119C/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

485
274
274
112C/50

485
407
407
112C/60

485
476
476
112C/80

600
438
438
116C/80

600
476
476
116C/100

600
476
476
120C/100

600
476
476
120C/120

1-1/2

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is less.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Left-hand

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-167

Design V500 with Type 1066SR Actuator


440C Bearings and Level 1 Trim
Size 75

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air to Diaphragm and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

1x
3/4(3)

0
600
505
60
505
90
FS Number(2) 121D/50

600
505
505
121D/60

600
505
505
121D/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
125D/80 121D/100 125D/100 129D/100 121D/120 125D/120 129D/120

0
600
545
60
545
90
FS Number(2) 122D/50

600
545
545
122D/60

600
545
545
122D/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
545
600
600
545
600
600
600
545
600
600
545
600
600
126D/80 122D/100 126D/100 130D/100 122D/120 126D/120 130D/120

1-1/4

0
417
60
318
318
90
FS Number(2) 123D/50

417
318
318
123D/60

417
318
318
123D/80

600
417
600
600
417
600
600
508
318
508
600
318
508
600
508
318
508
600
318
508
600
127D/80 123D/100 127D/100 131D/100 123D/120 127D/120 131D/120

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

0
2.4
60
2.4
2.4
90
FS Number(2) 123D/50

83
83
37
123D/60

83
83
37
123D/80

128
83
187
209
83
187
258
128
83
185
209
83
185
232
60
37
60
75
37
60
75
127D/80 123D/100 127D/100 131D/100 123D/120 127D/120 131D/120

1-1/2

0
2.4
60
2.4
2.4
90
FS Number(2) 124D/50

83
83
37
124D/60

83
83
37
124D/80

128
83
187
209
83
187
258
128
83
185
209
83
185
232
60
37
60
75
37
60
75
128D/80 124D/100 128D/100 132D/100 124D/120 128D/120 132D/120

1-1/2

0
2.3
2.3
60
2.3
90
FS Number(2) 124D/50

39
39
39
124D/60

39
39
39
124D/80

87
39
87
120
39
87
120
81
39
81
102
39
81
102
65
39
65
81
39
65
81
128D/80 128D/100 128D/100 132D/100 124D/120 128D/120 132D/120

Angle
of
Opening

80 Psig

100 Psig
18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

120 Psig
18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


1x
3/4(3)

0
600
60
505
505
90
FS Number(2) 121C/50

600
505
505
121C/60

600
505
505
121C/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
125C/80 121C/100 125C/100 129C/100 121C/120 125C/120 129C/120

0
600
60
524
524
90
FS Number(2) 122C/50

600
600
600
122C/60

600
600
600
122C/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
126C/80 122C/100 126C/100 130C/100 122C/100 126C/120 130C/120

1-1/4

0
600
60
306
306
90
FS Number(2) 123C/50

600
457
457
123C/60

600
600
600
123C/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
492
600
600
600
600
600
600
492
600
600
600
600
600
600
127C/80 123C/100 127C/100 131C/100 123C/100 127C/120 131C/120

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

0
4.0
60
4.0
4.0
90
FS Number(2) 123C/50

4.0
4.0
4.0
123C/60

4.0
4.0
4.0
123C/80

128
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
128
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
60
4.0
107
74
4.0
128
122
127C/80 123C/100 127C/100 131C/100 123C/100 127C/120 131C/120

1-1/2

0
4.0
60
4.0
4.0
90
FS Number(2) 124C/50

4.0
4.0
4.0
124C/60

4.0
4.0
4.0
124C/80

128
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
128
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
60
4.0
107
74
4.0
128
122
128C/80 124C/100 128C/100 132C/100 124C/100 128C/120 132C/120

1-1/2

0
3.9
3.9
60
3.9
90
(2)
124C/50
FS Number

3.9
3.9
3.9
124C/60

3.9
3.9
3.9
124C/80

126
3.9
126
208
3.9
126
208
79
3.9
126
98
3.9
126
146
65
3.9
116
80
3.9
126
131
128C/80 124C/100 128C/100 132C/100 124C/100 128C/120 132C/120

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Left-hand

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
November 1990
Page C-168

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1990;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1066SR Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
Size 20

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air to Diaphragm and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

1/2

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

18A4416
X012

18A4417
X012

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
101D/50

1000
1000
1000
101D/60

1000
1000
1000
101D/80

1000
1000
1000
105D/80

1000
1000
1000
101D/100

1000
1000
1000
105D/100

1000
1000
1000
101D/120

1000
1000
1000
105D/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

649
649
649
101D/50

800
800
800
101D/60

800
800
800
101D/80

800
800
800
105D/80

800
800
800
101D/100

800
800
800
105D/100

800
800
800
101D/120

800
800
800
105D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

649
649
649
102D/50

800
800
800
102D/60

800
800
800
102D/80

800
800
800
106D/80

800
800
800
102D/100

800
800
800
106D/100

800
800
800
102D/120

800
800
800
106D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

255
255
255
102D/50

600
600
600
102D/60

600
600
600
102D/80

600
600
600
106D/80

600
600
600
102D/100

600
600
600
106D/100

600
600
600
102D/120

600
600
600
106D/120

1X
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

93
93
93
103D/50

164
138
138
103D/60

164
138
138
103D/80

299
221
221
107D/80

164
138
138
103D/100

333
221
221
107D/100

164
138
138
103D/120

333
221
221
107D/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

93
93
93
104D/50

164
138
138
104D/60

164
138
138
104D/80

299
221
221
108D/80

164
138
138
104D/100

333
221
221
108D/100

164
138
138
104D/120

333
221
221
108D/120

1-1/2

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
101C/50

1000
1000
1000
101C/60

1000
1000
1000
101C/80

1000
1000
1000
105C/80

1000
1000
1000
101C/100

1000
1000
1000
105C/100

1000
1000
1000
101C/120

1000
1000
1000
105C/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

595
595
595
101C/50

595
595
595
101C/60

595
595
595
101C/80

800
800
800
105C/80

595
595
595
101C/100

800
800
800
105C/80

595
595
595
101C/120

800
800
800
105C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

595
595
595
102C/50

595
595
595
102C/60

595
595
595
102C/80

800
800
800
106C/80

595
595
595
102C/100

800
800
800
106C/80

595
595
595
102C/120

800
800
800
106C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

227
227
227
102C/50

227
227
227
102C/60

227
227
227
102C/80

600
600
600
106C/80

227
227
227
102C/100

600
600
600
106C/80

227
227
227
102C/120

600
600
600
106C/120

1x
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

82
82
82
103C/50

82
82
82
103C/60

82
82
82
103C/80

289
219
219
107C/80

82
82
82
103C/100

289
289
289
107C/80

82
82
82
103C/100

289
289
289
107C/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

82
82
82
104C/50

82
82
82
104C/60

82
82
82
104C/80

289
219
219
108C/80

82
82
82
104C/100

289
289
289
108C/100

82
82
82
104C/120

289
289
289
108C/120

1-1/2

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Left-hand

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-169

Design V500 with Type 1066SR Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
Size 27

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air to Diaphragm and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

Angle
of
Opening

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4435
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4436
X012

18A4437
X012

18A4437
X012

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
109D/50

1000
1000
1000
109D/60

1000
1000
1000
109D/80

1000
1000
1000
113D/80

1000
1000
1000
113D/100

1000
1000
1000
117D/100

1000
1000
1000
117D/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
109D/50

800
800
800
109D/60

800
800
800
109D/80

800
800
800
113D/80

800
800
800
113D/100

800
800
800
117D/100

800
800
800
117D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
110D/50

800
800
800
110D/60

800
800
800
110D/80

800
800
800
114D/80

800
800
800
114D/100

800
800
800
118D/100

800
800
800
118D/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

600
600
600
110D/50

600
600
600
110D/60

600
600
600
110D/80

600
600
600
114D/80

600
600
600
114D/100

600
600
600
118D/100

600
600
600
118D/120

1X
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

420
281
281
111D/50

420
281
281
111D/60

420
281
281
111D/80

600
450
450
115D/80

600
450
450
115D/100

600
476
476
119D/100

600
476
476
119D/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

420
281
281
112D/50

420
281
281
112D/60

420
281
281
112D/80

600
450
450
116D/80

600
450
450
116D/100

600
476
476
120D/100

600
476
476
120D/120

1-1/2

80 Psig

100 Psig

120 Psig

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


1

1/2

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

1000
1000
1000
109C/50

1000
1000
1000
109C/60

1000
1000
1000
109C/80

1000
1000
1000
113C/80

1000
1000
1000
113C/100

1000
1000
1000
117C/100

1000
1000
1000
117C/120

5/8 x
1/2(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
109C/50

800
800
800
109C/60

800
800
800
109C/80

800
800
800
113C/80

800
800
800
113C/100

800
800
800
117C/100

800
800
800
117C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

800
800
800
110C/50

800
800
800
110C/60

800
800
800
110C/80

800
800
800
114C/80

800
800
800
114C/100

800
800
800
118C/100

800
800
800
118C/120

5/8

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

600
600
600
110C/50

600
600
600
110C/60

600
600
600
110C/80

600
600
600
114C/80

600
600
600
114C/100

600
600
600
118C/100

600
600
600
118C/120

1x
3/4(3)

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

485
274
274
111C/50

485
407
407
111C/60

485
476
476
111C/80

600
438
438
115C/80

600
476
476
115C/100

600
476
476
119C/100

600
476
476
119C/120

0
60
90
FS Number(2)

485
274
274
112C/50

485
407
407
112C/60

485
476
476
112C/80

600
438
438
116C/80

600
476
476
116C/100

600
476
476
120C/100

600
476
476
120C/120

1-1/2

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use maximum


effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Left-hand

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-170

Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.


Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

Design V500 with Type 1066SR Actuator


Alloy 6 Bearings and Level 1, 2, or 3 Trim
Size 75

Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops ('P)(1) for Reverse Flow


Push-Down-To-Close (90 Maximum Rotation)
Air to Diaphragm and Spring Part Number
Body
Size,
Inches

Shaft
Diameter,
Inches

50 Psig

60 Psig

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

1x
3/4(3)

0
600
60
505
505
90
FS Number(2) 121D/50

600
505
505
121D/60

600
505
505
121D/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
125D/80 121D/100 125D/100 129D/100 121D/120 125D/120 129D/120

0
600
60
545
545
90
FS Number(2) 122D/50

600
545
545
122D/60

600
545
545
122D/80

600
600
600
126D/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
545
600
600
545
600
600
545
600
600
545
600
600
122D/80 126D/100 130D/100 122D/120 126D/120 130D/120

1-1/4

0
417
60
318
318
90
FS Number(2) 123D/50

417
318
318
123D/60

417
318
318
123D/80

600
508
508
127D/80

417
600
600
417
600
600
318
508
600
318
508
600
318
508
600
318
508
600
123D/80 127D/100 131D/100 123D/120 127D/120 131D/120

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

0
2.4
60
2.4
2.4
90
FS Number(2) 123D/50

83
83
37
123D/60

83
83
37
123D/80

128
128
60
127D/80

83
187
209
83
187
258
83
185
209
83
185
232
37
60
75
37
60
75
123D/80 127D/100 131D/100 123D/120 127D/120 131D/120

1-1/2

0
2.4
2.4
60
2.4
90
FS Number(2) 124D/50

83
83
37
124D/60

83
83
37
124D/80

128
128
60
128D/80

83
187
209
83
187
258
83
185
209
83
185
232
37
60
75
37
60
75
124D/80 128D/100 132D/100 124D/120 128D/120 132D/120

1-1/2

0
2.3
2.3
60
2.3
90
FS Number(2) 124D/50

39
39
39
124D/60

39
39
39
124D/80

87
81
65
128D/80

39
87
120
39
87
120
39
81
102
39
81
102
39
65
81
39
65
81
124D/80 128D/100 132D/100 124D/120 128D/120 132D/120

Angle
of
Opening

80 Psig

100 Psig
18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

120 Psig
18A4453
X012

18A4451
X012

18A4452
X012

18A4453
X012

Push-Down-To-Open (90 Maximum Rotation)


1x
3/4(3)

0
600
60
505
505
90
FS Number(2) 121C/50

600
505
505
121C/60

600
505
505
121C/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
505
125C/80 121C/100 125C/100 129C/100 121C/120 125C/120 129C/120

0
600
60
524
524
90
FS Number(2) 122C/50

600
600
600
122C/60

600
600
600
122C/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
126C/80 122C/100 126C/100 130C/100 122C/120 126C/120 130C/120

1-1/4

0
600
60
306
306
90
FS Number(2) 123C/50

600
457
457
123C/60

600
600
600
123C/80

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
492
600
600
600
600
600
600
492
600
600
600
600
600
600
127C/80 123C/100 127C/100 131C/100 123C/120 127C/120 131C/120

1-1/2 x
1-1/4(3)

0
4.0
60
4.0
4.0
90
FS Number(2) 123C/50

4.0
4.0
4.0
123C/60

4.0
4.0
4.0
123C/80

128
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
128
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
60
4.0
107
74
4.0
128
122
127C/80 123C/100 127C/100 131C/100 123C/120 127C/120 131C/120

1-1/2

0
4.0
60
4.0
4.0
90
FS Number(2) 124C/50

4.0
4.0
4.0
124C/60

4.0
4.0
4.0
124C/80

128
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
128
4.0
128
212
4.0
128
212
60
4.0
107
74
4.0
128
122
128C/80 124C/100 128C/100 132C/100 124C/120 128C/120 132C/120

1-1/2

0
3.9
60
3.9
3.9
90
FS Number(2) 124C/50

3.9
3.9
3.9
124C/60

3.9
3.9
3.9
124C/80

126
3.9
126
208
3.9
126
208
79
3.9
126
98
3.9
126
146
65
3.9
116
80
3.9
126
131
128C/80 124C/100 128C/100 132C/100 124C/120 128C/120 132C/120

1. At 0 degrees, use actual shutoff pressure drop. At 60 or 90 degrees, use


maximum effective or actual flowing pressure drop, whichever is lower.
2. When ordering, the FS number shown must be preceded by 1066SR-. Left-hand

Fisher, and Fisher-Rosemount are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All other marks are the
property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper.
Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1987, 1989;
All Rights Reserved

actuator mounting FS numbers are shown.


3. Shaft diameter x spline diameter.

Catalog 14
December 1989
Page C-171/C-172

You might also like